Get a FREE c ap sule sample o f

our single-shade composite!
Thanks to Ultradent’s Resin Particle Match™ technology, Transcend composite’s Universal
Body shade is able to blend in with tooth structure of almost all shades, no blocker needed.
That means you can complete almost any restoration with just one shade of composite.
Plus, Transcend composite features ideal handling for manipulation and sculptability.1

Try it and see for yourself!
Contact your Ultradent Sales Representativeor Customer Service at 800.552.5512 to get
Patient presented with a failing composite restoration. Filling was removed, which
revealed tattooing and mesial crack. The mesial crack was still a small, manageable size
and therefore a direct bonded restoration could be done instead of an indirect crownrestoration. Products used: Ultra-Etch™ etchant, Consepsis™ solution, and Peak™ Universal
Bond adhesive. A very thin layer of A3 PermaFlo™ flowable composite was used for the
initial layer. Transcend composite Universal Body shade was used to restore the tooth.
Composite was adjusted according to occlusion and polished up beautifully.

YOUR FREE SAMPLE!

Products & Procedures MANUAL 2024

After

BeforeProducts & Procedures

MANUAL 2024

Dr. Jaleena Jessop

1. Data on file.

505 West Ultradent Drive — South Jordan, UT 84095© 2024 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 03.37

010124800.552.5512 — ultradent.com
Since 1979 Ultradent Products, Inc., has been manufacturing the highest-quality
dental products and equipment at our facility in the United States. Your support keeps
Americans at work and helps improve the health and livelihood of citizens all over the country.

Dr. Dan Fischer

Founder, Ultradent Products, Inc.

POLICIES

Ultradent Products, Inc.,THANKS YOU!

Ultradent is committed to products that strengthen the clinician’s ability to administer professional state-of-the-art patient care.
This may involve the development of new products or a refinement of existing materials and techniques.
Our highest priority is to meet your needs with quality products and service. We appreciate your suggestions, questions, and comments.
This catalog and the products described herein are intended for lawful distribution in the USA. In certain countries outside the USA,differing legal requirements may limit the availability of certain products or provide for different product indications and claims under labelingcompatible with local conditions. For more detailed procedures and precautions, refer to individual product instructions or packaging.

SHELF LIFE AND STORAGE

All product shelf life is based on date of manufacture. See product packaging for more information and storage instructions.

WARRANTIES

Please see product IFU for warranty information if applicable.

RETURN POLICY

Returned products must be in original packaging. Items returned within 30 days of purchase with a return authorization number on the outside andinside of the return box will be credited 100%. Product returned between 31 and 60 days from purchase date is subject to a 20% restocking fee.
Ultradent will not accept returns after 60 days. Errors in shipment must be reported within 14 days of invoice date.
All return authorization numbers become invalid 90 days after date of issue. A return authorization number must accompany
all returns to receive proper credit; please contact Customer Service at 800.552.5512 for assistance.
-Ultradent is proudly ISO 13485 certified, plus CE mark certified for Europe.
-All products are latex free with the exception of DermaDam latex rubber dam.
-All products may not be available in all countries.
ULTRADENT IS PROUD TO BE ISO 13485 CERTIFIED.
Ultradent is certified to MDSAP by a independent Auditing Organization, which assures that the quality system meets the requirements of ISO 13485.
ULTRADENT IS PROUD TO OFFER CE MARK CERTIFIED PRODUCTS FOR EUROPE.
Where appropriate, Ultradent products sold in Europe bear the CE Mark, indicating thatour products comply with the strict European Community laws (directives).

AWARDSADVISORRR

M

R E CO M

7RR

READER

Together, we will persist in our mission to innovate
and contribute to improving oral health globally.

L

E
TH

Our journey to 45 years would not have been possible without thesteadfast support of you, our valued customers. Your loyalty has been
the cornerstone of our success, and we are profoundly grateful for it.
Looking forward, our commitment to our core values remains morevital than ever. We remain dedicated to providing the highest quality
products while continuing our tradition of giving back to thosecommunities we serve. Our journey is far from complete, andwe are eager to continue evolving with your continued support.

R

From Fortune Magazine, September 5, 2023 © 2023
Fortune Media IP Limited. Used under License. Fortune, Fortune
Media (USA) Corporation and its affiliates are not affiliated with,and do not endorse products or services of, Licensee.
DS

R

Ultradent is “Great Place to Work Certified” and ranks #4“Best Workplace in Manufacturing and Production in2023” by Fortune Magazine.

EN

Our beginnings were modest, and yet, through the years we havegrown to become a prominent global presence in our industry.
This remarkable journey, initiated and inspired throughout the years by
Ultradent’s founder, Dr. Dan Fischer, has been characterized by innovation.
On the pages of this latest edition of our Products and Procedures Manual,
you’ll find many of the innovations that you are familiar with, plus several
new innovations, such as our new Transcend™ universal composite which
exhibits unprecedented shade matching with just one Universal Body shade
and our latest addition to the VALO™ curing light family, the VALO™ X light!

PACKAGINGAt Ultradent we are committed to environmental concerns. For that reason we try to use as little plastic as possible in our packaging.
However, for your safety and the proper preservation of our chemicals, many times we must include a secondary plastic package.

DENT
AThis year, we are humbled to celebrate Ultradent’s 45th anniversary,a significant milestone in our journey. Reflecting on this achievement
fills us with a deep sense of pride and gratitude. Over the years, we havebeen fortunate to build a close-knit community—a family of employees,
customers, and partners who have played an integral role in our story.
Together, we have forged a legacy that goes beyond the products wecreate; it’s a legacy grounded in trust, integrity, and unwaveringcommitment to our vision of improving oral health globally.

2013
ReadeRs’
ChoiCeawaRd

RR

S’ CHOICE AWARD

2017

ENDODONTICPRODUCTSREADERS’ CHOICE AWARD

5
Top 2

Res
Aesthetic/ torative Products

BKP85 = Lot number
2023-03 = Month, March2023-03 = Year, 2023

Ultradent Products, Inc., a leading developer and manufacturer of high-tech dental
materials, is being recognized for the third consecutive year as a Fortune Magazine
Top Large Workplace in Manufacturing and Production. Ultradent is fourth on the listin 2023, after being fifth and ninth in 2022 and 2021, respectively. Ultradent is the
only company in Utah, as well as the dental industry, to ever make the list.

BL2DC = Lot number
02-24 = Month, February
02-24 = Year, 2024

All UPI syringes are stamped with an expiration date consisting of one letter and 3 numbers. The letter is a lot number used for manufacturing
purposes, and the 3 numbers are the expiration date. The first 2 numbers are the month, and the third number is the last number of the year.

Scan the QR code to see our newest productsso new they didn't make it into the catalog!

TABLE OF CONTENTSCEMENTS • 1–10

ORTHODONTICS • 99–104

Polycarboxylate & Resin-Based Temporary Cement
Temporary Veneer Cement
Light-Cure Veneer Luting Resin
Dual-Cure Composite Luting/Restorative Resin
Temporary Crown and Bridge Material
Resin-Reinforced Glass Ionomer Cement

Cordless Curing Light
Vinyl Polysiloxane
Transparent Silicone for IDB
Polyvinyl Siloxane Elastomer

COMPOSITES • 11–26

Caries Indicators
Tongue, Lip, and Cheek Retractors
Mouth Prop
Rubber Dams
Caulking and Putty
Chlorhexidine Slurry
Coronal Brush
Disposable Retainer and Matrix

Universal Composite
Esthetic Restorative Material
Universal Composite
Composite Restorative Material
Composite Wetting Resin
Composite Gun
Flowable Composite
Direct Composite Template Systems
Composite Sealer

Bioceramic Root Canal Sealer
Resin based Root Canal Sealer
Root Canal Sealer Accelerator
Resin-Coated Gutta Percha
Paper Points
Anatomical Indicating Composite
Posts and Drills
Rubber Dams
Vacuum Adapter

EQUIPMENT • 49–68
Curing Light Accessories
LED Cordless Curing Light
LED Corded Curing Light
810 + 980 Diode Lasers
Piezo UltrasonicActeon Satelec Tips

Acteon Satelec Wrenches
Protective Eyewear
Vacuum Former
Mold Release
Scissors

ETCH & BOND • 69–78
Etchant
Self-Etching Primer
Light-Cured Adhesive
Single-Resin Bonding System
Zirconia/Metal Primer

Porcelain Repair
Porcelain Etch and Silane
Liner
Chlorhexidine Solution

Topical Anesthetic Gel
Matrices and Retainer Clamps
Sectional Matrix System
Matrices
WedgesPin-Tweezers
Ring-Placement Forceps
Interproximal Tooth Guard

Pit and Fissure Sealants
Drying Agent
Hygiene Handpieces
Prophy Paste
Prophy Angles

Fluoride Varnish
Dentin SealantInterproximal Cleaner
Toothpaste

SURGICAL • 131–136
Bone Grafting
Surgical Tip

Vacuum Adapter

TIPS & SYRINGES • 137–146
Flocked Tips
Mini Tips
Brush Tips
Micro Tips
Dento-Infusor Tips
Mixing Tips
Intraoral Tips

Capillary Tips
Impression Tips
Empty Syringes and Covers
Mixing Wells
Syringe Caps
Syringe Organizer
Micro Applicators

TISSUE MANAGEMENT • 147–158
Ferric Sulfate
Aluminum Chloride
Iron Solution
Cleaning Solution

Regular Knitted Cord
Epinephrine Knitted Cord
Packing Instruments

WHITEN • 159–180

FINISH • 79–90
Single-Use Polishers
Shaping and Finishing Disks
Composite System
Composite Polishing System
Universal Ceramic System
Diamond Polish
Goat Hair Brush

PREPARE • 105–118

PREVENT & HYGIENE • 119–130

ENDODONTICS • 27–48
Sodium Hypochlorite Solutions
File Lubricants
EDTA Solution
Chlorhexidine Solutions
Calcium Hydroxide Paste
Citric Acid
Temporary Resin
Endodontic Tips
MTA Repair Cement

Etchant
PrimerBand Cement
Bonding Adhesives

Polishing Brushes
Diamond Strips
Proximal Saw
Oxygen Barrier Solution
Composite Sealer
Drying AgentWhitening Gel
Prefilled Whitening Trays
In-Office Whitening
Endodontic Whitening
Light-Cured Resin Barriers
Hydrochloric Acid
Whitening Toothpaste

Desensitizing Gel
Lip and Cheek Retractors
Bite Block
Block-Out Resin
Tray Sheets
Scissors

IMPRESSIONS • 91–98

MARKETING MATERIALS • 181–192

Vinyl Polysiloxane Impression Material
Bite Registration Materials
Impression Material
Accessories
Powered Impression Gun
Alginate
Polyvinyl Siloxane Impression Material

Posters
Statement Stuffers
Office Flyers
Appointment Cards
Display Inserts
Display Brochures
Display Stands

Window Clings
Mirror Clings
Patient Instructions
Gift Certificates
Gift Bags

ABOUT ULTRADENTIn 1976, after graduating from Loma Linda University and beginning his own practice, Dr. Dan Fischer invented his groundbreaking Astringedent™
hemostatic solution in response to the need for a tissue management product that achieved more rapid, profound hemostasis. Astringedenthemostatic with the Metal Dento-Infusor™ tip and Ultrapak™ cord became the backbone of Ultradent’s chemical tissue management system.
For the first time, clinicians could quickly and predictably achieve profound hemostasis. The success of Astringedent hemostatic fueled
Dr. Fischer’s desire to continue developing innovative, advanced solutions—leading to the founding of Ultradent Products, Inc. Now, marking
its 45th year as a family-owned, international dental supply and manufacturing company, Ultradent has continued its vision to improve oral
health globally by creating better dental products that continue to set new industry standards. Dr. Fischer has numerous patents to his name.
Ultradent currently researches, designs, manufactures, and distributes more than 500 materials, devices, and instruments used by dentists
around the world. This includes its renowned, industry-leading Opalescence™ tooth whitening system, and the groundbreaking Opalescence
Go™ professional take-home whitening system. Ultradent’s product family also includes the award-winning VALO™ LED curing light, UltraSeal
XT™ hydro pit and fissure sealant, and Ultra-Etch™ etchant.
Ultradent has been the recipient of Small Business Administration’s Exporter of the Year and Direct Distributor of the Year awards. Most recently,
Ultradent was the recipient of the Health Care Heroes award in the category of Corporate Achievement. Ultradent and Dr. Fischer have beenrecognized for outstanding industry leadership and for making defining contributions to the dental community. In 2013, the Utah Governor’s
Office of Economic Development named Dr. Fischer “International Man of the Year” for his contributions to sustaining economic and cultural
relations between the state of Utah and the European Union.
Dr. Fischer strives continuously to “Improve Oral Health Globally.” Beyond the dental community, Ultradent donates products to humanitarianefforts locally, nationally, and internationally. Additionally, Ultradent sponsors a nonprofit organization, the Diversity Foundation, a progressive
outreach program committed to preventing hate crimes and intolerance. This program promotes diversity and fosters multicultural awarenessamong individuals from all backgrounds.
Dr. Fischer lives his life according to the same values that guide Ultradent: integrity, quality, hard work, innovation, and care. He enjoys tending
to his garden and spending time with his wife, children, and lots of grandchildren.

Follow us on our social channels! Scan a QR code to follow our
Ultradent Facebook and Instagram for the best deals and updates!

Facebook

Instagram

CEMENTSP H Y L L I S T H I B O D E A U - West Desert National Park

UltraTemp
UltraTemp REZ II
ClearTemp LC
PermaShade LC
PermaFlo DC
ExperTemp
UltraCem

1CEMENTS

UltraTemp™

ULTRADENT CEMENTS
UltraTemp™ REZ II

Description Temporary luting cement
ChemistryQUALITY SEAL. SUPERIOR HOLD.

Paste-to-paste, noneugenol polycarboxylate

Temporary luting cement
Paste-to-paste, noneugenol resin-based

ClearTemp™ LC

PermaFlo™ DC

Temporary veneer cement Luting/restorative cement

PermaShade™ LC

Resin-reinforced glassionomer luting cement

Veneer cement

Low/medium filled
composite resin

Highly filled small-particle
composite resin

Liquid-powder
RRGI (RMGI)Highly filled
composite resin

Permanent cementationof restorations (including
inlays, onlays, crowns, andbridges) made of metal,
PFM, zirconia, and resin
to natural teeth

Permanent cementationof porcelain, zirconia,
composite, and otherindirect anterior veneers

Temporary cementation
Indicationsof provisional crowns,
for Use bridges, inlays, and onlays

Temporary cementationof provisional prosthesisor restorative procedures(i.e., provisional
crowns, bridges, inlays,
and onlays)

Temporary cementationof provisional veneers

Permanent cementationof crowns, inlays, onlays,
bridges, endodontic post
cementation,and fabricationof core buildups

Delivery

5 ml dual-barrel syringewith mixing tip

5 ml dual-barrel syringewith mixing tip

0.67 g contra-angle
syringe

5 ml dual-barrel syringewith mixing tip.
Additional intraoral tip
for precise delivery.

Hand-mix bottle kit:
15 g powder /8.6 ml liquid0.95 g contra-angle
syringe

Cure Type

Self cure

Self cureLight cure

Dual cure

Self cureLight cure

1–3 minute working time,
full set in 5 minutes

2-second tack cure to
avoid shifting. Light curewith VALO™ curing lightfor 10 seconds.

2.5 minutes working time,
full set in 5–8 minutes.
Light cure with VALO™
Light cure with VALO™
curing light for 10 seconds
curing light according
to instructions.

Working Time/
Set Time

2–3 minutes

Fast Set 1–2 minutes
Regular Set 2–3 minutes

Viscosity

Flowable

Flowable

MediumFlowable

Very flowable

MediumOff-white

Off-white

Translucent(fluoresces undera UV light)

A2, A3.5, Translucent,Opaque WhiteApproximately A2A2, B1, Translucent,Opaque White

Mixes and delivers in
one action. Hydrophilic
polycarboxylate nonirritating formula is kindto pulp. Ideal for sealing
the access openingof walking bleach cases.
Designed to flakeoff easily.

Mixes and delivers in
one action. Hydrophilic
resin-based formula iswell-suited for cases
when longer retention
is required. Available
in Regular and Fast Set
times. Is radiopaque andfluoresces to ensure fullcement removal.

Provides the additional
strength necessary tokeep provisional veneers
in place. Fluoresces
under a UV lightfor easy detection.
Adheres more to theprovisional than the tooth.

Lowest film thickness(8 µm) known fora luting cement.1
Higher compressive
strength than otherquality luting cements.2
Economically priced.

Features highest
bond strengths to metal or
dentin compared to othercements in its category.3

Low shade shift for alasting esthetic result.
Unique contra-angledelivery for
added precision andconvenience. Low
shrinkage stress reduces
strain on veneers atpolymerization.

ShadesDifferentiation

TEMPORARY
Indications
for UseSelf Cure

Self Cure

Crown

X

BridgeX

PERMANENTLight Cure

Dual Cure

Self Cure

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

VeneerX

Core Buildup

X
X

Crown andBridgefor Implants

X

Endo Access
Opening

X

X

Orthodontic
Bands

X
X

Pedodontics

X

Inlays/Onlays

UltraTemp
temporary
cementLight CureX

Post
Cementation
Walking Bleach

UltraTemp
REZ II
temporary
cementX

ClearTemp LC
temporary cement

Temporary2

UltraCem™

1. Data on file. 2. Data on file. 3 . Data on file.

X

UltraCemRMGI cement

BOND STRENGTHS: Lowest to Highest
800.552.5512

X
PermaFlo DC
resin cementwith Peak
Universal
PermaShade LC
Bondresin cement
adhesive

Permanent

CEMENTSTWO DIFFERENT

UltraTemp™ & UltraTemp™ REZ II

CEMENTSPOLYCARBOXYLATE & RESIN-BASE,
NON-EUGENOL TEMPORARY CEMENTS
1

AL

WAYS

for Different Retention Options

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

TEMPORARY PROVISIONAL LUTING

Ultradent™ Mixing Tip page 141• Non-eugenol formula won’t interfere with resin bonding• Easily removed by water prior to setting/curing• Convenient dual-barrel syringe delivery of
paste-to-paste formulas• Mixing tips provide even mixing for reliable adhesion• Provides optimal sealing capabilities once cured• Able to withstand normal biting and chewing forces• Hydrophilic chemistry ensures a quality seal

1. Prior to complete set, remove excess
UltraTemp temporary cement easily witha moist cotton swab or gauze. After 1–2
minutes of set time, remove any residual
subgingival cement with an explorer.

2. Upon provisional removal two weeks
post-op, cement clings to both provisional
and preparation. This is one indicator ofa quality sealing cement.

3. Flake off residual cement with blunt
hand instrument.

4. Use Consepsis™ Scrub antibacterial slurrywith a rubber cup or STARbrush™ intercoronalbrush to remove residual cement.

UltraTemp™ temporary cement is a hydrophilic, polycarboxylatechemistry that ensures low irritation to pulp and a quality seal. It canbe easily removed with water prior to setting. UltraTemp temporary
cement is suggested for routine 1–2 week temporization of customfabricated provisionals or standard preformed provisionals.
UltraTemp™ REZ II temporary cement features a hydrophilic resin-based
formula that is recommended for the retention of interim restorations
on implants and provisional restorations when longer retention (2–4
weeks) is required. It is radiopaque and also fluoresces under a black
light to assist in removal. It is available in Fast Set (one to two minutes)
and Regular Set (two to three minutes).

5916 - UltraTemp Regular Set Kit (2- to 3-Minute Set Time)REFRIGERATE

6060 - UltraTemp REZ II Regular Set Kit (2- to 3-Minute Set Time)REFRIGERATE

6061 - UltraTemp REZ II Fast Set Kit (1- to 2-Minute Set Time)1 x 5 ml (7.96 g) syringe
20 x Mixing tips

1. realityesthetics.com.

UltraTemp REZ II is radiopaque and also fluoresces under a black light to assist in removal.

ultradent.com

3

CEMENTS
ClearTemp™ LC

PROCEDURETEMPORARY VENEER CEMENT
1

AL

WAYS

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

1. Remove product from refrigerator andbring to room temperature. Clean, rinse,
and lightly dry preparation. Express enough
ClearTemp LC cement to coat inside surface
of provisional.

2. Seat temporary veneer.

3. Remove flash.

4. Light cure with VALO curing light onStandard Power mode for 10 seconds.

• Translucent shade is designed for temporary anterior veneers• Light-cured resin formula provides a quality seal andexceptional retention• Fluoresces under black light, facilitating complete removal• Ergonomic contra-angle syringe delivery aids inprecise placement
ClearTemp LC temporary veneer cement is designed specifically for
temporary veneers. Its proprietary, light-cured resin formula provides
the additional strength required to keep provisional veneers in place.
For luting temporary veneers, nothing will hold as strong or look as
natural as ClearTemp LC temporary veneer cement.

ESTHETICREMOVALCOMPARE

5. Use a hand instrument at acrylic margin
to break seal and remove provisional.
ClearTemp LC cement is very strong and has
high adhesion, so temporary veneers may
break upon removal. Flake off bulk residual
cement with a blunt hand instrument.
Today’s provisionals look more natural thanever. ClearTemp LC cement helps create ashort-term smile that patients will be proud
to reveal.

A traditional temporary cement shows
through the provisional crown on #8.
ClearTemp LC cement does not show
through the provisional veneer on #9.

6. Illuminate tooth surface with black lightto reveal remaining ClearTemp LC cement.
Remove any remaining cement and recheck.
Scour prep with pumice-type slurry and cup
or brush. Rinse thoroughly and prepare forfinal cementation.

Note: Due to its high bond strength compared to other temporary
cements, ClearTemp LC temporary veneer cement should be used for
temporary veneers ONLY and never for temporization of permanent
restorations, full coverage crowns, inlays, or onlays.

FLUORESCING PROPERTIES
Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Note: We recommend PermaShade™ LC veneer cement
for luting permanent veneers. See the next page.
REFRIGERATE

3518 - ClearTemp LC Syringe 4pk 0.67 g

ClearTemp LC cement fluoresces under black light for easy detection. Use black light to ensurecomplete removal of ClearTemp LC cement. This is an important step that minimizes potential
to damage final restoration. Use the VALO™ Black Light Lens attachment or UltraSeal XT™ hydroblack light keychain for high visibility.

4

1. realityesthetics.com.

800.552.5512

PermaShade™ LC
AL

WAYS

1

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

√

out

LIGHT-CURE VENEER LUTING RESIN

M• Medium viscosity keeps veneer from drifting prior to cure• Use for porcelain, zirconia, composite, and otherindirect veneers• Upon curing, low shrinkage stress prevents strain
on the veneer1• Available in four VITA™* shade options: Translucent,Opaque White, A2, and B1
PermaShade LC luting resin is a light-cured luting resin used exclusively
for cementing translucent prosthetics where light can transmit andshade matching is important. Its ergonomic contra-angle syringe
makes luting delicate prosthetics more convenient than other delivery
methods. With enduring color stability and low shrinkage, PermaShadeLC luting resin is ideal for creating a long-lasting, esthetic smile.
BEFORE AND AFTERCEMENTS

Consepsis™ Scrub
CHLORHEXIDINE ANTIBACTERIAL SLURRY

1

White Mac™ Tip page 141• May reduce post-op sensitivity2• Does not compromise bond strength3,4• Nonsplatter formula• Use to clean prior to cementation or around ortho brackets• Use with STARbrush™ brush in grooves prior to sealant placement

Courtesy of Dr. Shea Bess.

Consepsis Scrub antibacterial slurry is a lightly flavored 2.0%
chlorhexidine gluconate (relative to liquid component) antibacterial
scrub. Consepsis Scrub slurry uses inert, finely ground Pyrex®* glassas an abrasive scrub, unlike pumice, which may contain several trace
impurities from volcanic ash.
Note: Never use prophy paste for prep cleaning,as it contains several potentially contaminating ingredients.
Actual patient
Patient with 4 existing anterior composites and large diastema. Received 6 anterior A1
porcelain veneers (6–11) cemented with PermaShade LC resin in Translucent shade.
Unique and ergonomic contra-angle syringe
allows for precise, controlled delivery.

Note: for optimal handling,
bring PermaShade LC resin toroom temperature before use.

PermaShade LC Syringe 4pk 0.95 g
A2
B1

4pk
5229
5230

Shade

Translucent
Opaque White* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. Data on file.

Note: Evidence demonstrates that you can further reduce
post-op sensitivity by sealing dentin before cementation.
Use PermaFlo™ DC luting resin.
See page 70 for Consepsis™ chlorhexidine antibacterial solution.

REFRIGERATE

Shade

Use Consepsis Scrub slurry for removing residual temporary cement
prior to permanent cementation and for removing debris. Studies haveshown that 2% chlorhexidine, such as Consepsis [Scrub slurry], helps
address microorganisms in dentinal tubules better than other tested
intracanal medicaments.5

4pk
5227
5228

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Al-Omari WM, Al-Omari QD, Omar R. Effect of cavity disinfection on postoperative
sensitivity associated with amalgam restorations. Oper Dent. 2006 ;31(2):165–70. doi: 10.2341/05-8.
PMID:16827017. 3. Carrilho MR, Geraldeli S, Tay F, et al. In vivo preservation of the hybrid layer by chlorhexidine.
J Dent Res. 2007;86(6):529–533. 4. Hebling J, Pashley DH, Tjäderhane L, Tay FR. Chlorhexidine arrests subclinicaldegradation of dentin hybrid layers in vivo. J Dent Res. 2005;84(8):741–746. 5. Vasudeva A, Sinha DJ, Tyagi
SP, et al. Disinfection of dentinal tubules with 2% chlorhexidine gel, calcium hydroxide and herbal intracanal
medicaments against enterococcus faecalis: an in-vitro study. Singapore Dent J. 2017 Dec;38:39–44. doi: 10.1016/j.
sdj.2017.06.001. PMID: 29229073.

Chlorhexidine Antibacterial Slurry, see page 110.
ultradent.com

5

CEMENTS

MULTIPLE OPTIONSPermaFlo™ DC

Failure is NOT one of them

DUAL-CURE COMPOSITE LUTING/RESTORATIVE RESIN
AL

WAYS

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

Post
Cementation

Ultradent™ Mixing Tip page 141

PROCEDURE
Courtesy of Dr. Gary Findley.

• Multiple uses including post cementation,
core buildup, and luting• Wear resistant• Maximum strength• Radiopaque• Low polymerization shrinkage• Self-mixing• 2.5-minute working time, 5 to 8-minute chemical set time
• Total-etch or self-etch compatible

LutingCore Buildup

PermaFlo DC luting resin is a highly filled, small-particle, dual-cureresin that flows easily through a small-orifice tip, making post luting
simple and convenient. It has a low film thickness of only 8 μm.1
PermaFlo DC luting resin is recommended for permanent cementationof transparent or opaque crowns, etc. You can use the same mix anddelivery method to lute posts and fabricate core buildups. Its optimal
viscosity flows easily into the depths of the post preparation and thenintimately around protruding, direct-placed posts. To stop material
flow during core buildup, tack with a curing light. PermaFlo DC resin iscompatible with Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive for light-cured bonding
and luting.

PermaFlo DC resin is a versatile dual-cure resin formula that can be used to cement endodontic
posts and fabricate core buildups.

USES

TECHNICAL DATA 2
Shear Bond Strength to Enamel (Total-Etch)

53.38 MPa

Shear Bond Strength to Dentin (Total-Etch)

62.07 MPa

Flexural Strength		128.5 MPa

The Intraoral tip snaps onto the dual-barrel
mixing tip for precise placement of luting
material.

Flexural Modulus		

9.37 GPa

Compressive Strength		

355.91 MPa

Compressive Modulus		

4.22 GPa

REFRIGERATE

PermaFlo DC Syringe Kits

FILM THICKNESS 3
PermaFlo™ DC

8 µm

RelyX™ Ultimate*

Duo-Link Universal™*
Panavia™ V5*
Variolink® Esthetic DC*
Multilink® Automix*
G-CEM LinkForce®*
Nexus™*

Shade
A2
A3.5

14 µm

19 µm
14 µm
17 µm
13 µm
13 µm
23 µm

0

5

10

15

20

25

Kit
5912
5913

Shade

Translucent
Opaque White

Kit
5914
5915

1 x PermaFlo DC syringe A2 - 5 ml (9.63 g), A3.5 - 5 ml (9.53 g),
Translucent - 5 ml (9.42 g), Opaque White - 5 ml (9.5 g)
20 x Mixing tips
20 x Intraoral tips

30

PermaFlo DC resin has the lowest film thickness known for a composite luting resin.4

6Adhesive luting for crowns, bridges, inlays,
and onlays. With syringe/tip delivery, acrown is loaded from depth of crown toensure no air entrapment.

* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. Data on file. 2. Data on file. 3. Data on file. 4. Data on file.

800.552.5512

CEMENTS
ENDODONTIC POST CEMENTATION GUIDE USING PERMAFLO DC RESIN

1. Determine post size and length
using a try-in post or X-ray andclinical judgment.

2. Place a rubber stop on UniCore™
Drill at desired length.

3. Position UniCore tip in the pilot
hole. Using light pressure, follow
the obturation material to the length
indicated by rubber stop. Keeping
the drill at full speed, withdraw
from the canal.

4. Use TriAway™ Adapter with
Endo-Eze™ 22 ga tip to clean debris
out of post space from bottom up
with water and suction.

5. Verify post size and length byplacing the corresponding UniCore
Post. Clean post with isopropyl
alcohol after try-in.

OR THE ETCH AND NO RINSE TECHNIQUE

CHOOSE THE ETCH AND RINSE TECHNIQUE

OR15
6. Etch space for 15 seconds with
Ultra-Etch™ etchant using theEndo-Eze 22 ga tip. Start apicallyand fill coronally.

20
Use TriAway Adapter and Endo-Eze
22 ga tip to rinse thoroughly withwater and lightly air dry, leaving
the post space slightly damp.

6a. Attach 30 ga NaviTip™ FX™ Brush
Blow out excess from bottom up using
tip to Peak™ SE primer syringe. Apply TriAway Adapter with Endo-Eze 22 ga
to post space and coronal preparation tip and suction. Do not over-dry.
for 20 seconds using agitating action.

20
7. Use 30 ga NaviTip™ FX™ tip or Micro
Applicator to place Peak™ Universal
Bond adhesive. Scrub full length ofpost space and entire tooth prep for
10 seconds.

8. Remove excess Peak Universal Bondadhesive using the TriAway Adapter
with Endo-Eze 22 ga tip and suction.
Continue for 10 seconds using full airpressure, then air thin adhesive on
coronal surface for 10 seconds.

12. Deliver mixed PermaFlo DC
cement into post space beginningapically and moving coronally.

9. Light cure adhesive for 20 seconds.
If close to gingiva, use two 10-second
intervals or 6 seconds Xtra Powermode on VALO™ curing light.

13. Insert post slowly and seat topredetermined depth.

10. Verify UniCore Post will seat prior
to placing luting cement.

14. Tack cure PermaFlo DC cement incanal for 5 seconds.

Note: For more information on the UniCore System, see pages 44–45.

ultradent.com

11. Load PermaFlo DC cement into theSkini Syringe with the pink Endo-Eze™
20 ga tip. Verify mix and flow.

15. Express PermaFlo DC cement
around post for core buildup.
Incrementally build up core and light
cure for 10 seconds between layers.
If cement starts to slump, tack cure
between layers. Incrementally build
up core.

7

CEMENTS
ExperTemp™

PROCEDURE

1

AL

WAYS

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

TEMPORARY CROWN AND BRIDGE MATERIAL

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

1. Prep teeth. Scour with Consepsis™ Scrub
slurry and STARbrush™ intercoronal brush.

2. ExperTemp temporary crown and bridgewith esthetic translucency.

3. Apply ClearTemp™ LC temporary
veneer cement.

4. Use blade to open embrasures without
altering margins.

• 10:1 self-cured chemistry provides exceptional strength,
flexibility, and high abrasion resistance2• Fluoresces similarly to enamel3• Low oxygen inhibition at polymerization• Easily repaired or characterized with a packable composite,a flowable composite, or additional ExperTemp material• Trims easily and polishes beautifully (polishing optional)• Available in A1, A2, A3, A3.5, B1, and Bleach White shades
5. ExperTemp material achieves esthetic
blend with natural teeth. 3 weeks post-op justprior to cementation of permanent veneers.

ExperTemp temporary crown and bridge material is a bis-acryl
composite provisional material used to fabricate temporary crowns,
bridges, inlays, and onlays as well as long-term temporaries. Superior
performance combined with a natural esthetic make ExperTempmaterial the material of choice for temporization.

Working andplacement time
0:00

8

Allow to curein mouth
0:40* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file. 3. Data on file.

Complete cure

Remove from mouth
1:30

2:30

800.552.5512

Adjust provisional
4:00

FLEXURAL MODULUS COMPARATIVE 2
4.91 GPa

ExperTemp™ material
Luxatemp Ultra*

4.16 GPa

Structur Premium*4.09 GPa®

2.67 GPa

Integrity® Multi-Cure*

2

3

4

5

6

LIGHT-CURED ADHESIVE
AL

WAYS

1

B

F R E E

1

Peak™ Universal Bond

A

0

out

P

2.31 GPa

Protemp™ Plus*√

CEMENTS

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

Inspiral™ Brush Tip page 139

EDGE CHIP COMPARATIVE 2
ExperTemp™ materialnew

192.60 lbf

Structur Premium*158.69 lbf

Protemp™ Plus*

145.46 lbf

Luxatemp Ultra*

144.08 lbf

Integrity® Multi-Cure*

137.27 lbf®

0

100 125 150 175 200 225

Now in Unit Dose• Features Ultradent’s Dymetech™ phosphate monomer blend forenhanced strength and greater versatility• Bonds to all dental substrates• Ideal for direct and indirect bonding, as well as post
and core procedures• Works with self-etch and total-etch techniques• Available in syringe, bottle, and unit-dose delivery

ExperTemp Cartridge Kits
Shade
A1
A2
A3

Kit
Shade
Kit
A3.5
6341
6342
B1
6340
6343
6347 Bleach White 6344

BOND STRENGTH COMPARISON 2
Peak™ Universal
Peak™ Universal
SE

1 x 50 ml (76 g) cartridge
15 x Mixing tips

67.9

26.5

Clearfil
SE Bond*31.0

AdheseUniversal*

31.2

Prime &
Bond NT*

58.5
41.7

18.6

Clearfil S3*

47.4

23.6

Adper
Scotchbond*6346 - ExperTemp Mixing Tips 45pk

61.5

34.3

All Bond
Universal*

MPa

61.9

38.1

Scotchbond
Universal*

10:1/4:1 gun

70.6

45.4

OptiBond*

6345 - ExperTemp Dispensing Gun 1pk

71.3

51.7

TE

30.2

26.0
20.1

10
Dentin

20

30

40

50

60

70

Enamel

80

90

100

Internal testingLight-Cured Adhesive, see page 72.
* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com 2. Data on file.

ultradent.com

9

CEMENTS

Strongest RRGI/RMGI tested.1

UltraCem™

COMPARATIVE TESTING 3
METAL SHEAR BUTTONCROWN PULL

FILM THICKNESS

UltraCem cement

10.89 MPa

5.22 MPa24.0 µm

GC Fuji PLUS™*

4.76 MPa

3.91 MPa17.6 µm

3M RelyX™ Luting*

5.12 MPa

4.59 MPa

36.9 µm

3M Ketac-Cem™*

3.65 MPa

2.27 MPa25.8 µm

RESIN-REINFORCED GLASS IONOMER CEMENT
™

AL

WAYS

1

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

FLUORIDE RELEASE - ONE WEEK4

25

PPM

20

• High bond strengths• Sustained fluoride release• Flowable viscosity and low film thickness won’t compromise
fit or occlusion• 1- to 3-minute working time, 5-minute set time
• Radiopacity >1 mm aluminum• More retentive than other leading RMGI cements on precious
alloy crowns2

15
10
5
Day 1

Day 2

Day 3

UltraCem™ cement

Day 4

Day 5

Day 6

Day 7

GC Fuji PLUS™*

UltraCem resin-reinforced glass ionomer cement offers the best ofboth worlds in a luting cement: efficient delivery and unsurpassed
performance. Its advanced chemistry boasts the highest bond strengths
in its category, while ensuring the ultimate luting convenience.
UltraCem cement is available in a traditional hand-mix bottle kit, an
economical choice that gives clinicians control over the viscosity andamount of material used.
2056 - UltraCem Liquid-Powder Bottle Kit

UltraCem resin-reinforced glass ionomer cement is used as a luting
cement for indirect restorations (including inlays, onlays, crowns, andbridges) made of metal, porcelain fused to metal, zirconia, and resin.
It may also be used for cementation of orthodontic bands.

Note: Never use phosphoric acid to clean zirconia,
as it will significantly reduce bond strengths.
Do not use a zirconia primer with UltraCem cement.

10

1 x 15 g bottle of powder
1 x 8.6 ml (13.07 g) bottle of liquid
1 x Mixing pad
1 x Measuring spoon
1 x Spatula* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Pameijer CH. Crown retention withthree resin modified glass ionomer luting agents. JADA 2012;143(11):1218–1222. 3. Data on file. 4. Data on file.

800.552.5512

COMPOSITESA N N A G R AY - Lake Blanche

Transcend
Vit-l-escence
MosaicAmelogen Plus
Composite Wetting Resin
Ultradent Composite Gun
PermaFlo Pink
PermaFloUveneer
Uveneer Extra
PermaSeal
PrimaDry

11

COMPOSITES

new
Courtesy of Dr. Yo-Han Choi.

UNIVERSAL COMPOSITE

ONE-SHADE RESTORATIONS

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

BEFORE AND AFTER

After.

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Transcend composite allows you to complete restorations with just
one shade. Thanks to Ultradent’s Resin Particle Match technology, therefraction indices of the resin and particles work together to allow
Transcend composite to blend with the surrounding tooth color. Thatmeans you can use Transcend composite Universal Body shade almost
anywhere in the mouth and know that it will look natural and beautiful,even in larger restorations. Plus, Transcend composite features ideal
handling for manipulation and sculptability.2

Before.

Courtesy of Dr. Rafael Beolchi.

• Universal Body shade beautifully blends with most any tooth color• No blocker required• Proprietary Resin Particle Match™ technology• Universal Body shade continues to match the surrounding
dentition even after whitening1• Excellent mechanical and optical properties• Ideal working consistency is easy to sculpt1• High polishability1• Additional Enamel and Dentin shades for more estheticallydemanding anterior cases• Fluoresces similarly to natural dentition1

Courtesy of Dr. Gary Findley.

Transcend™

CONTINUALLY MATCHES SURROUNDING DENTITION
After.

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Before.

No new composite restorations may be required after the whitening treatment is completed
for teeth that have been previously restored with Transcend composite, as the shade of thecomposite can adapt itself to continue to match the optical properties of the surrounding
dentition as teeth get whitened.3

Before.

12

After.

1. Data on file. 2. Data on file. 3. Data on file. 4. Data on file.

800.552.5512

COMPOSITESTECHNICAL OVERVIEW		Compressive Strength
Hardness
Flexural Strength
Flexural Modulus
Volumetric Shrinkage
Initial Gloss
Final Gloss
Depth of Cure
Radiopacity
Fill by Volume
Fill by Weight4

newTRANSCEND UB
450.7 MPa60.3 HK
156.17 MPa
11.85 GPa
1.60%
93.5 GU91.2 GU2.85 mm
3.2 mm-Al
60–61%
79%

COMPLEMENTARY SHADES

Transcend Syringe 4 g
Dentin
A1D
A2D
A3D
B1D

1pk
4727
4728
4729
4730

EnamelEnamel Neutral
Enamel White

1pk
4731
4732

1 x 4 g syringe

UNIVERSAL BODY SHADE

4733 - Transcend UB Syringe 1pk
1 x 4 g syringe Universal Body shade

Transcend Singles 0.2 g
Dentin
A1D
A2D
A3D
B1D

4734 - Transcend UB Syringe 4pk
4 x 4 g syringes Universal Body shade

1pk
4744
4745
4746
4747

EnamelEnamel Neutral
Enamel White

1pk
4748
4749

10 x 0.2 g singles

4757 - Transcend UB Singles 1pk
10 x 0.2 g singles Universal Body shade4726 - Transcend Syringe Intro Kit
1 x 4 g syringe of each shade:
A1D, A2D, A3D, B1D, EN, EW, UB

4817 - Transcend UB Singles 4pk
40 x 0.2 g singles Universal Body shade

Pair Composite Wetting Resin with any Ultradent composite to improve
instrument and composite glide when sculpting and contouring.
4814 - Transcend Singles Intro Kit

3059 - Composite Wetting Resin Syringe 2pk

10 x 0.2 g singles of each shade:
A1D, A2D, A3D, B1D, EN, EW, UB

2 x 1.2 ml syringes

ultradent.com

13

COMPOSITES
Vit-l-escence™

BEFORE AND AFTER
Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

ESTHETIC RESTORATIVE MATERIAL

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Courtesy of Dr. Altamiro Flávio.

1“As a 30-year vet of trying to make anterior restorations look like teeth and having tried all the‘latest and greatest’ new composites over this time, I have found Vit-l-escence material to be
the only composite with which I can predictably achieve my goal.”—DR. JACK MULLEN – ROCKY MOUNT, NC“The ability to match various shades and nuances of natural teeth has given me the tools to
produce results I would not have believed possible. This product alone raised my skill level atleast two notches higher.”—DR. HARPER JONES II – PENDLETON, OR“Just the right amount of translucency and pearliness allows invisible blending on enamel
margins for posterior restorations. Combined with the easy handling and finishability of yourVit-l-escence products, these shades are truly ‘pearl’ precious and beautiful.”—DR. MARYANN PITTMAN – SAINT PETERSBURG, FL“With Vit-l-escence material, I can do Class IV restorations that are indistinguishable fromnatural teeth. What a great product!”—DR. SARAH BALSER – COLUMBUS, OH

14

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Vit-l-escence esthetic restorative material is ideal for creating artistic
anterior composite restorations, including direct veneers. Its strength
and wear resistance also make it perfect for posterior restorations.

Courtesy of Dr. Rafael Beolchi.

Vit-l-escence esthetic restorative material is a composite system thatfeatures the fluorescent and opalescent qualities of natural tooth
structure. It is a Bis-GMA-based, radiopaque microhybrid system withan average particle size of 0.7 μm.* The all-composite shade guidecontains uniquely shaped tabs to assist in the most refined layering andshade selection possible. Low-translucency, highly fluorescent dentin
shades combined with high-translucency, opalescent/translucent
enamel shades facilitate superior reproduction of natural teeth.

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Courtesy of Dr. Valter Devoto.

• Effortlessly blends with natural dentin and enamel• Intended for anterior and posterior restorations• Is both creamy and sculptable• Polishes beautifully• Matches shade guide perfectly• High wear strength* Dependent on modality for particle size measurement. 1. realityesthetics.com.

800.552.5512

COMPOSITES
NATURAL ENAMEL OPALESCENCEAND DENTIN FLUORESCENCE
Courtesy of Dr. L. Vanini.

Courtesy of Dr. Newton Fahl.

VIT-L-ESCENCE MATERIAL LAYERING TECHNIQUE

2. Use matrix as a guide for basic shape of
restoration and to support initial lingual
placement of material.

3. Use thin layer of Pearl Neutral to establish
lingual contour. This is not necessary if tooth
structure exists on lingual wall.

4. Inner dentin body layer includes basic
hue of exposed dentin. A3.5 is applied at
cervical towards incisal. Create mamelons
using a carver.

Vit-l-escence Enamel

Traditional
Composite

Natural
Tooth

Vit-l-escence
Dentin Shade

Courtesy of Dr. Nasser Barghi.

1. For Class IV restorations, veneers, or
diastema closures. A silicon putty matrix
fabricated from diagnostic wax-up isrecommended.

Vit-l-escence Composite

Porcelain

Vit-l-escence material can be even more translucent than porcelain.
VIT-L-ESCENCE COMPOSITE SHADE OPACITY RANGE
0%Translucent
Shades/Iridescent
BlueTM*

5. Cover body and extend enamel edge withappropriate translucent shade. To achieve a“halo” (white line at the incisal edge), placethin roll of Pearl Frost or Opaque Snow.

6. Make final adjustments withmultifluted finishing burs. Use Jiffy™
cups, points, and disks for smoothing.
Polish with Jiffy™ HiShine.

100%-Opacity+

Pearl
ShadesDentinShadesA-D

OpaqueShades* Trans Ice, Trans Amber, Trans Gray, Trans Mist, Trans Blue, Trans Yellow, Iridescent Blue, Trans Orange
Trans Frost, and Trans Smoke

In a simple technique, Vit-l-escence™ esthetic restorative material allows you to layer
enamel shades over dentin shades, creating the most lifelike restorations possible.

ultradent.com

15

COMPOSITESREFRIGERATEREFRIGERATE

1195 - Vit-l-escence Single Capsules Kit—10 Shades

5016 - Vit-l-escence Essentials Kit—9 Shades

1 x Each 2.5 g Vit-l-escence dentin shade - A1, A2, A3, and B1 syringe
1 x Each 2.5 g Vit-l-escence enamel shade - Opaque Snow, Pearl Frost,
Pearl Neutral, Trans Mist, and Iridescent Blue syringe
1 x Each 1.2 ml (2.3 g) PermaFlo A4 and Translucent syringe
1 x Each shade guide, half-size syringe organizer, and quad key
20 x Micro 20 ga tips

10 x Each 0.3 g Vit-l-escence dentin shade A1, A2, A3, A3.5, and B1 capsules
10 x Each 0.3 g Vit-l-escence enamel shade - Pearl Frost, Pearl Neutral,
Pearl Amber, Pearl Smoke, and Opaque Snow capsules
1 x Shade guide

REFRIGERATE

Vit-l-escence Single Capsules 0.3 g
Dentin
10pk
Enamel10pk
A1
1219
Opaque White™
2238
A2
1202
Opaque Snow™
1212
™
A3
1203
Pearl Frost
1196
A3.5
1204
Pearl Neutral™
1197
A4
1220
Pearl Amber™
1210
™
A5
2230
Pearl Smoke
1198
A6
2231
Trans Frost™
2239
™
B1
1205
Trans Mist
2240
B2
1223
Trans Smoke™
2241
B3
2232
Trans Blue™
2242
™
B5
2234
Trans Orange
2243
C1
1227
Trans Gray™
2244
C2
1228
Trans Ice™
2245
™
C3
1229
Trans Yellow
2246
C4
2235
Trans Amber™
2247
™
C5
2236
Iridescent Blue
2248
D3
2237
™

REFRIGERATE

Vit-l-escence Syringe 2.5 g™

Dentin
A1
A2
A3
A3.5
A4
A5
A6
B1
B2
B3
B5
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
D3

1pk
358
343
344
356
360
362
408
409
418
421
423
426
435
439
440
441
442

EnamelOpaque White™
Opaque Snow™
Pearl Frost™
Pearl Neutral™
Pearl Amber™
Pearl Smoke™
Trans Frost™
Trans Mist™
Trans Smoke™
Trans Blue™
Trans Orange™
Trans Gray™
Trans Ice™
Trans Amber™
Iridescent Blue™

1pk
1182
1183
443
1184
1185
1186
1187
482
485
1188
1189
478
479
499
1317

x1

822 - Master’s Shade Guide—24 Shades

A1, A2, A3, A3.5, A4, A5, B1, B2, OW, OS, PF, PN, PA, PS,
TF, TM, TS, TB, TO, TG, TI, TY, TA, IB(Shades A6, B3, B4, B5, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, and D3 are NOT included)3080 - Composite Quad Key 1pk

Optional KleenSleeve™ QuadraSpense™
QUAD KEY
Use to remove the white quad flanges
on the Vit-l-escence syringe to create
an open-bore delivery barrel if desired.

16

x 10

Shades are identified on boththe barrel and the stem.

800.552.5512

Facilitates removal of small
amounts of material.

COMPOSITES
Mosaic™

HIGHLY SCULPTABLE

UNIVERSAL COMPOSITE
1

Highly sculptable handling properties provide total control during manipulation.

Courtesy of Dr. Rafael Beolchi.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Mosaic universal composite balances beauty and performance for
lasting, lifelike results. Mosaic composite can be used for all restorative
purposes: basic or complex. Its nanohybrid formula is composed ofzirconia-silica glass ceramic and 20 nanometer silica. Filler load is
68% by volume for dentin shades and 56% for enamel shades. The
exceptional handling, natural esthetics, and high durability of Mosaic
composite enable clinicians to create restorations of the highest quality.
Mosaic composite is used for direct and indirect restorations(inlays, onlays, and veneers) in both the anterior and posterior regions.

TWENTY INTUITIVE SHADE OPTIONS PRODUCEPREDICTABLE, NATURAL RESULTS
A0.5

A1

A2

A3

A3.5

A4

A5

B0.5

B1

B2

C2

C3

D2

OW

EW

EN

EB

EG

EY

ET

A0.5, A1, A2, A3,
A3.5, A4, A5,
B0.5, B1, B2,
C2, C3, D2
Enamel Blush
Enamel Neutral
Enamel Yellow
Enamel Gray
Enamel White

Esthetic restoration using Mosaic composite shades: A4, A3, A2, and A1 from cervical toincisal. Enamel White and Opaque White on incisal edge. Universal application suits Class I–V
restorations in both anterior and posterior regions.

PROCEDURE
Courtesy of Dr. Gaetano Paolone.

• Smooth, pliable consistency• Cuts easily and doesn’t stick to instruments• Won’t flow or slump out of place after being shaped• Allows ample working time under ambient light

1. Preoperative Class II restoration.

2. Preparation with matrix placement.

3. Marginal crest built with Enamel Neutral.

4. A5 dentin shade used for initial layer.

DENTININCISAL
AREA
ENAMEL

Natural Transparency
Blocks ShadeOPAQUE

Enamel Trans

TRANS

Opaque WhiteOPAQUEENAMEL

Creates Luminosity
Establishes Hue

DENTIN
5. Enamel Neutral shade used for final layer.
Class II restoration using Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive system with Mosaic composite shades
A5 and Enamel Neutral.

ultradent.com

17

COMPOSITESTECHNICAL OVERVIEW 2

DENTIN SHADESENAMEL SHADES

Shrinkage Volume

2.6%

3.7%

Shrinkage Stress

3.9 MPa

6.1 MPa

Compressive Strength486.4 MPa447.6 MPa

Hardness

66.9 HK

65.4 HK

Flexural Strength166.1 MPa

176.7 MPa

Tooth = Dentin + Enamel Neutral Layer
Lower Tapered Handle = Dentin Only

Not Layered4803 - Mosaic Shade Guide—20 shades

A0.5, A1, A2, A3, A3.5, A4, A5, B0.5, B1, B2, C2, C3, D2,
EY, EB, EG, EN, EW, OW, ET

Flexural Modulus

17.3 GPa11.7 GPa

Water Sorption≤40 µg/mm3≤40 µg/mm3

Water Solubility≤7.5 µg/mm3≤7.5 µg/mm3

Radiopacity≥2 mm Al (200%)≥2 mm Al (200%)

Working Time (Ambient Light)

4:00 min4:00 min

Depth of Cure

2 mm

2 mm

% Fill by Volume

68%

56%

Balanced performance ensures both functional durability as well as esthetic longevity.

Mosaic™ composite

OPAQUE WHITE &6 ENAMEL SHADES

13 DENTIN SHADES		GLOSS RETENTION COMPARISON 3(Enamel Neutral)

Mosaic™ composite(A2 Dentin)

G-aenial Sculpt®*(AE)

Tetric EvoCeram®*(A2 Enamel)

Filtek™ Supreme Ultra*(A2E)

Herculite™ Ultra*(A2 Enamel)

Mosaic™ Syringe 1pk 4 g
Dentin
A0.5
A1
A2
A3
A3.5
A4
A5
B0.5
B1
B2
C2
C3
D2

1pk
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772

EnamelEnamel Yellow
Enamel Blush
Enamel Gray
Enamel Neutral
Enamel White
Enamel Trans
Opaque White

1pk
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4779
4778

x1

Venus® Diamond*(A2 Enamel)

Venus® Pearl*(A2 Enamel)

TPH Spectra® HV*(A2)Initial Gloss

20

Mosaic composite
polished
before brushing

Mosaic composite
after 10,000
brush cycles

40

60

Competitor
composite
polished before
brushing

Final Gloss

80

100

Competitor
composite
after 10,000
brush cycles* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file. 3. Data on file. Final gloss
measured after 10,000 brush cycles in gloss units (GU).

18

Mosaic™ Single Capsules 10pk 0.2 g
Dentin
A0.5
A1
A2
A3
A3.5
A4
A5
B0.5
B1
B2
C2
C3
D2

800.552.5512

10pk
4799
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791

EnamelEnamel Yellow
Enamel Blush
Enamel Gray
Enamel Neutral
Enamel White
Enamel Trans
Opaque White

10pk
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4798
4797

x 10

COMPOSITES
Amelogen™ Plus

BEFORE AND AFTER
Courtesy of Dr. Rafael Beolchi.

COMPOSITE RESTORATIVE MATERIAL

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Before.

After.

Amelogen Plus composite restorative material is a state-of-the-art,radiopaque, Bis-GMA material that is 76% filled by weight with a
0.7 μm average particle size.2 It displays exceptional handling, optical,
and polishing characteristics. Amelogen Plus composite will not slump
or stick to instruments, providing extra control in handling.
Amelogen Plus composite is an excellent choice for designing Class I, II,
III, IV, V, and VI restorations, as well as direct veneers. It is perfect for
both posterior and anterior restorations because of its wear resistance,
strength, simplicity, and polishability.
The simple and intuitive shade system of Amelogen Plus composite
allows dentists to achieve beautiful and natural-looking restorations
without the complication of most esthetic composite systems.
SHADE AND TRANSLUCENCYESTHETIC RESTORATION PROCEDURE
Courtesy of Dr. Fabio Seneand Dr. Paulette Spencer.

• Simple, affordable system• Excellent, nonslumping consistency• Brilliant polishing capability

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Courtesy of Dr. Michael Melkers.

1

1. Fracture on maxillary left central incisor.

2. Beveled preparation along surface margin.

3. Palatal enamel layer Trans Orange.

4. Recreation of dentin mamelons A3.5.

5. Incisal characterization and facial enamellayer Enamel Neutral.

6. Final result.

“I am pleased with Amelogen composite’s ease of placement, its adaptability to tooth color,and its predictability to last as a posterior restoration.”—DR. MARK H. WEBB – BRISTOL, TN
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file.

ultradent.com

19

COMPOSITESDIRECT COMPOSITE LAYERING TECHNIQUE

4424 - Complete Shade Guide—15 shades

A1, A2, A3, A3.5, A4, A5, B1, C2, OW, EW, EN, EG, TW, TG, TO

For enamel-only restorations use a single shade of Amelogen™
Plus composite, usually enamel.

Amelogen™ Plus Syringe 1pk 2.5 g
Dentin
A1
A2
A3
A3.5
A4
A5
B1
C2

1pk
9030
9031
9032
9028
9033
9034
9035
9036

EnamelOpaque White™
Enamel White™
Enamel Neutral™
Enamel Gray™
Trans White™
Trans Gray™
Trans Orange™

1pk
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043

x1

For the most common cases of both dentin and enamel
restorations in intermediate-size cavities, use both a dentin andan enamel shade. Make sure that composite enamel layer isthinner than natural enamel layer.

Amelogen™ Plus Single Capsules 10pk 0.3 g

For major enamel and dentin replacements or estheticallychallenging restorations, use multiple dentin shades(darkest at the lowest point) and characterize withtranslucent shades if needed.

20

Dentin
A1
A2
A3
A3.5
A4
A5
B1
C2

800.552.5512

10pk
8010
8011
8013
8024
8014
8015
8017
8020

EnamelOpaque White™
Enamel White™
Enamel Neutral™
Trans White™
Trans Gray™
Trans Orange™
Super Light™

10pk
8021
8022
8023
8016
8018
8019
8026

x 10

COMPOSITES
Composite Wetting Resin

PermaFlo™ Pink
COMPOSITE

1

Inspiral™ Brush Tip page 139• Facilitates composite adaptation• Moistens dry composite during contouring• Hydrophobic and solvent-free resin
Micro 20 ga Tip page 140

Composite Wetting Resin is a 45%-filled, light-cured, liquid resin.
It is significantly superior to single-component adhesives, whichcontain solvents and inhibit composite polymerization.
Use Composite Wetting Resin during incremental layering ofcomposite materials, and when the oxygen-inhibited layer has
been removed or disturbed (e.g., washing the composite surface
following contamination). Composite Wetting Resin may be placedon the composite surface if it has become dry during contouring. Use
Composite Wetting Resin on an instrument or brush to enhance glide.
Composite Wetting Resin greatly facilitates adaptation of the composite
restoration and preparation.

• Acts as an attractive solution for esthetic gingival substitute

PermaFlo Pink composite is an excellent alternative to gingival grafting,which is not always an option. Use as a masking agent in Class V
restorations where root structure is exposed.
Also use to mask gingival recession.

REFRIGERATE

3059 - Composite Wetting Resin Syringe 2pk
2 x 1.2 ml (1.85 g) syringes

Courtesy of Dr. Anna Krylova.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Ultradent™ Composite Gun• Ergonomic• Autoclavable• Drop ’n’ lock feature makes it easy to load
• Use with all prefilled and empty capsules on the market

1. Following tooth prep and applicationof Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive, build
restoration incrementally with PermaFlo
Pink composite.

2. Final restoration can mask exposed root
surfaces when gingival grafting isn’t an option.

7800 - Ultradent Composite Gun 1pk
REFRIGERATE“I use Composite Wetting Resin instead of a bonding agent to facilitate adaptation of composite.
Bonding agents often contain acetone or alcohol that can cause the resins and fillers in thecomposite to separate, which weakens the surface of the restoration. They also may change thecomposite’s shade after curing.”—DR. JAIMEÉ MORGAN – SALT LAKE CITY, UT

963 - PermaFlo Pink Syringe Kit
2 x 1.2 ml (2.3 g) syringes
4 x Micro 20 ga tips

1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

21

COMPOSITES
PermaFlo™

MICRO RESTORATIVEFLOWABLE COMPOSITE

1

1. Small Class I preparation treated withdentin bonding agent. Fill restoration withflowable PermaFlo™ composite throughMicro 20 ga tip.

2. The flowable composite offers
unsurpassed adaptation as it fills frompreparation floor up.

Micro 20 ga Tip page 140

Black Mini™ Tip page 138• High-fill, high-flow formula• Highly radiopaque2• Fluoride-releasing formulation3• Superior polishability• Strong and wear resistant• Available in 8 shades

3. Finished, radiopaque, 0.7 µm hybrid
restoration.

MASKER

PermaFlo flowable composite is light-cured, radiopaque,methacrylate-based, and available in 8 shades. Its thixotropic
properties impart ideal flowability for improved adaptation.
PermaFlo composite is 67–68% filled by weight, 42–44% filled byvolume4, and has an average particle size of 0.7 μm.4

Use PermaFlo flowable composite for anterior and posterior
restorations: Class I, II, III, IV, and V. It can also be used to restore
missing subgingival tooth structure prior to endodontic procedures(the “Donut Technique”).
Masking dark colors with PermaFlo composite
initially facilitates gorgeous esthetics at surface.

METAL MASKINGFILM THICKNESS 5
PermaFlo™ composite
Filtek Supreme Flowable
™

8 µm
21 µm

*

®*

23 µm

G-aenial Universal Flo

22 µm

Tetric EvoFlow™

*

Venus® Diamond Flow*

10 µm

Clearfil Majesty™ ES Flow*

16 µm

Admira Fusion Flow*

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

PermaFlo composite exhibits very low film thickness.

22

Place a thin layer of PermaFlo Dentin
Opaquer over exposed metal and light curefor 10 seconds on Standard Power modewith VALO™ curing light.

12 µm* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent.1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file. 3. Data on file. 4. Data on
file. 5. Data on file.

800.552.5512

COMPOSITES™

SUPERADAPTIVE INITIAL LAYER

™

™

™*

™

*

™
™*

*

Courtesy of Dr. Howard Strassler.

*

After bonding agent, apply a thin layer of
PermaFlo composite at gingival margin, proximal
box axial margins, and internal line angles toensure quality adaptation of composite.

HIGH FILL! HIGH FLOW!1,2

PEDIATRIC RESTORATIONS“The opaque PermaFlo composite shade is a terrific tool for difficult esthetic restorations.
It allows me to mask metal when repairing a PFM crown and eliminates the gray hue.
I am able to cover dark stains and restore the tooth to its natural beautiful shade.”—DR. KENNETH B. ALLEN – FORT COLLINS, CO

1. Rampant caries in a 3-year-old.

2. Slow speed and large round bur toremove all caries. Verify with Sable™ Seek™
caries indicator to ensure prep is in firmmineral dentin. Quality tissue management
is an absolute here; pack an Ultrapak™ cordsoaked in hemostatic agent first.

“PermaFlo composite allows us to restore in so many different situations. The material
seems to ‘flex’ better in those difficult Class V restorations, which serves us and our patients
more successfully.”—DR. PAT PRENDERGAST – ENGLEWOOD, CO“I literally use PermaFlo composite on every patient. I love the shades andthe way it flows and handles. I use it around my posts, prior to core buildups.
The stuff is awesome!”—DR. IAN E. MODESTOW – FLORENCE, MA

REFRIGERATE

3. Etch preparations and apply Peak™
Universal Bond adhesive. Light cure for
10 seconds on Standard Power mode with
VALO curing light. Apply a thin first layer of
PermaFlo composite to the adhesive layer
with Micro 20 ga tip. Light cure.

4. Apply and cure 1 or 2 additional
increments. Quickly finish restorations
with finishing burs and abrasive cups.

PermaFlo Syringe Kits
Shade
A1
A2
A3
A3.5

Kit
947
948
949
952

Shade
B1
Translucent
Dentin Opaquer

Kit
956
612
1005

2 x 1.2 ml (2.3 g) syringes
4 x Micro 20 ga tips

5. One year later.

* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. As provided by original manufacturer. 2. Data on file.

ultradent.com

23

COMPOSITES
Courtesy of Dr. Hal Stewart.

Uveneer™ & Uveneer™ Extra
DIRECT COMPOSITE TEMPLATE SYSTEMS
R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Courtesy of Dr. Sigal Jacobson.

Patient wanted something quick, conservative, and affordable. Treatment time was 1.5 hours
for teeth 22–27 using Vit-l-escence™ PN composite, and required no prep. Tissues still a bit
irritated as this photo was taken immediately post-op after removing the retraction cords.

Courtesy of Dr. Rafael Beolchi.

An implant crown on tooth #10 didn’t match surrounding dentition. Treatment time was 45
minutes to restore teeth 7, 8, and 9. Minimal preparation needed.

• Creates predictable, reproducible, natural-looking
composite restorations• Prevents the oxygen inhibition layer during curing,
resulting in a hard, glossy surface• Allows light to pass through the template to the composite
for effective curing• Works with any preferred composite• Releases easily from cured composite resin• Requires minimal adjusting or polishing, saving time
• Facilitates application on individual or multiple teeth• Autoclavable and reusable, making it a cost-effective choice
The original Uveneer template kit has everything you need to createa highly esthetic restoration with a perfect finish on both uppers andlowers. The templates help make procedures quick, cost effective, andminimally invasive. Templates from the original kit were designed tocreate beautiful, symmetrical smiles. The templates create a blankcanvas for the dentist to add custom contours and anatomy
to fit each patient’s needs.
Uveneer Extra templates expand on this one-of-a-kind system, offering
an innovative new esthetic in a wider variety of sizes for more versatility
and less finishing time. Uveneer Extra templates are made from scansof actual teeth with mamelons and other tooth contours built right into
the templates. The new system also offers additional sizes for morepatients­, including Extra Large, Large, Medium, and Square.
Both Uveneer template systems can be used for mock-ups, shade
matching, provisionals, and composite veneers.

24

Courtesy of Dr. Susan McMahon.

Heavy bruxist patient with failing, decades-old composite restorations. After removing the oldcomposite, and with the assistance of a wax model, the six upper anterior teeth were restoredin just one appointment. Mosaic™ universal composite shades A3 and A2 were applied freehand, and the EW shade was applied with the Uveneer Extra template system.

Patient had misaligned anterior teeth and a previous composite restoration on the left central.
Patient wanted the appearance of straighter anterior teeth and to brighten their smile. The
Gemini laser was used to contour the gingiva and restorations were completed with Mosaic
composite EW shade and Uveneer Extra templates.
Each reusable, autoclavable template is designed to mimic ideal tooth anatomy according
to the rules of smile design and the “golden proportion.” The system incorporates ideal
height to width ratio, contour, embrasure, and center midline. Due to the precise anatomical
facial tooth contour of the templates, the final result will yield different thicknesses ofcomposite. The composite will be thinner toward the incisal third and gingival areas andwill be thicker toward the middle of the facial surface. Because this varied thickness creates
different effects and values, only one shade of composite is needed to achieve a natural
gradient effect. However, multiple shades of composite can still be used depending on theclinician’s preferred technique.
“Terrific tool to quickly and easily create beautiful anterior restorations.”­—DR. GARY M. RADZ, DDS“The Uveneer template makes the practice of the anterior esthetic dentistry easier, faster,and better.”—DR. GEORGE FREEDMAN, DDS“The simplicity of the Uveneer template is absolutely remarkable.
Why didn’t I think of this?”—DR. JOHN C. COMISI, DDS, MAGD
“In a single day I was able to do 11 mock-up veneers that were not part of the originalschedule, resulting in several new cases being accepted. I wouldn’t want to work without
them now.”—DR. CHAD WAGENER, DDS
1. realityesthetics.com.

800.552.5512

COMPOSITES
Gingival portion
Mid-section
Midline
Incisal edge

Handle withtooth position,size, and arch

L - L ar g e U p p e r

L - L ar g e L owe r

M - M e dium U p p e r

M - M e dium L owe r

X L - E x t ra L ar g e

L - L ar g e

M - M e diumS Q - S quare

DIRECT COMPOSITE TECHNIQUE GUIDE

1. Select the template that corresponds with the 2. Remove all caries if needed and minimally
tooth being restored. See handle of template
prepare the tooth.
for corresponding tooth position, size, and arch.
Choose preferred composite shade(s).

3. Place interproximal separating matrices andapply Ultra-Etch™ etchant, Peak™ SE Primer, orpreferred etchant.

UVKV3 - Uveneer Kit

16 x Medium upper and lower arch templates
16 x Large upper and lower arch templates

Medium and large templates provide 2 central incisors, 2 lateral incisors,
2 canines, and 2 premolar templates for both the upper and lower arches.
4. Rinse etchant and air dry according to
manufacturer’s instructions. Do not rinse if
using Peak SE Primer; air thin.

5. Apply Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive or
preferred adhesive to tooth surface.

S I N G L E S H A D E T EC H N I Q U E

6. Light cure with VALO™ curing light 10 seconds
on Standard Power. If using other curing light,
cure according to manufacturer instructions.

L AY E R I N G T EC H N I Q U E

OR

7a. If using a single shade technique, apply
preferred composite directly onto tooth.
Do not light cure composite.

7b. If using a layering technique, place
deepest composite layer directly onto thetooth and superficial composite layers into
the template. Do not light cure composite.

8. Place selected template over uncured
composite. Align centerline of template parallelto the midline of the face and perpendicular
to the incisal plane. Using thumb, press theconcave side of the template onto the tooth.
Press firmly to remove any trapped air.

UVKEV1 - Uveneer Extra Kit

6 x Extra Large upper anterior templates
6 x Large upper anterior templates
6 x Medium upper anterior templates
6 x Square upper anterior templates

9. Remove any excess uncured composite fromthe periphery. Verify template alignment.

10. Using VALO curing light, cure composite
through template. For every 2 mm layer, cure
10 seconds on Standard Power, 4 seconds
on High Power, or 3 seconds on Xtra Power.
If using other curing light, cure according to
manufacturer’s instructions.

11. Remove the Uveneer™ template by gently
lifting the handle.

Uveneer Extra kits include canine to canine templates.

UVKEXLSQV1 - Uveneer Extra XL & SQ Kit
6 x Extra Large upper anterior templates
6 x Square upper anterior templates

12. Final cure composite directly with the VALO
curing light. Cure 5 seconds on Standard Power,
4 seconds on High Power, or 3 seconds on Xtra
Power. If using other curing light, cureaccording to manufacturer’s instructions.

13. Avoiding the glossy facial surface, trim bulk of
cured composite from periphery with a fine flameshaped bur from the Jiffy™ Composite Finishing Bur
Kit. Use a blade for anything next to the margin
to avoid altering the margin of the permanent
restoration. Use Jiffy™ Composite Polishers,
Brushes, Diamond Strips, or Proximal Saws forminimal finishing and adjusting if desired.

14. Immediately after use, thoroughly wipe
template with an alcohol pad and then dry, bag,and autoclave according to Uveneer template
IFU. Do not leave any composite residue on
the template in order to maintain translucency
and shine.

UVKELMV1 - Uveneer Extra L & M Kit
6 x Large upper anterior templates
6 x Medium upper anterior templates

Do not autoclave the black base.

ultradent.com

25

COMPOSITES
PermaSeal™
PENETRATING COMPOSITE SEALER
Smooth the provisional surface. Etch for 5
seconds, apply PermaSeal sealer onto
surfaces, gently air thin, coat with DeOx
oxygen barrier, and light cure for 10 seconds.

1“Hands down, your composite sealer makes the composite look finished, gives it a glossy
look, and ‘fills’ the microscopic pits. It makes or breaks my composites! I can’t live without it!’”—DR. RICHARD J. HAULEY – SALT LAKE CITY, UTBlack Micro™ FX™ Tip page 138• Bonds to composite and etched enamel• Seals microcracks• Protects and revitalizes composite restorations

REFRIGERATE

PermaSeal composite sealer is a light-cured, methacrylate-based,
unfilled resin. Its low viscosity allows excellent penetration, andthe ultrathin layer minimizes the need for occlusal adjustment.
PermaSeal composite sealer seals voids and irregularities createdduring the polishing process, minimizing staining and wear. Place onClass V composite margins to reduce microleakage.2 For the final
glaze-type finish of resin provisionals, cover PermaSeal sealer with
DeOx™ barrier solution prior to light curing. PermaSeal sealer bonds
well to composite-type provisional restorations such as ExperTemp™
material and can be used to revitalize old composites as well.

631 - PermaSeal Syringe Kit
4 x 1.2 ml (1.3 g) syringes
10 x Black Micro FX tips

Note: PrimaDry drying agent is great in conjunction with air drying
just prior to PermaSeal composite sealer placement.
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Dunn JR, Dole P, Fullerton B, Hennesy C. Microleakage of Class V composite restorations
using a composite surface sealant. Biomaterials Research Center, Loma Linda University School of Dentistry. May 1996.
Data on file.

NEW RESTORATIONS

PrimaDry™
DRYING AGENT

Before: Interproximal spaces and slightrotations to be corrected with Peak™
Universal Bond adhesive and composite.

After restoring and polishing, etch 5 seconds
and apply PermaSeal composite sealer toseal composite and create a glossy finish.
Air thin and light cure for 10 seconds.

Black Micro FX™ Tip page 138

PrimaDry drying agent contains 99% organic solvents and 1% primer
and is optimal for pit and fissure drying and preparation. It rapidly
volatilizes moisture content of pits and fissures. The ultrafine
primer film allows UltraSeal XT™ plus sealant to flow perfectly into
every pit and fissure. Do not use on dentin.

EXISTING RESTORATIONSREFRIGERATE

Clean surfaces and margins to be sealed
thoroughly with Consepsis™ Scrub slurry, amicro etcher, or freshen with a bur and rinse
thoroughly. Etch the enamel immediately
adjacent to the restoration and all accessible
composite surfaces for 15 seconds. If theenamel is not prepared as described above,etch for 30 seconds.

26

Four-year-old bonded composite following
PermaSeal composite sealer treatment.

716 - PrimaDry Syringe 4pk
717 - PrimaDry Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (.953 g) syringes

800.552.5512

ENDODONTICS

T I F F A N Y D R A P E R - House On Fire

ChlorCid Surf
ChlorCid
ChlorCid V
File-Eze EDTA Lubricant
Ultradent EDTA 18% Solution
Consepsis
Consepsis V
Irrigation Protocol
UltraCal XS
J-TempUltradent Citric Acid 20%
NaviTip Reference Guide
Endodontic Tips
MTAFlow White

MTAFlow
MTApexEndoREZ Canal Sealer
EndoREZ Accelerator
EndoREZ Points
Absorbent Paper Points
Skini Syringe
Clear Skini Syringe
PermaFlo Purple
UniCoreDermaDam
DermaDam Synthetic
Luer Vacuum Adapter
TriAway Adapter

27

ENDODONTICS
All of Ultradent’s irrigants, lubricants, and medicaments are compatible with methacrylate resin sealers.

ChlorCid™ Surf

ChlorCid™ and ChlorCid™ V

3% SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
WITH SURFACTANT

3% SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTIONSNaviTip™ Tip 31 ga - Double Sideport Irrigator page 143

ChlorCid Surf 3% sodium hypochlorite solution includes surfactant tomodify surface tension. This allows the irrigant to flow into the difficult
areas of the root anatomy.

ChlorCid V solution is perfect for cleaningand debriding during instrumentation

4613 - ChlorCid Surf Bottle 1pk
480 ml (499.2 g) bottle

Check with local dealer for availability.

√

NaviTip™ Tip 29 ga/25 mm page 143

ChlorCid and ChlorCid V solutions contain 3% sodium hypochlorite forcleaning and debriding during instrumentation. ChlorCid V solution is amore viscous solution for enhanced flow control and lubrication, if desired.

97 - ChlorCid Surf IndiSpense™ Syringe 1pk

out

30 ml (31.2 g) syringe

4612 - ChlorCid Bottle 1pk

Ultrawave™ XS
ultrasonic device,
see page 66.

480 ml (499.2 g) bottle

Check with local dealer for availability.

Sodium hypochlorite withsurfactant used with ultrasonicmovement improves thesolution effectiveness forsoft tissue dissolution.1
1467 - ChlorCid V IndiSpense Syringe 1pk
1. Estevez R, Conde AJ, de Pablo OV, de la Torre F, Rossi-Fedele G, MclinDent, Cisneros R. Effect of passive ultrasonic
activation on organic tissue dissolution from simulated grooves in root canals using sodium hypochlorite with orwithout surfactants and EDTA. J Endod. 2017;43(7):1161-1165.

28

800.552.5512

30 ml (31.2 g) syringeENDODONTICS
All of Ultradent’s irrigants, lubricants, and medicaments are compatible with methacrylate resin sealers.

File-Eze™ EDTA Lubricant

Ultradent™ EDTA 18% Solution

FILE LUBRICANT

NaviTip™ FX™ Tip 30 ga/25 mm page 143
NaviTip™ Tip 30 ga/25 mm page 143

NaviTip™ Tip 29 ga/25 mm page 143• Peroxide free; will not affect the set of resin sealers

NaviTip™ FX™ Tip 30 ga/17 mm page 143

A root canal chelating agent that conditions/cleans through a chelation
process, Ultradent EDTA 18% Solution is the irrigant of choice for smear
layer removal and can be used as a final irrigant prior to obturation.

File-Eze file lubricant is an effective 19% EDTA in a water-soluble, viscous
solution for chelating, lubricating, and debriding root canal preparations.
Note: The following lubricants contain peroxides that are notcompatible with EndoREZ™ canal sealer: EndoGel,* EndoSequence,*
Glyde,* ProLube,* RC-Prep,* and SlickGel ES.*
1. After canal instrumentation (no irrigants
or lubricants). Smear layer intact.

2. After canal instrumentation plus sodium
hypochlorite. Smear plugs still intact.

3. After canal instrumentation with both
sodium hypochlorite and EDTA. Smear layer
is removed. Clean, open tubules.

4. Close-up of Figure 3.

1075 - File-Eze Syringe Kit

4 x 1.2 ml (1.43 g) syringes
5 x Each 30 ga NaviTip tips
17 mm, 21 mm, 25 mm, and 27 mm

297 - File-Eze Syringe 4pk

4616 - EDTA Bottle 1pk

1.2 ml (1.43 g) syringes

480 ml (532.32 g) bottle

Check with local dealer for availability. Ground shipping only.

682 - File-Eze IndiSpense™ Syringe 1pk
30 ml (35.64 g) syringe

162 - EDTA IndiSpense Syringe 1pk
30 ml (33.27 g) syringe* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent.

ultradent.com

29

ENDODONTICS
All of Ultradent’s irrigants, lubricants, and medicaments are compatible with methacrylate resin sealers.

Consepsis™

Consepsis™ V

2% CHLORHEXIDINE ANTIBACTERIAL SOLUTION

2% CHLORHEXIDINEANTIBACTERIAL VISCOUS SOLUTION

1NaviTip™ Tip 31 ga - Double Sideport Irrigator page 143
NaviTip™ Tip 30 ga/25 mm page 143

Consepsis antibacterial solution is recommended for procedural
endodontic disinfection and as a final endodontic rinse prior to canalobturation.2,3 Consepsis solution should be used after smear layer
removal for canal disinfection. Sodium hypochlorite should be rinsed
and removed prior to using Consepsis solution.
Note: DO NOT mix Consepsis solution or any chlorhexidine solution
with ChlorCid™ sodium hypochlorite solution in the canal,
as a harmful brown precipitate will form.

4614 - Consepsis Bottle 1pk• Designed for endodontic cleaning purposes• A more viscous formulation of Consepsis antibacterial solution• Stays in place, even in maxillary canals
The viscosity of Consepsis V antibacterial viscous solution makes it theperfect antibacterial irrigant in cases where you want to have more
control than a liquid will give you.
Consepsis V solution can be used in the canal in place of
formocresol as an antibacterial agent and interappointment
intracanal medication.
Note: In cases of emergency treatments when there isn’t
enough space created to place calcium hydroxide, Consepsis V
solution can be placed as the interappointment medicament.
Use a NaviTip tip to express Consepsis V solution
into the canal and seal with temporary restoration.

480 ml (446.4 g) bottle

Check with local dealer for availability.

491 - Consepsis Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.12 g) syringes

Use Consepsis V solution to disinfect canals as
an interappointment intracanal medication.

687 - Consepsis IndiSpense™ Syringe 1pk
30 ml (27.9 g) syringe

2210 - Consepsis V IndiSpense Syringe 1pk
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Leonardo MR, Filho MT, Silva LAB, Bonifácio KC, Ito IY. In vivo antimicrobial activity of
2% chlorhexidine used as a root canal irrigating solution. J Endod. 1999;25(3):167-71. 3. Mohammadi Z, Abbott
PV. Antimicrobial substantivity of root canal irrigants and medicaments: a review. Aust Endod J. 2009;35(3):131-9.

30800.552.5512

30 ml (27.9 g) syringeENDODONTICSIRRIGATION PROTOCOL

1

2

3

4

5

Irrigate with Sodium
Hypochlorite 3%

VacuumNaOCL

Rinse with sterilewater or saline

VacuumH2O

Irrigate with EDTA 18%

to remove organic compounds•••

to remove residual
sodium hypochlorite

to remove inorganic
compounds/smear layer

ChlorCid™ solution
ChlorCid™ V solution
ChlorCid™ Surf
solution•

Ultradent™ EDTA
18% Solution

DURING R OOT CA N A L PR EPA R ATION

6

7

8

9

10

11

VacuumEDTA 18%

Rinse with sterilewater or saline

Vacuum
H2O

Rinse with
Chlorhexidine 2%

VacuumChlorhexidine
2%

Apply UltraCal™ XS
paste

to remove all previous
chemical residues

for 60 seconds tocomplement disinfection•

Consepsis™
solution
Consepsis™
V solution• UltraCal XS

FIN A L R IN SE

IN TER A PPOIN TMEN T D R ESSI NG•

AFT ER RO OT CANAL P REPARATION

to elevate the dentin
pH to alkaline

ultradent.com

30%–35% Calcium
Hydroxide Paste

31

ENDODONTICS
All of Ultradent’s irrigants, lubricants, and medicaments are compatible with methacrylate resin sealers.

UltraCal™ XS

Ultradent™ Citric Acid 20% Solution

30%–35% CALCIUM HYDROXIDE PASTE

NaviTip™ Tip 29 ga Single Sideport tip page 143• Radiopaque• High pH• Superior delivery control
UltraCal XS calcium hydroxide paste is a uniquely formulated calcium
hydroxide paste that is both aqueous and radiopaque, with a highpH (12.5). It is recommended to use the larger 29 ga NaviTip Single
Sideport tip for predictable flow, enabling direct placement. UltraCal XS
paste can be thoroughly removed from the canal using Ultradent Citric
Acid and a NaviTip™ FX™ tip.

NaviTip™ FX™ Tip 30 ga/25 mm page 143

UltraCal XS paste elevates the dentin pH to alkaline, making it theideal medium to be used as an interappointment dressing in clinicalsituations involving root resorption, dressing material, pulp capping,
apexification, and perforations.1

NaviTip™ FX™ Tip 30 ga/17 mm page 143

Empty 1.2 ml syringe page 145• Recommended as a cleanser/conditioner ofprepared root canals• Removes smear layer• Slightly viscous formula facilitates lubrication• Removes calcium hydroxide paste
5144 - UltraCal XS Syringe Kit

4 x 1.2 ml (1.76 g) syringes
5 x Each 29 ga NaviTip Single Sideport tips
17 mm, 21 mm, 25 m, and 27 mm

Ultradent Citric Acid is a mild acidic material that is effective at
dissolving/cleaning calcium hydroxide from canals (e.g., UltraCal XS
paste). It is also recommended as a cleanser/conditioner to remove
smear layer from dentinal walls.

5145 - UltraCal XS Syringe 4pk
5149 - UltraCal XS Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.76 g) syringes

329 - Citric Acid IndiSpense™ Syringe 1pk
1. Pedrinha VF, Cuellar MRC, de Barros MC, et al. The vehicles of calcium hydroxide pastes interfere with
antimicrobial effect, biofilm polysaccharidic matrix, and pastes’ physicochemical properties. Biomedicines.
2022;10(12):3123. doi:10.3390/biomedicines10123123.

32

800.552.5512

30 ml (31.26 g) syringeENDODONTICS

new

J-Temp™
LIGHT-CURED TEMPORARY RESIN

Black Mini tip page 138

Four clinical indications for use:
• Temporary restorations (endodontics, walking bleachtechnique, inlay/onlay, cusp buildup)• Splinting between multiple implant copings for impressions toresist impression material distortion• Provide structure for isolation clamping and to act as a barrier
to endodontic irrigants• Bite ramps and temporary occlusal buildups duringorthodontics• Self-leveling1• Less than a 5% shrinkage rate2• Purple color for ease of identification and removal• Dye free

TEMPORARY RESTORATION: ENDODONTICS

1. Prepare root canal system.

2. Insert cotton/Teflon pellet (or otherbarrier) and pack to protect the root
canal entrance.

3. Apply J-Temp temporary resin
incrementally in 2–3 mm layers.

4. Light cure between layers and use burs toadjust occlusion.

J-Temp temporary resin is a radiopaque, light-cured, flowable,methacrylate-based resin that provides a durable, temporary material
for multiple clinical indications. J-Temp resin is self-leveling,1 has lessthan a 5% shrinkage rate,2 and its distinctive purple color is easy to
distinguish from enamel and dentin without being too noticeable to thepatient. With such versatility and quality, J-Temp temporary resin willquickly become a mainstay in your practice.

4897 - J-Temp Syringe Kit
1 x 1.2 ml syringes
20 x Black Mini tips

1. Data on file. 2. Data on file.

ultradent.com

33

√

ENDODONTICS
Ultrawave™ XS NitisonicTip and Bottle Connector Kit

out

The common method of irrigation is syringe-based, which generates
low fluid velocity with little interaction between the irrigant and canalwalls.1–4 The unique Ultrawave NiTiSonic tip is designed for continuous
or intermittent passive ultrasonic irrigation, making the most important
procedure in endodontics more efficient. The ultrasonic vibration of the
tip allows the irrigation liquid to disrupt surface-adherent biofilms andreach anatomic complexities within root canal systems.5–7 The NiTiSonic
tip is smooth and flexible, designed to navigate the curvatures of theroot without removing dentin.

• Ultrawave XS device comes with LED handpiece for better
visibility and working comfort• Large-capacity, detachable 300 ml tank for irrigation solution• Lightweight and ergonomic handpiece reduces physical stresscaused by repetitive movements• The unique Color-Coding System matches tips to the ideal
power setting• Wide range of amplitudes (power) for multiple clinical procedures• Less water needed than other devices, increasing patient comfort• Can be used with Ultradent irrigants directly from the bottles
using the bottle connector kit

Courtesy of Dr. Carlos Bueno.7

Ultrawave™ XS LED Piezo UltrasonicPiezoelectric Devices & Endodontic Tips, page 66–67.

SEM of the apical third after syringe/cannuladelivered irrigation.7 Note that the majority
of dentin tubules are blocked by smear layer.

SEM of the apical third after Continuous
Ultrasonic Passive Irrigation with Ultrawave
XS and NitiSonic tip. Note that the dentin
tubules are open and free of smear layer.

CONTINUOUS ULTRASONIC PASSIVE IRRIGATION SEQUENCE

EVAC
SOAK

CHX

5 MINUTES

EVAC

DRY

1–2 PTS.

W.L.
Foramen

30 seconds
Note: NiTiSonic tips are designed for use with Ultradent’s Ultrawave XS device only. 1. Munoz HR, Camacho-Cuadra K. In vivo efficacy of three different endodontic irrigation systems for irrigant delivery to working length of mesial canals of
mandibular molars. J Endod. 2012: 38: 445–448. 2. Van der Sluis LW, Versluis M, Wu MK, Wesselink PR. Passive ultrasonic irrigation of the root canal: a review of the literature. Int Endod J. 2007;40:415–26. 3. Ahmad M, Pitt Ford TR, Crum LA.
Ultrasonic debridement of root canals: an insight into the mechanism involved. J Endod. 1987: 13: 93–101. 4. Susin L, Liu Y, Yoon JC, Parente JM, Loushine RJ, Ricucci D, Bryan T, Weller RN, Pashley DH, Tay FR. Canal and isthmus debridement
efficacies of two irrigant agitation techniques in a closed system. Int Endod J. 2010: 43: 1077–1090. 5. Robinson J P, Macedo R G, Verhaagen B, Versluis M, Cooper P R, van der Sluis L W M, Walmsley A D. Cleaning lateral morphological features of
the root canal: the role of streaming and cavitation. Int Endod J. 2018: 51: e55. 6. Layton G, Wu WI, Selvaganapathy PR, Friedman S, Kishen A. Fluid dynamics and biofilm removal generated by syringe-delivered and 2 ultrasonic-assisted irrigation
methods: a novel experimental approach. J Endod. 2015;41(6):884–889. doi:10.1016/j.joen.2015.01.027. 7. Bueno CRE, Cury MTS, Vasques AMV et al. Cleaning effectiveness of a nickel-titanium ultrasonic tip in ultrasonically activated irrigation:
A SEM study. Braz Oral Res. 2019;33(17):1-9.

34

800.552.5512

ENDODONTICS
NaviTip™ Tip Reference Guide• Provide controlled delivery close to the apical third• Flexible, stainless steel cannulae easily navigate curved canals

Product

Recommended Tip

Compatible Tips

97 - ChlorCid™ Surf
IndiSpense™ Syringe

NaviTip™ 31 ga Double
Sideport Irrigator—

1467 - ChlorCid™ V
IndiSpense Syringe

NaviTip™ 29 ga

NaviTip™ 29 ga
Single Sideport682 - File-Eze™
IndiSpense Syringe

NaviTip™ 29 ga or 30 ga—

162 - EDTA 18%
IndiSpense Syringe

NaviTip™ 31 ga Double
Sideport Irrigator

NaviTip™ 30 ga and
NaviTip™ FX™

687 - Consepsis™
IndiSpense Syringe

NaviTip™ 31 ga Double
Sideport Irrigator

NaviTip™ 29 ga, 30 ga,
and NaviTip™ FX™

2210 - Consepsis™ V
IndiSpense Syringe

NaviTip™ 29 ga

NaviTip™ 29 ga

5144 - UltraCal XS Kit

NaviTip™ 29 ga
Single Sideport

For direct pulp
capping and pulp floor
perforation application,
use Micro 20 ga tip

329 - Citric Acid

NaviTip™ FX™

NaviTip™ 31 ga Double
Sideport Irrigator

5900 - EndoREZ™ Kit

NaviTip™ 29 ga
Single Sideport—

3980-1 - MTAFlow™
Kit

NaviTip™ 29 ga—

4980 - MTAFlow™
White Kit

NaviTip™ 29 ga—

NaviTip™ 29 ga
Single Sideport—™

4900 - MTApex™

Bioceramic Sealer

ultradent.com

35

ENDODONTICSENDODONTICWARNING:• Use recommended endodontic tip • Make sure rubber stopper is in position• Take extra precaution when not using sideport tips • Make sure tip is not wedged in the canal

Capillary Tips
• Evacuates canals and substantially minimizes
use of paper points• Narrow, flexible taper accesses curved canals• Great for dental abscess procedures
Never use to deliver irrigating materials or
endodontic chemistries.

™

0.014ʺ Capillary0.019ʺ Capillary

Internal
diameter
0.36 mm
0.48 mm

20pk

50pk

341
186

3099
1425

Tip length
5 mm
10 mm

20pk
1120
1121

100pk
1802
—

Attach to the Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter for moisture
removal from endodontic canals.

Micro Capillary™ Tips™

• Bright color is easily identified against soft tissues• The world’s smallest molded tips

0.008ʺ Micro Capillary
0.008ʺ Micro Capillary

Designed for: Periodontal materials, Endodontics, and the
Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter.

Endo-Eze™ Irrigator Tip• Provides ideal reach while expressing chemicals
towards the canal wall, reducing pressure directly
towards the apex
• Comes with a flexible, blunt cannula with aunique, anti-obturating end• Non-sterile

27 ga (0.40 mm) Endo-Eze Irrigator

Tip length
25 mm

20pk
207

Designed for: Ultradent™ 5 ml syringe.

Endo-Eze™ Tips
• Great for endodontic procedures such as post
cementation and core buildups• Flexible, strong cannulae• Bend easily• Length 19 mm
22 ga 20 ga 19 ga 18 ga

36

22 ga - 0.028ʺ Endo-Eze
20 ga - 0.035ʺ Endo-Eze
19 ga - 0.042ʺ Endo-Eze
18 ga - 0.049ʺ Endo-Eze

Designed for: Luting materials and air/water delivery.
Use with: TriAway™ Adapter and other Ultradent syringes.

800.552.5512

Bendable tip
0.70 mm0.90 mm
1.06 mm1.25 mm

20pk
348
347
346
345

100pk
1431
1430
1429
1428

ENDODONTICSWARNING:• Use recommended endodontic tip • Make sure rubber stopper is in position• Take extra precaution when not using sideport tips • Make sure tip is not wedged in the canal
NOTE: UltraCal™ XS calcium hydroxide paste should
only be used with NaviTip 29 ga Single Sideport tips.
29 ga - 27 mm

29 ga - 25 mm

NaviTip™ 29 ga Tips

29 ga - 21 mm

29 ga - 17 mmwith Single Sideport• Designed to direct the flow of chemistry through the sideport of
the tip before flowing down into the area of the apex, thus
reducing the risk of product extrusion• Flexible, stainless steel cannula easily navigates curved canals• Bendable tip 0.33 mm™

29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga–29
29 ga NaviTips

Tip length
27 mm
25 mm
21 mm
17 mm
27–17
17 mm

20pk
4989
4990
4991
4992
5143

Tip length
27 mm
25 mm
21 mm
17 mm
27–17
17 mm

20pk
5115
5114
5113
5112
5116

29 ga delivers paste materials: MTAFlow™, MTApex™, EndoREZ™, Ultradent EDTA 18%
Solution, File-Eze™, ChlorCid™, ChlorCid™ Surf, ChlorCid™ V, and UltraCal™ XS.

™

29 ga - 27 mm

29 ga - 25 mm

NaviTip 29 ga Tips™

29 ga - 21 mm

29 ga - 17 mm• Provide controlled delivery to the apex
• Flexible, stainless steel cannulae easily navigate curved canals• Bendable tip 0.33 mm

29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga–29
29 ga NaviTips

50pk
1377
1376
1374
1378
1379

29 ga delivers paste materials: MTAFlow™, File-Eze™, Ultradent EDTA 18% Solution,
ChlorCid™ V, Consepsis™ V, ChlorCid™, and ChlorCid™ Surf.

Tip length
27 mm
25 mm
21 mm
17 mm
27–17
17 mm

™

30 ga - 27 mm

30 ga - 25 mm

NaviTip 30 ga Tips™

30 ga - 21 mm

30 ga - 17 mm• Provide controlled delivery to the apex
• Flexible, stainless steel cannulae easily navigate curved canals• Bendable tip 0.30 mm

30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga–30
30 ga NaviTips

20pk
1354
1250
1349
1249
1351

50pk
1424
1423
1422
1421
3319

20pk
5121
5123

50pk
5122
5124

30 ga delivers solutions: ChlorCid™, Consepsis™, Ultradent™ Citric Acid 20% Solution,and Ultradent™ EDTA 18% Solution.

NaviTip™ 31 ga Tips

with Double Sideport Irrigator• Double sideports deliver irrigants safely, minimizing thepossibility of chemicals being expressed past the apex
• One of the world’s smallest cannula navigate
the most intricate canal spaces™

31 ga - 0.0098” NaviTip
31 ga - 0.0098” NaviTipTip length
21 mm
27 mm

Designed for: ChlorCid™, ChlorCid™ Surf, and Ultradent™
EDTA 18% Solution.

NaviTip™ FX™ 30 ga Tips
• One-of-a-kind brush cleans, scrubs,
and irrigates simultaneously• Rigid cannula

Listed as an “EXCELLENT” product by a ­prominent independent research institute.1
Tip length
20pk
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip FX
17 mm
1452
25 mm
1454
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip FX™

Designed for: Ultradent™ Citric Acid 20% Solution and Ultradent™
EDTA 18% Solution.

1. Clinical Research Associates Newsletter. Volume 29, Issue 1, January 2005.

ultradent.com

37

ENDODONTICS
THE DIFFERENCE YOU CAN FEEL

Endo-Eze™

MTAFlow™ White and MTAFlow™
MINERAL TRIOXIDE AGGREGATE REPAIR CEMENT

1• Has bioactive apatite-forming properties2• Mixes into a smooth consistency• Resists washout• Can be delivered with 29 ga NaviTip™ tip depending
on consistency• Predictable quick setting• Has an adaptable mixing ratio based on procedure• Available in white nonstaining formulaEndo-Eze MTAFlow and MTAFlow White mineral trioxide aggregate
repair cements have the same unique properties. Both are designed tomix and deliver easily with your desired consistency. When using the
NaviTip 29 ga tip you’re assured precise placement for apexification,
apical plug, resorption, and perforation. MTAFlow White repair
cement is ideal for use above the clinical margin because it contains
a radiopacity agent that is nonstaining–it will not be visible in theesthetic zone of the tooth.
“MTA cement is a bioactive material. The formation of hydroxyapatite(HA) will cover the surface of the MTA exposed to body fluids, and thatlayer of HA will no longer look like a foreign material to the living cells.
Therefore, the MTA will support healing.”3

MTAFlow repair cements have a smooth consistency due to the ultrafine
powder and proprietary gel medium. The formulation is resistant towashout, which helps to ensure that the mixture stays right where
you place it. Plus, it can be delivered using Ultradent’s syringes and tips,
ensuring precise placement for effective treatment.

1. Use a cement spatula to remove excess
powder. DO NOT use powder withoutleveling at edge of scoop.

2. Shake from top to bottom 3 times.
Make sure that gel is in tip end of bottle
before expressing.

3. After mixing, load the mixed MTAFlow
cement into back of clear Skini syringe.

4. Insert the plunger and express a small
amount of material through the tip.

5. Mixed Endo-Eze MTAFlow cement insidesyringe will be usable for up to 15 minutes.

6. Use thin consistency and a NaviTip™ 29 ga
tip to deliver MTAFlow cement inside canal.

After 5 minutes you can lightly rinse and air dry the area and it will notdislodge the MTAFlow cement. MTAFlow cement, mixed and placed
inside the Skini syringe, can be used for up to 15 minutes after mixing.
Full setting is one hour. Complete cure and strengthening is 4 weeks.

Warning: MTA has limited antimicrobial properties.
When MTAFlow cement is used in primary dentition vital
pulpotomy, use only sterile water during the procedure.
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Guimaraes, B. et al. Chemical-physical properties and apatite-forming ability of mineral
trioxide aggregate flow. J Endod. 2017; 43: 1692-96. 3. Sarkar NK, Caicedo R, Ritwik P, et al. Physiochemical basis of
the biologic properties of mineral trioxide aggregate. J Endod. 2005;31(2):97-100.

38

Perforation located in cervical third of mesial
buccal canal.

800.552.5512

MTA cement in place showing repair.

ENDODONTICS
THE RIGHT CONSISTENCYFOR THE RIGHT PROCEDURE

EVERYTHING YOU NEED IN ONE PLACE

The mixing ratio of the powder and gel components of MTAFlow
repair cements are adaptable based on the procedure. MTAFlow White
cement’s nonstaining formula is specifically designed to be used forprocedures like primary dentition vital pulpotomy and pulp capping.
After placing MTAFlow repair cement, allow an initial set time of 5
minutes, then cover with UltraBlend™ plus liner and restore.

MTAFlow repair cement kits come with the essential tools you’ll need tomix and deliver cement. The kits contain enough MTA powder and gel
to complete 8–10 applications.

Whatever consistency you need, you can be sure MTAFlow repair
cement will be effective, non-gritty, and easy to deliver accurately. Moregel or powder may be added at any time during mixing to achieve thedesired consistency.

4980 - MTAFlow White Repair Cement Kit

1 x Each Technique guide, instructions for use, 2 g MTAFlow powder,
2 ml MTAFlow gel, and measuring spoon
10 x Skini syringes
10 x Luer Lock caps
20 x Micro 20 ga tips

MIXING PROPORTION SUGGESTIONS (POWDER AND GEL)*
Pulp Capping,Resorption,
Pulp Chamber
Perforation,
Applications
Apexification,
Primary Dentition Apical Plug
Vital Pulpotomy
Powder(Measuring Spoon)

2 big ends
(0.26 g)Root End
Filling

1 big end plus
1 small end

1 big end plus
1 small end(0.19 g)(0.19 g)Gel Drops

3 drops

3 drops

1 drop**Consistency

Thick

Thin

Putty

Delivery Tip

Micro 20 ga tip

NaviTip 29 ga tip

Non-syringedelivery

3980-US - MTAFlow Repair Cement Kit

1 x Each Technique guide, instructions for use, 2 g MTAFlow powder,
2 ml MTAFlow gel, and measuring spoon
10 x Skini syringes
10 x Luer Lock caps
20 x Micro 20 ga tips

* More powder or gel can be added to achieve desired consistency.
** Depends on the desired consistency.

3981-US - MTAFlow Repair Cement Refill

1 x Each Technique guide, instructions for use, 2 g MTAFlow powder,
2 ml MTAFlow gel, and measuring spoon

PULP CAPPINGPULP CHAMBERFLOOR PERFORATIONPRIMARY DENTITIONVITAL PULPOTOMYRESORPTIONAPICAL PLUG

ROOT END FILLINGAPEXIFICATION

ultradent.com

39

ENDODONTICS
MTApex™
BIOCERAMIC ROOT CANAL SEALER

BIOCERAMIC ROOT CANAL SEA L ER

A BIOCERAMIC
ROOT CANALSEALER WITH A
P R E D I CTA B L E
SET!

• Does not cause discoloration1• Retreatment generated less residual root filling material withless dentin removal in comparison to epoxy resin sealers2• MTApex sealer is bioactive. It forms HA on its surface to support
healing of the pulp or the root canal apices.3• Calcium silicate-based cements show potential antimicrobialactivity due to high alkalinity4
MTApex™ bioceramic root canal sealer coats the wall of the canals
and fills the inner spaces which promotes sealing against coronaland apical leakage. MTApex sealer forms HA on its surface to support
healing, making it bioactive.3 Best of all, it can be easily delivered
through the NaviTip™ 29 ga Single Sideport tip! It can also be usedwith any gutta percha for delivery into the canal and can be removed
in case of retreatment.

4900 - MTApex Sealer Kit

1 x Each Technique guide, instructions for use, 5 g MTApex powder,
5 ml MTApex gel and measuring spoon
20 x NaviTip 29 ga Single Sideport tips
15 x Skini syringes

1. Camilleri, J. Staining potential of Neo MTA plus, MTA plus, and biodentine used for pulpotomy procedures. J
Endod. 2015;41(7):1139–1145. 2. Neelakantan P, Grotra D, Sharma S. Retreatability of 2 mineral trioxide aggregatebased root canal sealers: a conebeam computed tomography analysis. J Endod. 2013;39(7):893–896. 3. Primus CM,
Tay FR, Niu L Bioactive tri/dicalcium silicate cements for treatment of pulpal and periapical tissues. Acta Biomater.
2019;96:35–54. 4. ElReash AA, Hamama H, Eldars W, et al. Antimicrobial activity and pH measurement of calcium
silicate cements versus new bioactive resin composite restorative material. BMC Oral Health. 2019;19(235). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12903-019-0933-z.

40

800.552.5512

ENDODONTICS
DELIVERING MTAPEX™ BIOCERAMIC SEALER
USING THE NAVITIP 29 GA SINGLE SIDEPORT TIP

1. Remove the plunger from the clear
Skini syringe. Take small portions of mixed
MTApex sealer and insert in the back of
the barrel or the Skini Syringe. Replace
the plunger.

2. Attach the tip securely onto Skini Syringe.
Gently press the plunger to remove the air
inside the syringe.

3. Verify flow of sealer prior to applying
intraorally.

DELIVERING MTAPEX™ BIOCERAMIC SEALER
USING GUTTA PERCHA

1. Coat the disinfected and dried master gutta
percha point with the mixed MTApex sealer.

2. Slowly insert into the canal.

3. Add as many gutta percha points as yourdesired obturation technique requires.

4. Remove excess gutta percha at the orificefollowing manufacturer’s direction.

MTAPEX™ BIOCERAMIC ROOT CANAL SEALERTECHNIQUE GUIDE

1. Shake bottle to fluff the powder. Use big end of spoon to make one scoop of powder, anduse a spatula edge to level off. Dispense leveled scoop onto mixing surface.

4. Place the sealer using the required tip
in the treatment site following the listed
precautions on the IFU​.

5. Insert the disinfected and dried mastergutta percha point slowly into the canal.

2. Shake the gel bottle 3 times. Make surethat all gel is concentrated in the spout of
the bottle before dispensing drops.

6. Add as many gutta percha points as yourdesired obturation technique requires.

7. Remove excess gutta percha at the orificefollowing manufacturer’s direction.

3. Open the cap and dispense 4 drops of
MTApex gel next to the powder​.

4. Gradually combine the gel by spatulating the powder/gel mixture to ensure all the powder
is thoroughly wetted by the gel. If the powder is not added gradually, in small amounts, theconsistency may be too thick to dispense with the NaviTip™ 29 ga Single Sideport tip.

ultradent.com

41

ENDODONTICS

Note: The following lubricants contain peroxides that are notcompatible with EndoREZ canal sealer: EndoGel,* EndoSequence,*
Glyde,* ProLube,* RC-Prep,* and SlickGel ES.*

EndoREZ™

The improved flowability of EndoREZ canal sealer allows the sealer toreach the isthmus and intracanal areas during the obturation procedure
without using any special device.

CANAL SEALER
1Apical(-2 mm)EndoREZ

Ultradent™ Mixing Tip page 141

20–30 minute regular set
5–12 minute set when used with accelerator

Apical(-3 mm)• The world’s first hydrophilic and self-priming resin sealer• More effective obturation in less time
• Provides a complete, thorough seal2• Has the same radiopacity as gutta percha• Bonds to resin-based core/composite materials• Retreatable when combined with gutta percha3• Provides syringe delivery to the apical third

EndoREZ

CurvatureArea(-5 mm)EndoREZ canal sealer minimizes the amount of chair time required for
obturation. This thixotropic material has an affinity for the moisturefound deep in dentinal tubules and lateral canals4 and provides themost complete seal available. Since methacrylate-based EndoREZ
canal sealer relies on chemistry rather than heat or pressure to fill thecanal, the risk of additional root trauma/fracture is greatly reduced.
Additionally, studies show that EndoREZ canal sealer is versatile enoughto be used as the sealer with any obturation method, e.g., master cone,lateral condensation, or warm gutta percha. Create a “monobloc” byusing EndoREZ resin-coated gutta percha points.
EndoREZ canal sealer contains a special hydrophilic organophosphate methacrylate monomer
that increases its hydrophilicity and produces a resin with a strong affinity for moisture withresin penetration of 1000µm into tubules.5

EndoREZ

Ultradent’s patented NaviTip™ tip delivers
EndoREZ canal sealer into entire anatomy ofcanal in one step.

CANAL SEALING
EndoREZ resin-based canal sealer is designed with enhanced
flowability properties. The delivery technique using a Skini
syringe and NaviTip tip allows for insertion of EndoREZ canalsealer at the apical third. Insertion level is based on the
final instrument used. For small diameters (from 25 to 30),
final instrumentation (left) allows insertion at 2 mm before
working length. For large diameters (from 60 to 80), final
instrumentation it is recommended for insertion 4 mm lessthan the working length.

4 mm

2 mm

Gutta Percha
EndoREZ canal sealer
MTAFlow cement plug

EndoREZ canal sealer penetrates into tubules and adapts to the walls
like no other sealer on the market.
MTAFlow™
cement in place

Master gutta
percha Point

EndoREZ
Final obturation
sealer insertion

Cases of incomplete formation of apex or reabsorbed foramens can be treated in one visit with
an apical MTAFlow cement plug. This will prevent the extrusion of the EndoREZ canal sealer
and create a biological seal at apical foramen.

EndoREZ canal sealer results in predictable fills that are radiopaque,easily diagnosed, and suitable for retreatment and post-and-core procedures.

42* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Zmener O, Pameijer CH. Clinical andradiographic evaluation of a resin-based root canal sealer: an eight-year update. J Endod. 2010;36(8):1311-4.
3. Zmener O, Banegas G, Pameijer C. Efficacy of an automated instrumentation technique in removing resin-based,zinc oxide and eugenol endodontic sealers when retreating root canal: an in vitro study. Endod Pract. 2005;8:29-33.
4. Zmener O, Pameijer CH, Serrano SA, Vidueira M, Macchi RL. Significance of moist root canal dentin with the use of
methacrylate-based endodontic sealers: an in vitro coronal dye leakage study. J Endod. 2008;34(1):76-9. 5. Data on
file. 6. Zmener O, Pameijer CH. Clinical and radiographic evaluation of a resin-based root canal sealer: an eight-year
update. J Endod. 2010;36(8):1311–1314.

800.552.5512

ENDODONTICSENDOREZ CANAL SEALERSEQUENCE OF CLINICAL USE
5901 - EndoREZ Obturation .02 Taper Kit
5902 - EndoREZ Obturation .04 Taper Kit
5903 - EndoREZ Obturation .06 Taper Kit
1 x 5 ml (8.15 g) syringe
20 x Skini syringes
20 x Mixing tips
20 x 29 ga Variety NaviTip tips
120 x EndoREZ Points

1. Fit an EndoREZ™ gutta percha point to working length.
Verify radiographically.

2. Remove moisture from canal space using Capillary tip
and Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter, followed by a paper
point (paper point should be damp 1–3 mm at tip). Canalshould be damp, not desiccated, prior to obturating withhydrophilic EndoREZ sealer. Deliver hydrophilic EndoREZ
sealer using a NaviTip™ tip 29 ga, inserting the tip 2–4 mmshort of working length.

5900 - EndoREZ Syringe Kit
1 x 5 ml (8.15 g) syringe
20 x Mixing tips

EndoREZ™ Accelerator
3. Express EndoREZ canal sealer with light pressure into canal
while withdrawing tip. Keep the NaviTip tip orifice buried inmaterial while expressing EndoREZ canal sealer
and withdrawing tip.

EndoREZ canal sealer sets in 5–12 minutes!
• Accelerates EndoREZ sealer polymerization• Enables post preparation in the same appointment

4. Slowly insert master EndoREZ gutta percha point cone
to working length. Be sure to use a single gentle movement
toward apical area. Avoid using a “pump” movement withcone. Passive or cold lateral compactions can be used.
Without using accelerator, EndoREZ canal sealer will set in
about 20–30 minutes.

5. Light cure EndoREZ canal sealer with VALO™ LED curing
light for 40 seconds. Initial surface polymerization withcuring light (without EndoREZ Accelerator) is less than 0.3
mm thick and aids in immediate restoration. Trim excess
gutta percha with a very hot instrument or using the
Ultrawave™ tip with ultrasonification (no water). Complete
restorations following obturation to properly seal canalentrance. Do not leave cotton pellets between obturation andtemporary restoration.

EndoREZ Accelerator reduces EndoREZ canal sealer set
time from 20–30 minutes to about 5–12 minutes before
the commencement of post-endo restorative procedures,
enabling the start of definitive post restorations rightaway. It is designed to work hand in hand with thegroundbreaking EndoREZ canal sealer for reliable
obturation and minimized chair time.

399 - EndoREZ Single Use Accelerator 20pk

ultradent.com

43

ENDODONTICS
EndoREZ™ Points

Absorbent Paper Points

RESIN-COATED GUTTA PERCHA POINTS• The ONLY resin-coated gutta percha• Chemically bonds to EndoREZ canal sealer and otherresin-based sealers
EndoREZ Points are standard ISO-sized gutta percha points coated witha thin resin coating, which bonds chemically to EndoREZ canal sealer.
They are the first gutta percha points to achieve a chemical bond withthe sealer, providing a more effective seal than traditional gutta percha.
GUTTA PERCHA SEM

CoatedUncoated• Sterile• Color coded• Highlyy absorbent
absorb• 28 mm length

Ultradent’s paper points quickly and efficiently absorb liquid from thecanal and are sold in packs of 200 for a cost-effective solution. For a
more efficient way to dry canals, use Ultradent’s Luer Vacuum Adapter
with Capillary tips before using paper points.

EndoREZ Gutta Percha Points
Size
15
20
25
30
35
40
15–40
15
45–80
45

.02 120pk
—
—
1631
1632
1633
1675
3355
3356

.04 60pk
1838
1839
1634
1635
1636
1707
3357
—

.06 60pk
—
—
1637
1638
1639
—
3359
—

3358 - Medium Medium Fine/Medium Fine Variety 100pk

44

800.552.5512

Absorbent Paper Points 200pk
Size
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
15–40
15

200pk
1560
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
3360

ENDODONTICS
Skini and Clear Skini
Delivery Syringes

PermaFlo™ Purple
ANATOMICAL INDICATING COMPOSITE

Micro 20 ga Tip page 140

1. Transfer EndoREZ™ canal sealer out of dual
barrel syringe into back of a Skini syringe
using the Mixing tip.

PermaFlo Purple is used with an adhesive system to create an easily
identified coronal seal. The purple color simplifies location of the pulp
chamber floor when accessing the pulp chamber for future therapy.
Courtesy of Dr. Carlos Ramos.

In dentistry, air often gets in the way of the materials used in canals.
Displacing that air is essential for achieving a predictable seal andcompletely filling the canal preparation. The EndoREZ delivery systemis optimized to displace air and create the highest seal possible bydelivering materials from the bottom of the canal up, achieving
bubble-free and complete application.

1. Root canal has just been completed and cleaned ofexcess EndoREZ canal sealer in the pulp chamber. (Ifsignificant unset EndoREZ canal sealer is exposed atcanal orifice, coat with thin layer of Ultra-Blend™ plus
liner and light cure.) Blot or air dry. Note: If eugenol
or similar-based sealers have been used, wait until
set and freshen all chamber and/or preparation
surfaces with diamond bur prior to bonding.

2. Fill syringe to back flange so no air remains
between plunger and EndoREZ canal sealer.

2. Etch and place Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive; light cure.

3. Apply less than 1 mm thick layer of PermaFlo
Purple. Light cure 10 seconds to create an
immediate coronal seal. When a post and/or coreis prepared, the purple identifies the positionof root canal preparation. The contrast shows theclinician the pulp chamber floor in relation to thecanal orifices, minimizing risk of perforation.
3. Attach a 29 ga NaviTip™ tip of appropriate
length. Express a small amount of EndoREZ
canal sealer extraorally to verify flow. Make
sure tip end is not bound in the apicalregion before expressing sealant.

0.5 mlSkini Delivery Syringe
Clear Skini Delivery Syringe

20pk
1680
1880

Note: Apply dentin bonding agent first. Remember that eugenolcontaining sealers can prevent polymerization of bonding resins.
We recommend EndoREZ™ hydrophilic resin sealer.

50pk
1681
­—

ultradent.com

962 - PermaFlo Purple Syringe Kit
2 x 1.2 ml (2.23 g) syringes
4 x Micro 20 ga tips

45

ENDODONTICS
UniCore™

Accessory
Post

Size 0Size 1Size 2Size 3Size 4

Apical Ø

0.4 mm

0.6 mm

0.8 mm

1.0 mm

1.2 mm

1.5 mmCoronal Ø

0.8 mm

1.0 mm

1.15
mm

1.35
mm

1.55
mm

1.75
mm

Taper

0.26°

2.1°

1.8°

1.8°

1.8°

1.3°

Length

16 mm

19 mm

19 mm

19 mm

19 mm

19 mm

POST, DRILL, AND ACCESSORY POST SYSTEM

Physical properties

UniCore quartz fiber post

Flexural modulus of elasticity (GPa)43–44

Flexural strength (MPa)

1500–1600

Tensile strength (MPa)1200

Modulus of elasticity at 30° (GPa)

13 (similar to dentin)

Interlaminate shear strength (MPa)70–80

Courtesy of Dr. Carlos Ramos.

1

UniCore master post in place.

Additional accessory posts.

• Superior strength• Esthetic and radiopaque• Color-matched drills and posts• Ultradent’s UniCore “Kit of Kits” provides all items needed
for post requirements• Accessory Posts allow for better adaptation in flared oroval canals
Final.

UniCore Posts are composed of glass fibers. Unidirectional UniCore
glass fiber posts have a flexural strength similar to dentin.2 The gentle
taper of the UniCore Post corresponds to the natural anatomy of the
tooth and perfectly matches the post space created by the UniCore
Drill. The five sizes and colors of UniCore Posts correspond to those of
the UniCore Drill. The UniCore Drill is unique in its ability to remove
obturators while preparing a post chamber that perfectly corresponds
to its post. The UniCore Drill features a patented heat-generatingtip, which facilitates the removal of fiber posts, rigid carriers, andtraditional gutta percha. Its heat-dissipating, diamond-coated collar
preserves tooth structure, and its specially designed flutes cut canalwalls laterally instead of vertically. UniCore Accessory Posts are placedalongside the master post to allow better adaptation in the case offlared or oval canals.

46“The literature clearly describes the C-Factor conditions that can lead to substantial
polymer stress buildup in root canals. It has been estimated that up to 54% of the dentin
bond interface can separate, resulting in gap formation and subsequent early failure of theendodontic post and core. When the area of the most coronal aspect of the root canal isover 25% larger than the diameter of the Master UniCore Fiber Post, it is prudent to insert
the UniCore Accessory Posts alongside the Master Post to take up the core composite space/volume with longitudinal fiber. This technique is fast and effective. We at the Dugoni School of
Dentistry have produced AADR/IADR studies that show the pushout strength increases when
the core composite volume is decreased by displacing it with Accessory Fiber Posts. For justa few dollars more, the dentist can assure maximum robust adhesion to dentinal walls aswell as create a more substantial core to prepare for the final crown. Flexural strength, anti
rotation/pull-out resistance, and compressive strength are all enhanced with these great new
UniCore Accessory Posts.”—DR. PATRICK L. ROETZER, DDS, FICD, FACD – UNIVERSITY OF THE PACIFIC,DUGONI SCHOOL OF DENTISTRY – WCALIFORNIA, USA
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Brown PL, Hicks NL. Rehabilitation of endodontically treated teeth using the radiopaquefiber post. Compend Contin Educ Dent. 2003;24(4):275–284.

800.552.5512

ENDODONTICSUNICORE™ DRILL

Ultrasafe

7132 - UniCore Starter Kit• Durable drill can be used to up to 15 times to remove gutta percha
during post preparation or rigid carrier removal, and up to 5 uses onpreexisting fiber post removal

1 x Each drill sizes 1 and 2
5 x Each posts sizes 1 and 2• Drills and posts are color coded according to size,
simplifying chairside use• Patented diamond-coated collar prevents binding inaccess openings

7120 - UniCore Kit “Kit of Kits”
1 x Each drill sizes 1, 2, 3, and 4
5 x Each posts sizes 1, 2, 3, and 4• Uniquely designed flutes ensure rapid and consistentremoval of debris from canal7133 - UniCore Size 0 Supplement Kit• Heat-generating tip eases all obturator
removal procedures

1 x Drill size 0
5 x Posts size 07129 - UniCore Accessory Posts 10pk
0.4 mm Posts size X

UNICORE™ POST

Prestressed fibers and bondable• Microporous surface ensures micromechanical retention• No chairside chemical treatment required• Radiopaque beyond highest ISO standards• Translucent post transmits light to the complete depthof preparation• Gently tapered design follows natural tooth anatomy

UniCore Drills
Size
0
1
2
3
4

mm

0.6 mm
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
1.2 mm
1.5 mm

1pk
7134
7121
7122
7123
7124

10pk
­—
4091
4092
—
—

• Can be removed if endodontic retreatment is required

UniCore Posts

UniCoreBrand BThe UniCore Post is noticeably moreradiopaque than the leading competitor.

Size
0
1
2
3
4

ultradent.com

mm

0.6 mm
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
1.2 mm
1.5 mm

5pk
7135
7125
7126
7127
7128

25pk
—
4096
4097
—
—

47

ENDODONTICS
DermaDam™

Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter

1

RUBBER DAM• Low dermatitis potential• Strong and tear resistant• Powder free to reduce allergic reactions

Capillary Tip page 142

DermaDam rubber dam is made from pure latex rubber and is powder
free, which reduces the possibility of latex reactions. Quality processing
ensures a low content of surface proteins.

Note: Capillary Tips should never be used to deliver
irrigating materials or endodontic sealers.

• A great time saver for any practice• Dries canals quickly and efficiently• Minimizes paper point use
Slide Ultradent’s Luer Vacuum Adapter onto any chairside HVE unit toefficiently remove irrigants and debris. Compatible with any Luer tip,
the Luer Vacuum Adapter saves time and minimizes the use of paper
points. It can be used with Capillary tips, which have tapered, flexible
cannulae that reach deep into canals for enhanced cleaning and drying.

311 - DermaDam Medium 0.20 mm 36pk
6ʺx 6ʺ (15 cm x 15 cm)

DRIES CANALS FASTER THAN EVER

314 - DermaDam Heavy 0.25 mm 36pk
6ʺx 6ʺ (15 cm x 15 cm)

DermaDam™ Synthetic

1. Isolate with rubber dam and OpalDam
resin barrier. Irrigate canals throughNaviTip™ 31 ga Double Sideport Irrigator tip.

2. With Capillary tip attached to vacuum,slide tip deep into canal. Move tip in and out
while vacuuming.

3. The Capillary tip allows visibility to see
what is coming from inside the canal, easily
identifying its content.

4. Insert paper points to verify level of dryness.

1

DENTAL DAM

Zero sensitizing proteins
DermaDam Synthetic dental dam is not made with natural rubber latex,
but is designed to be just as flexible and durable as dams that arecomposed of natural rubber latex.

299 - DermaDam Medium Synthetic 0.20 mm 20pk
330 - DermaDam Medium Synthetic 0.20 mm 60pk

“The Luer Vacuum Adapter eliminates the need for fumbling with paper points! And thecanals seem to be much drier—we couldn’t do without it!”—DR. JEFF ROSENTHAL – CHESTERLAND, OH

6ʺx 6ʺ (15 cm x 15 cm)

230 - Luer Vacuum Adapters 10pk
1. realityesthetics.com.

TriAway™ Adapter
Use for controlled administration of water and/or air to depths of tiny cavity
preparations, such as minimally invasive operative-type preparations or
endodontic preparations. Note: Do NOT use in open canals.

481375 - TriAway Adapter Irrigator 20pk

800.552.5512

EQUIPMENTC A R O LY N TAY L O R - Hanksville

VALO XVALO Grand
VALO
GeminiGemini EVO
Ultrawave XS
Ultrawave

ultradent.com

Ultrawave Tips
Ultrawave Wrenches
UltraTect
Machine III
UltraSep III
Ultradent Ultra-Trim Scalloping Scissors

49

EQUIPMENTVALO™ Family
LED CURING LIGHTS
1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Best LED
Curing Light

ADERS’ CHOICE AWARD
2015 RE
2015

405

WHITE

405

LED Chips

WHITE

445

460

WHITE

445

460

12 LEDs

Power (mW)S TA N DA R D

Irradiance (MW/CM2)

XTRA POWERS TA N DA R D

JOules (J)380 nm – 515 nm

S TA N DA R D

XTRA POWER

Wavelength

WHITE

2700

1350
1100

2200

13.5

9.7

6.8

13.5

S TA N DA R D

900

2100

6.7

XTRA POWERS TA N DA R D

XTRA POWER

970

S TA N DA R D

XTRA POWER

2260

XTRA POWERS TA N DA R D

900

4.7

405

385 nm – 515 nm

385 nm – 515 nm

S TA N DA R D

670

S TA N DA R D

XTRA POWER

2100

Beam Profile
Top Down

800.552.5512

XTRA POWER

50

1570

1. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of light-curing unit design and mouth opening on thepolymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations in molars. J Adhes Dent. 2021;23(2):121–131.
doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

XTRA POWER

The VALO Grand light contains multiple LEDs and specialized optics
to produce evenly distributed energy to deliver consistent results,
regardless of the restoration type, size, or location. VALO™ curing lights
have custom LED packs that contain chips in three wavelengths, whichenable VALO lights to cure all dental materials, even those containing
proprietary photoinitiators such as Lucirin TPO, PPD, or more commonly
found camphorquinone.

405

4 LEDs

4 LEDs

CLINICAL OUTPUT
The collimation and uniformity of a curing light’s beam affects theamount of energy that reaches the restoration site. A beam that
disperses will deliver less power than a beam that remains collimated;a dispersed beam can lead to undercured restorations and eventual
failures. A beam’s uniformity affects energy delivery across therestoration site. A beam with hot or cold spots yields inconsistentcuring, which can compromise restorations and cause sensitivity.

Actual Lens Size

12.5 mm(144 mm2)

11.7 mm(107 mm2)

9.8 mm(78 mm2)• Ultra-high-energy broadband LEDs cure all dental materials• Optimally collimated beam delivers consistent, uniform power• Versatile curing modes accommodate your preferences and needs• Extremely durable build, crafted with high-grade aerospacealuminum, allows for excellent thermal management• Slim, unibody design and ergonomic shape allows unprecedented
access to all restoration sites1• Unique unibody design is extremely durable and lightweight• Highly efficient LEDs and aerospace unibody aluminum keep
wand body cool to the touchEQUIPMENTACCESSIBILITY
The VALO family of curing lights have a low-profile design to allow
for easy access to posterior restorations without sacrificing patient
comfort.1 The slim head allows them to be placed directly over the
curing site, no matter where it is in the mouth, ensuring light can reachall aspects of the preparation. The larger lenses give a larger curing
surface area, so you can get the right light in the right place.

DURABILITY
All VALO curing lights are created from a solid bar of high-grade
aerospace aluminum, making the VALO light virtually indestructible.
The unibody construction creates a sealed, strong light that eliminates
weak connection points and increased bioburden.

VALO X curing light surface area

12.5 mm2

VALO Grand curing light surface area

11.7 mm2

The angle of competitor’s 60° light guidecauses overextension of jaw and often
makes it impossible for light to reach all
aspects of preparation.

VALO curing light surface area

9.7 mm2

The VALO light’s slim head allows easy anddirect access to all curing sites.

True unibody construction via machining ensures durability, excellent
heat dissipation, and facilitates the elegant, ergonomic, streamlined
design that enables the VALO light to access areas other curing lights
simply cannot reach.

Unique glass lens systemforms the light’s collimatedblended beam
Critical Area

Metal
MatrixAngled light on a restoration with a matrix
band can result in insufficient curing.

Metal
MatrixThe VALO light’s direct access and acollimated beam result in complete curing.

1. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of light-curing unit design and mouth opening on thepolymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations in molars. J Adhes Dent. 2021;23(2):121–131.
doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

5-YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTYThe VALO curing light family is made to last, and we stand behind it.
Each VALO light comes with a 5-year manufacturer’s warranty, so you
can be confident in the value of your purchase.
* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

51

EQUIPMENTPRODUCT SPECIFICATIONSVALO XVALO Grand

VALO

VALO XVALO Grand

VALO

Range of Light
Output (nm)

380 nm–515 nm

385 nm–515 nm

385 nm–515 nm

Dimensions

Peak Wavelengths(nm)

380–420 nm and
420–515 nm

395–415 nm and
440–480 nm

395–415 nm and
440–480 nm

Cordless

8.9 x 0.83 x 0.83 in(226 x 21 x 21 mm)

8 x 1.28 x 1.06 in(203 x 32.5 x 27 mm)

8 x 1.28 x 1.06 in(203 x 32.5 x 27 mm)

CordedCord Length:
6 feet (1.8 m)

9.26 x 0.79 x 0.79 in(23.5 x 2 x 2 cm)

9.26 x 0.79 x 0.79 in(23.5 x 2 x 2 cm)

Cord Length:
6 feet (1.8 m)

Cord Length:
6 feet (1.8 m)

Unit:
3.8 oz (108 gram)

Cordless Unit:
5.3 oz (150 gram)

Cordless Unit:
5.3 oz (150 gram)With Batteries:
4.8 oz (136 gram)With Batteries:
6.7 oz. (190 grams)

With Batteries:
6.7 oz. (190 grams)

CordedCorded:5.6 oz (158 gram)

Corded Unit:
8 oz (226 grams)

Corded Unit:
8 oz (226 grams)

Power
Operation

Cordless/Battery
or Corded

Cordless/battery unit
Corded Unit

Cordless/battery unit
Corded Unit

Battery

Protected,
Rechargeable,
Lithium-Ion Battery
1IMR14/65 3.7V,
900mAH 3.33WH

Rechargeable, Safechemistry Lithium
Iron Phosphate
Battery (LiFePO4)
RCR123A, 3.2V,
400mAH 1.28WH

Rechargeable, Safechemistry Lithium
Iron Phosphate
Battery (LiFePO4)
RCR123A, 3.2V,
400mAH 1.28WH

Power (mW)Standard

1350 mW

970 mW

670 mW

High Power

NA

1620 mW

920 mW

Xtra Power

2700 mW

2260 mW

1570 mW

Irradiance* (mW/cm2)
Standard

1100 mW/cm2

900 mW/cm2

900 mW/cm2

High Power

NA

1500 mW/cm2

1300 mW/cm2

Xtra Power

2200 mW/cm2

2100 mW/cm2

2100 mW/cm2

Total Energy Per Cycle
Standard

13.5 J (10 seconds)

9.70 J (10 seconds)

6.65 J (10 seconds)

High Power

NA

6.46 J (4 seconds)

3.83 J (4 seconds)

Xtra Power13.5 J (5 seconds)

6.30 J (3 seconds)

4.65 J (3 seconds)

Standard

10

20/15/10/5

20/15/10/5

High PowerNA

1/2/3/4

1/2/3/4

Xtra Power

5

3

3

Curing Time Modes

Wand Weight
Cordless*Irradiance conforms to ISO 10650 when measured with a Gigahertz spectrum analyzer.

DURABILITY
THAT’S OUT OF
THIS WORLD

Scan for the videoof the full story

52

800.552.5512
800.552.5512

EQUIPMENTVALO , VALO Ortho, and VALO Grand Accessory Lenses™

™

™

Lenses are reusable and should be disinfected using an intermediate-level disinfectant.

PointCure™ Lens
The PointCure lens is a clear,
2.5 mm diameter lens used
for pinpoint curing of small
composites, to aid in positioning,
and tack curing.

VALO/VALO Ortho
PointCure Lens

2pk
5934
VALO Grand
PointCure Lens

2pk
4082

ProxiCure™ Ball Lens
VALO/VALO Ortho
ProxiCure Ball Lens

VALO Grand
ProxiCure Ball Lens

The ProxiCure Ball lens helps to hold the matrix band in interproximal
contact during polymerization.

TransLume™ Lens

VALO/VALO Ortho
TransLume Lens

The TransLume lens facilitates
the visualization and locationof cracks, defects in teeth, or
restorative materials.

Interproximal Lens
The Interproximal lens is a 1 mm
white light lens that allows whitelight to be placed between teeth forobservation of shadows, anomalies,
or caries in the interproximal spaces.

Black Light Lens

2pk
5936

2pk
5937
VALO Grand
TransLume Lens

VALO/VALO Ortho
Interproximal Lens

The Black Light lens aids indetecting fluorescent particles inresins for easy differentiation fromnatural enamel.

2pk
4084

2pk
4629

VALO GrandInterproximal Lens

VALO/VALO Ortho
Black Light Lens

2pk
4081

2pk
4658

1pk
5939
VALO Grand
Black Light Lens

1pk
4319

VALO GrandWhite Light Lens

2pk
4628

White Light Lens
The White Light lens provides
a pure, controlled, natural lightsource to aid in accurate shade
matching.

ultradent.com
ultradent.com

53

EQUIPMENTNEW!

TH E CU RI NG LIG HT
RE I M AG I N E D
HIGH-GR ADE AEROSPACE ALUMINUMCOMPLETELY REDESIGNED• Unibody design is exceptionally durable andallows for excellent thermal management• Rebuilt from the ground up to
create the most innovative curing
light available

SIMPLIFIED INTERFACE

INCREASED LENS SIZE

• Curing and diagnostic aid modes are indicated,
operated, and activated with top and bottom
buttons or by Accelerometer Function• 12.5 mm lens covers any tooth
while maintaining accessibility
and patient comfort

5-YEAR WARR ANT Y
MULTI-CONFIGUR ATION• Includes a 5-year
manufacturer warranty• Can be used in a corded or cordless configuration(battery and cord adapter included in kit)

12 LED CHIPSETACCELEROMETER FUNCTION• Provides high-intensity,
broadband light for excellent
beam uniformity, curing depth,
and beam collimation• Allows you to quickly and easily movethrough curing and diagnostic aid modes

CURING MODES: Standard Power Mode, Xtra Power Mode | DIAGNOSTIC AID LIGHT MODES: White Light Diagnostic Aid Mode, Black Light Diagnostic Aid ModeCYCLING BETWEEN MODESCURING MODES:
Move the VALO X lightforward in a drum
tap motion to accessand cycle throughcuring modes.

54

INCLUDED LENS ACCESSORIESDIAGNOSTIC AID LIGHT
MODES: Move the VALO X
light in a drum tap motion
to the side to access andcycle through diagnostic
aid light modes.

800.552.5512
800.552.5512

TWO CURING LENSES

THREE DIAGNOSTIC AID LENSES

PointCure™
Lens

TransLume™
Lens

ProxiCure™ Ball
Lens

Interproximal
Lens

DiffuserLens

EQUIPMENTVALO™ XBROADBAND LED CURING LIGHT

5973 - VALO X Kit

1 x VALO X LED curing light
5 x Accessory lenses
2 x Rechargeable batteries
1 x Battery charger
1 x Power supply (for battery charger or cord adapter)1 x Cord adapter
1 x Handpiece bracket holder
1 x Blue light blocking light shield
1 x Sample pack of barrier sleeves

BiggerLens(12.5 mm)

• 12 ultra-high-energy broadband LEDs cure all dental materials• Optimally collimated beam delivers consistent, uniform power• Two curing modes—Standard Power and Xtra Power —accommodate your preferences• Extremely durable build, crafted with high-grade aerospacealuminum, allows for excellent thermal management• Simplified interface with curing and diagnostic aid
modes included• Slim, unibody design and ergonomic shape allows
unprecedented access to all restoration sites1• New Accelerometer Feature allows you to quickly change
between modes with a drum-tap motion• Second activation button on the underside allows for
intuitive operation• Five accessory lenses included with the kit for curing
and diagnostic aid purposes

4952 - VALO X Power Supply (Universal Plugs) 1pk• Included power adapter allows clinicians to use the light ascordless or corded• International power supply is suitable for power outlets from100 to 240 volts
The VALO X light is the curing light reimagined. Its simplified design
allows for one button activation and its Accelerometer Function allows
the clinician to cycle between power and diagnostic aid modes with asimple wave of the wand. This eliminates awkward fumbling during
a procedure, reduces the likelihood of dropping the instrument,
and helps clinicians keep their minds on the task at hand. It uses acustom, multiwavelength light-emitting diode (LED) for producing
high-intensity light at 380–515 nm, which is capable of polymerizing
all light-cured dental materials while providing excellent breadth ofcure and consistent performance. This intensity will also penetrate
porcelain and is capable of curing underlying resin cements. The
handpiece is designed to rest in a standard dental unit bracket or can
be custom-mounted using the bracket included in the kit.
1. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of light-curing unit design and mouth opening on thepolymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations in molars. J Adhes Dent. 2021;23(2):121–131.
doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

ultradent.com

5189 - VALO X Assembled Cord 1pk

4951 - VALO X Battery Charger 1pk

5437 - VALO X Batteries 2pk

4665 - VALO X Barrier Sleeves 100pk

55

EQUIPMENTVALO™ Grand Cordless
LED CURING LIGHT

5972 - VALO Grand Cordless Kit - Black
4866 - VALO Grand Cordless Kit - Midnight
4864 - VALO Grand Cordless Kit - Sapphire
4865 - VALO Grand Cordless Kit - Red Rock1 x VALO Grand LED curing light
4 x Rechargeable batteries
1 x Battery charger
1 x Charging unit power supply
1 x Handpiece bracket holder
1 x Blue light blocking light shield
1 x Sample pack of barrier sleeves

11.7 mmLens

WARNING: Only use rechargeable batteries stated in the IFU.
Some rechargeable batteries can affect the function of the VALO curing light.

1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

ADERS’ CHOICE AWARD
2015 RERBest LED
Curing Light

5963 - VALO Grand Rechargeable Batteries 2pk

2015• Ultra-high-energy broadband LEDs cure all dental materials• Three curing modes—Standard Power, High Power Plus,and Xtra Power—accommodate your preferences• Optimally collimated beam delivers consistent, uniform power• Extremely durable, slim, ergonomic shape allows
unprecedented access to all restoration sites2• Unique unibody design is extremely durable and lightweight• Highly efficient LEDs and aerospace unibody aluminum keep
wand body cool to the touch

5962 - VALO Grand Battery Charging Unit 1pk

5961 - VALO Charging Unit Power Supply 1pk• Second activation button on the underside allows for
intuitive operation• Battery-operated, cordless wand design provides optimal
convenience and flexibility• Operates on environmentally responsible, safe, inexpensive,
rechargeable batteries
VALO Grand Cordless curing light uses a custom, multiwavelength
light-emitting diode (LED) for producing high-intensity light at 385–515
nm, which is capable of polymerizing all light-cured dental materials.
This intensity will also penetrate porcelain and is capable of curing
underlying resin cements similar to a quality halogen light. The VALOGrand Cordless curing light uses VALO rechargeable batteries and abattery charger suitable for power outlets from 100 to 240 volts. The
handpiece is designed to rest in a standard dental unit bracket or can
be custom-mounted using the bracket included in the kit. It can also be
stored on a countertop or in a drawer. The VALO Grand curing light isequipped with a sensor that registers movement of the light; when thelight is not being used, the VALO Grand curing light will automaticallygo into sleep mode and when moved will return to the most recently
used setting.

3604 - VALO Grand Light Shield 1pk

1667 - VALO Surface Mounting Bracket 1pk

4666 - VALO Grand Cordless Barrier Sleeves 100pk

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of light-curing unit design andmouth opening on the polymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations in molars. J Adhes Dent.
2021;23(2):121–131. doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

56

800.552.5512

508 - Blue Light Blocking Glasses 1pk

EQUIPMENTVALO™ Cordless
LED CURING LIGHT

5941 - VALO Cordless Kit

1 x VALO Cordless LED curing light
4 x Rechargeable batteries
1 x Battery charger
1 x Charging unit power supply
1 x Handpiece bracket holder
1 x Blue light blocking light shield
1 x Sample pack of barrier sleeves

1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

WARNING: Only use rechargeable batteries stated in the IFU.
Some rechargeable batteries can affect the function of the VALO curing light.

Best LED
Curing Light

5963 - VALO Cordless Rechargeable Batteries 2pk

ADERS’ CHOICE AWARD
2015 RE2015• Ultra-high-energy broadband LEDs cure all dental materials• Optimally collimated beam delivers consistent, uniform power• Three curing modes—Standard Power, High Power, and Xtra
Power—accommodate your preferences• Extremely durable, slim, ergonomic shape allows
unprecedented access to all restoration sites2• Unique unibody design is extremely durable and lightweight• Highly efficient LEDs and aerospace unibody aluminum keep
wand body cool to the touch• Battery-operated, cordless wand design provides optimal
convenience and flexibility• Operates on environmentally responsible, safe, inexpensive,
rechargeable batteries

VALO Cordless curing light uses a custom, multiwavelength lightemitting diode (LED) for producing high-intensity light at 385–515 nm,
which is capable of polymerizing all light-cured dental materials.
This intensity will also penetrate porcelain and is capable of curing
underlying resin cements similar to a quality halogen light. The VALO
Cordless curing light uses VALO rechargeable batteries and a battery
charger suitable for power outlets from 100 to 240 volts. The handpieceis designed to rest in a standard dental unit bracket or can be custommounted using the bracket included in the kit. It can also be stored ona countertop or in a drawer. The VALO Cordless curing light is equippedwith a sensor that registers movement of the light; when the light is not
being used, the VALO Cordless curing light will automatically go into
sleep mode and when moved will return to the most recently
used setting.

5962 - VALO Cordless Battery Charging Unit 1pk

5961 - VALO Charging Unit Power Supply 1pk

1667 - VALO Surface Mounting Bracket 1pk

5929 - VALO Cordless Light Shield 1pk

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of light-curing unit design andmouth opening on the polymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations in molars. J Adhes Dent.
2021;23(2):121–131. doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

ultradent.com

4667 - VALO Cordless Barrier Sleeves 100pk

508 - Blue Light Blocking Glasses 1pk

57

EQUIPMENTVALO™ Grand Corded
LED CURING LIGHT

5971 - VALO Grand Corded Kit

1 x VALO LED curing light - 7ʹ cord
1 x Power supply with universal plugs - 6ʹ cord
1 x Handpiece bracket holder
1 x Blue light blocking glasses
1 x Sample pack of barrier sleeves

11.7 mmLens

5930 - VALO Power Supply - 6ʹ cord

1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Best LED
Curing Light

5933 - VALO Power Supply - 16ʹ cord

ADERS’ CHOICE AWARD
2015 RE2015• Ultra-high-energy broadband LEDs cure all dental materials• Optimally collimated beam delivers consistent, uniform power• Three curing modes—Standard Power, High Power Plus,and Xtra Power— accommodate your preferences• Extremely durable, slim, ergonomic shape allows unprecedented
access to all restoration sites2• Unique unibody design is extremely durable and lightweight• Highly efficient LEDs and aerospace unibody aluminum keep
wand body cool to the touch• Second activation button on the underside allows for
intuitive operation

1667 - VALO Surface Mounting Bracket 1pk• International power supply is suitable for power outlets from100 to 240 volts; no batteries needed

VALO Grand Corded LED curing light uses a custom, multiwavelength
light-emitting diode (LED) for producing high-intensity light at
385–515 nm, which is capable of polymerizing all light-cured dental
materials. This intensity will also penetrate porcelain and is capableof curing underlying resin cements. The VALO curing light has a
medical-grade, international power supply and is suitable for power
outlets from 100 to 240 volts. The handpiece is designed to rest in astandard dental unit bracket or can be custom-mounted using thebracket included in the kit.

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of light-curing unit design andmouth opening on the polymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations in molars. J Adhes Dent.
2021;23(2):121–131. doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

58

800.552.5512

4669 - VALO Grand Barrier Sleeves 100pk

508 - Blue Light Blocking Glasses 1pk

EQUIPMENTVALO™ Corded
LED CURING LIGHT

5919 - VALO Corded Kit

1 x VALO LED curing light - 7ʹ cord
1 x Power supply with universal plugs - 6ʹ cord
1 x Handpiece bracket holder
1 x Blue light blocking light shield
1 x Sample pack of barrier sleeves

1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Best LED
Curing Light

5930 - VALO Power Supply - 6ʹ cord

ADERS’ CHOICE AWARD
2015 RE2015• Ultra-high-energy broadband LEDs cure all dental materials• Optimally collimated beam delivers consistent, uniform power• Three curing modes—Standard Power, High Power,
and Xtra Power—accommodate your preferences• Extremely durable, slim, ergonomic shape allows
unprecedented access to all restoration site2• Unique unibody design is extremely durable and lightweight• Highly efficient LEDs and aerospace unibody aluminum keep
wand body cool to the touch

5933 - VALO Power Supply - 16ʹ cord

1667 - VALO Surface Mounting Bracket 1pk• International power supply is suitable for power outlets from100 to 240 volts; no batteries needed
VALO Corded LED curing light uses a custom, multiwavelength lightemitting diode (LED) for producing high-intensity light at 385–515
nm, which is capable of polymerizing all light-cured dental materials.
This intensity will also penetrate porcelain and is capable of curing
underlying resin cements. The VALO curing light has a medical-grade,international power supply and is suitable for power outlets from 100
to 240 volts. The handpiece is designed to rest in a standard dental
unit bracket or can be custom-mounted using the bracket included in
the kit.

“The VALO light is a fantastic piece of equipment. Clinicians no longer have to choose between
normal output, high-intensity output, or the power of a PAC light, because the VALO lightoffers all three in one lightweight, compact, durable unit. The VALO light’s ability to produce
the greatest amount of energy at distances up to 10 mm from the tooth is just amazing. I havebeen using this light for some time and would not want to be without it.”—DR. JOHN KANCA, DDS – MIDDLEBURY, CT“A new wave of LEDs is here! The sleek VALO light operates with standard curing, andinnovative high-powered curing options. It is compact, light to the touch, and offers thebenefits of three lights in one.”—DR. MARK COLONNA, DDS – WHITEFISH, MT
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of light-curing unit design andmouth opening on the polymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations in molars. J Adhes Dent.
2021;23(2):121–131. doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

ultradent.com

5935 - VALO Light Shield 1pk

4668 - VALO Barrier Sleeves 100pk

508 - Blue Light Blocking Glasses 1pk

59

EQUIPMENT
Gemini™ & Gemini EVO™

Dental soft tissue diode lasers work by emitting a focused beam of light(non-ionizing infrared radiation of 800–980 nm wavelength) that isabsorbed by the water, hemoglobin, and pigment molecules within
soft tissue. This causes the molecules to heat up and vaporize, allowing
the laser to cut through the tissue with great precision. The laser also
coagulates, cauterizes nerve endings, and decontaminates surrounding
tissue, resulting in improved hemostasis, reduced patient discomfort,
and a lower risk of post-op infections.

810 + 980 DIODE LASERS

Selecting the optimal wavelength is important for maximizing thelaser’s efficacy in soft tissue applications. The Gemini family of laser’s
810 nm, 980 nm, and dual wavelength options allow for combining
the best absorption in melanin, hemoglobin, and water to provide thegreatest clinical versatility.3,4Soft tissue diode lasers offer several advantages over traditional
methods, making them an excellent addition to any dental practice.
Soft tissue diode lasers are minimally invasive and can perform many
procedures without the need for incisions or sutures, resulting in lesstrauma, bleeding, and discomfort for patients.
Additionally, they often result in less pain and swelling thanprocedures performed using traditional methods, such as
electrocautery or a scalpel, leading to reduced healing time forincreased patient comfort and satisfaction. The ability to precisely
target and treat specific areas of soft tissue with great accuracy leads
to more predictable and consistent outcomes.

The desired results with the least risk of unwanted thermal damage
can be achieved with very short pulses at the highest power density
for the shortest time possible.1,2 Gemini laser’s high peak pulse power
allows for efficient ablation, while the short pulses allow soft tissues
to cool during the procedure, reducing charring and thermal damage
to the collateral tissues, resulting in increased patient comfort withoutcompromising the speed or effectiveness of the treatment.1,2

ON

OFF

BENEFITSSCALPEL

ELECTROSURGE

LASER

x

x

x

x

x

Excellent hemostasis
Generally safe around implants

x

x

60W

2.0 W Average
Power Output

40W
20W

Average 2.0W

Gemini EVO Laser
Pulse Duration: 0.05 ms
Pulse Interval: 2.45 ms

x

Reduced post-operative pain

x

x

60

ON

OFF

TRADITIONAL
DIODE LASER

Gemini Laser
Pulse Duration: 2 ms
Pulse Interval: 18 ms

GEMINI™
DIODE LASERTISSUE TAG

xReduced swelling and discomfort
No suturing requiredxx

Decontaminates wound edgesxx

Photobiomodulation

CHARRING

OFFx

Requires less anesthesia

Less risk of gingival recession

OFF

80W

ON

Efficient soft tissue removal

ON

100W

Peak Power

• 3-in-1 design allows you to choose the optimal wavelengths
for coagulation, ablation, or a combination of both
• Super-pulsed peak power for faster, gentler cutting withgreater clinical predictability and effective treatment7• Stunning design with a simple user interface featuring
preset procedures organized in non-surgical, surgical, andphotobiomodulation for more intuitive and user-friendly control• Battery operation and wireless foot pedal allow for convenient
movement from operatory to operatory• Patented single-use tips and autoclavable handpiece for easylaser use and simple sterilization between procedures• Innovative photobiomodulation options for pain relief so yourpatients can take full advantage of laser benefits• Designed/assembled in the U.S. from U.S./imported components

TISSUE PULLING

x800.552.5512

Watt Average Power, 400 micron fiber, Robotically Controlled Speed.

EQUIPMENTSURGICAL PROCEDURESHYGIENE PROCEDURES• Excisional and incisional biopsies • Exposure of unerupted teeth • Fibroma removal • Frenectomy• Frenotomy • Gingival troughing for crown impression • Gingivectomy • Gingivoplasty• Gingival incision and excision • Hemostasis and coagulation • Implant recovery• Incision and drainage of abscess • Lesion (tumor) removal • Leukoplakia • Operculectomy• Oral papillectomies • Pulpotomy • Pulpotomy as an adjunct to root canal therapy• Reduction of gingival hypertrophy • Soft tissue crown lengthening• Treatment of canker sores, herpetic, and aphthous ulcers of the oral mucosa • Vestibuloplasty• Laser soft tissue curettage • Reduction of bacterial level (decontamination) and inflammation• Removal of diseased, infected, inflamed, and necrosed soft tissue within the periodontal pocket• Removal of highly inflamed edematous tissue affected by bacterial penetration of the pocket• Sulcular debridement (removal of diseased, infected, inflamed, and necrosed soft tissue in the
periodontal pocket to improve clinical indices including gingival index, gingival bleeding index,
probe depth, attachment loss, and tooth mobility)

Gingivectomy
Decontamination or Laser Bacterial Reduction

Laser Curettage/Debridement

PHOTOBIOMODULATION

Frenectomy

Biopsy/Fibroma

Gemini and Gemini EVO lasers offer photobiomodulation (PBM)
therapy options, allowing clinicians to provide pain relief to patientswith various dental conditions or post-operative discomfort. The
integrated PBM attachments make it easy for clinicians to deliver lightenergy to improve cellular function, reduce pain, inflammation, andpromote accelerated healing.5,6 Notably, only the Gemini EVO laser fully
integrates PBM as a standard feature.

Cuspid Exposure

1. Goharkhay K, Moritz A, Wilder-Smith P, et al. Effects on oral soft tissue produced by a diode laser in vitro. Lasers
Surg Med. 1999;25(5):401–406. doi:10.1002/(sici)1096-9101(1999)25:5<401::aid-lsm6>3.0.co;2-u. 2. R Borchers.
Comparison of diode lasers in soft tissue surgery using CW and superpulsed mode, an in vivo study. Int J Laser Dent.
2011; 1(1):17–27. 3. S Pirnat. Versatility of 810 nm laser in dentistry. J Laser Health Academy, 2007; (4). 4. Akbulut
N, Kursun ES, Tumer MK, Kamburoglu K, Gulsen U. Is the 810-nm diode laser the best choice in oral soft tissue
therapy? Eur J Dent. 2013;7(2):207-211. doi:10.4103/1305-7456.11017. 5. Ross G, Ross A. Photobiomodulation: aninvaluable tool for all dental specialties. J Laser Dent. 2009;17(3):117–124. 6. Mármora BC, Brochado FT, Schmidt TR,
et al. Defocused high-power diode laser accelerates skin repair in a murine model through REDOX state modulation
and reepithelization and collagen deposition stimulation. J Photochem Photobiol B. 2021;225:112332. doi:10.1016/j.
jphotobiol.2021.112332 7. R Borchers. Comparison of diode lasers in soft tissue surgery using CW and superpulsed
mode, an in vivo study. Int J Laser Dent. 2011; 1(1):17–27.

ultradent.com

61

EQUIPMENT
Gemini™
810 + 980 DIODE LASERBATTERY INDICATORVOLUME

POWER INDICATOR

Scan here
to connect
with otherGemini laserfans on our
Facebook
page

PRESET PROCEDURESTOUCH KEYPAD• 20 watts of peak super-pulsed power for faster, smoother cutting1• Dual wavelength technology combines the optimal melanin
absorption of the 810 nm wavelength and the optimal water
absorption of the 980 nm wavelength in diode lasers2,3• Sleek, innovative design features a stunning transparent
electroluminescent display• Simple user interface and 20 preset procedures enhance ease ofuse (Pain Relief preset available with PBM adapter kit)
• Wireless foot pedal and battery operation allow for convenient
movement from operatory to operatory• Autoclavable handpiece for simple sterilization
between procedures• Designed/assembled in the U.S. from U.S./imported components

62

DIODE LASER PEAK POWER COMPARISON 4,5
100 W

Gemini™ EVO2 laser
Gemini laser

20 W

™2

14 W

SIROlaser Advance

™*

10 W

Epic 10™

*

Precise® SHP*

3W

Picasso™ Lite*

3W

0

5

10

15

20

100

* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. R Borchers. Comparison of diode lasers in soft tissue surgery
using CW and superpulsed mode, an in vivo study. Int J Laser Dent. 2011; 1(1):17–27. 2. S Pirnat. Versatility of
810 nm laser in dentistry. J Laser Health Academy, 2007; (4). 3. Akbulut N, Kursun ES, Tumer MK, Kamburoglu K,
Gulsen U. Is the 810-nm diode laser the best choice in oral soft tissue therapy? Eur J Dent. 2013;7(2):207-211.
doi:10.4103/1305-7456.110174. 4. Data published by manufacturer. 5. Peak power in dual wavelength mode.

800.552.5512

EQUIPMENT

TIP ILLUMINATION
provides better visibility at surgical site

8980 - Gemini Laser Kit
1 x Gemini Laser
1 x Power supply
1 x Foot pedal
1 x Handpiece
3 x Safety glasses sets
10 x 5 mm tips

8981 - Gemini Power Supply 1pk

8983 - Gemini 5 mm Pre-Initiated Tip 25pk
8984 - Gemini 7 mm Uninitiated Tip 25pk

8998 - Gemini PBM Adapter Kit
1 x Photobiomodulation (PBM) adapter
2 x Spacers
1 x Handpiece holder clip
1 x Cleaning cloth8985 - Gemini Safety Glasses 1pk

8999 - Gemini PBM Spacer Tip Kit 5pk

8986 - Handpiece Shell 1pk

ultradent.com

63

EQUIPMENT
Gemini EVO™
810 + 980 DIODE LASERBATTERY INDICATORVOLUME

POWER INDICATORPRESET PROCEDURES

Scan here tosee more info
for Gemini laser
on our website

PHOTOBIOMODULATION MADE SIMPLE• Delivers 100 watts of peak power for faster cutting,less heat, and ultra-clean incisions in soft tissue1• Wi-Fi connectivity allows for over-the-air updates
and dedicated tech support• Mobile app and Dashboard monitor usage statistics,
including ROI and procedure data
• Three photobiomodulation adapters (3 mm, 7 mm, and 25 mm)
are included so you can take full advantage of laser benefits• Streamlined display and user interface for more intuitive anduser-friendly control• Three wavelength modes• 16 preset procedures are divided into three categories
for efficient, intuitive use• Uses the same tips as the original Gemini laser• Two-year warranty with an option to extend
up to a five-year warranty

64With the Gemini EVO Dashboard,
you can view the number ofprocedures you perform, track
ROI, ensure your software is up
to date, download procedurereports, monitor full usage
statistics, and more!

1. R Borchers. Comparison of diode lasers in soft tissue surgery using CW and superpulsed mode, an in vivo study.
Int J Laser Dent. 2011; 1(1):17–27.

800.552.5512

EQUIPMENT
Note: If you would like to order the PBM
adapters or Gemini EVO foot pedal, pleasecontact Equipment Repair at 801.553.4574.
9120 - Gemini EVO Laser Kit

1 x Gemini EVO Laser
1 x Foot pedal
3 x Safety glasses sets
10 x 5 mm disposable fiber tips
1 x DC Power supply
3 x PBM Adapters (25 mm, 7 mm, 3 mm)
2 x Foot pedal rechargeable battery kits

9123 - Gemini EVO Intraoral PBM Adapter Kit
1 x 3 mm Photobiomodulation (PBM) adapter
1 x 7 mm Photobiomodulation (PBM) adapter

9125 - Gemini EVO Power Supply 1pk
9124 - Gemini EVO Extraoral PBM Adapter Kit
1 x 25 mm Photobiomodulation (PBM) adapter
2 x Spacers
1 x Cleaning cloth9127 - Gemini EVO Handpiece Shell 1pk

8985 - Gemini EVO Safety Glasses 1pk

8999 - Gemini EVO PBM Spacer Tip Kit 5pk

8983 - Gemini EVO 5 mm Pre-Initiated Tip 25pk
8984 - Gemini EVO 7 mm Uninitiated Tip 25pk

5764 - Gemini EVO Foot Pedal Rechargeable
Li-Ion Battery and USB Kit 1pk

ultradent.com

65

EQUIPMENT
Ultrawave™ XS LED
Piezo UltrasonicUltrawave™
Piezo Ultrasonic• Ultrawave XS device comes with LED handpiece
for better visibility and working comfort• Large-capacity, detachable 300 ml tank for irrigation solution• Reflex™* technology allows automatic frequency adjustments
creating a high precision application• Lightweight and ergonomic handpiece reduces physical stresscaused by repetitive movements• The unique Color-Coding System matches tips to the ideal
power setting• Wide range of amplitudes (power) for multiple clinical procedures• Can be used with Ultradent irrigants directly from bottles via
bottle connector• Connects directly with your in-officewater supply for constant flow
• Compact design of unit makes it portable and easy to fit
on a counter or treatment tray
• Reflex™* technology allows automatic frequency adjustments
creating a high precision application• Lightweight and ergonomic handpiece reduces physical stresscaused by repetitive movements• The unique Color-Coding System matches tips to the ideal
power setting• Wide range of amplitudes (power) for multiple clinical procedures• Less water needed than other devices, increasing patient comfort

Ultrawave and Ultrawave XS piezoelectric devices utilize advanced
ultrasonic technology. Unlike sonic or magnetostrictive scalers, these
piezoelectric devices offer improved performance and better control of thevarious tips. As the tips move in a linear motion at an ultrasonic frequency
of up to 36 kHz, a microstreaming effect creates a cavitation that helps
eliminate biofilm in the periodontal pocket and inside the root canals.1

F58340 - Ultrawave Kit

1 x Ultrawave unit
1 x Handpiece
1 x Each tip (scaling 1, scaling 10Z, and H3)
2 x Blue wrenches

F12101 - Ultrawave Handpiece 1pk
F58100 - Ultrawave XS LED Kit

1 x Ultrawave XS LED unit
1 x LED handpiece
1 x Each tip (scaling 1, scaling 10Z, and H3)
3 x Blue wrenches√* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent.

Ultrawave™ XS NiTiSonic Tip,
Bottle Connector Kit, and Bottle Caps

F12617 - Ultrawave XS LED Handpiece 1pk

1. Data on file.

NTS

out

4307 - Ultrawave XS NiTiSonic Tip & Bottle Connector Kit
1 x Each bottle cap with valve, connector base,empty bottle and Ultrawave Metal Flat Wrench
4 x Ultrawave NiTiSonic tips

Try ChlorCid™, ChlorCid™ Surf, EDTA, and
the Award-Winning Consepsis™ Irrigants

4308 - Ultrawave XS Bottle Cap 1pk

Irrigants, page 28–31 .

66

800.552.5512

EQUIPMENT
Ultrawave™ Acteon®* Satelec®* Tips

• Corrosion resistant: steel alloy is resistant to corrosion caused by decontamination• Variety of applications: tips are available for scaling, endodontics, periodontal treatment, and restorative procedures• Tensile strength: each tip is designed to meet the specific requirements of the procedure1• Sterilization: tips are autoclavable and suitable for sterilization• Ring color correlates with Ultrawave Power

Scaling Supragingival and subgingival tips are ideal for standard scaling,
as well as cases where high power is needed for tenacious calculus removal.

Restoration Ball-diamond tips are ideal for preparing small proximal
cavities and allow interproximal treatment while preserving the adjacent tooth.

Periodontal Periodontal tips allow for a full-mouth periodontal
debridement. Deposits are removed by methodically crisscrossing all
root surfaces using low lateral pressure combined with very
low amplitude. This provides tactile sensitivity unequaled byany other ultrasonic tip for more comfortable treatment.
Most popular tip for treatment of anterior teeth.
The guiding edge is used parallel to the pocket.

For supra- and subgingival scaling. Designed for greater power.

F00245 - Ultrawave 1 Slim Scaling Tip 1pk

F00369 - Ultrawave H3 Tip 1pk

Recommended for treating simple casesand gross supragingival scaling.

For treating implants, veneers, and porcelain crowns.

F00246 - Ultrawave 1 Scaling Tip 1pk

F00702 - Ultrawave PH1 Tip 4pk

For removal of biofilm and soft deposit.
Tip is etched in 3 mm increments.

Left-angled micro tip recommended for maintenanceof moderate to deep pockets and furcations.

F00254 - Ultrawave 10Z Scaling Tip 1pk

F02161 - Ultrawave TK2-1R Tip 1pk

For removing discolorations and stains.
Right-angled micro tip recommended for maintenanceof moderate to deep pockets or furcations.

F00248 - Ultrawave 3 Scaling Tip 1pk

F02162 - Ultrawave TK2-1L Tip 1pk
Endodontics & Apical Surgery These tips are speciallydesigned for all the challenging applications during a root canal treatment, including
removal of calcification in the pulp chamber, removal of separated instruments, andretreatment. The innovative tip design improves passive ultrasonic irrigation, facilitatingsuperior performance in root canal cleanings.

Recommended for examining and maintenanceof moderate to deep pockets or furcations.

Specially designed for irrigation.

F01001 - Ultrawave TK1-1S Tip 1pk

F43760 - Ultrawave NiTiSonic Tips 4pk

Tapered smooth tip for retreatment and instrument fragment removal.

F88018 - Ultrawave ET25 Tip 1pk

TIP EFFECTIVENESS GUIDE

Diamond-coated tip locates and opens calcified canals.

F88020 - Ultrawave ETBD Tip 1pk
Removes the cement interface between post and canal wall.

10Z

1S

3

H3

Ultrawave™
Acteon®* Satelec®* Wrenches

F88011 - Ultrawave ET20 Tip 1pk* Acteon® and Satelec® are trademarks of Satelec, a company of Acteon Group. 1. Data on file.

1

ultradent.com

F00446 - Flat Wrench
F81302 - Ultrawave Wrench

67

EQUIPMENT
UltraTect™

Ultrasep™ III

PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR

MOLD RELEASE

UltraTect protective eyewear is made for the modern dental
environment. The high-quality, lightweight frames and polycarbonate
lenses are both comfortable and durable, and they meet ANSI and CE
safety standards for protection against impact injuries and chemical
exposure. Clinicians, assistants, and patients all benefit from the safety
and comfort of UltraTect eyewear.
Note: Do not use for laser protection.
• Quickly and easily removes vacuum-formed parts• Minimizes distortion and reduces defects• Contains no CFC propellants or solvents• Provides outstanding surface coverage• Colorless and nonstaining

176 - Ultrasep III 1pk

Glasses are flexible and impact resistant for
ultimate durability.

Orange lenses protect against the blue light
generated by the VALO™ curing lights.

914 - Maroon Frame/Brown Lens 1pk
501 - Black Frame/Clear Lens 1pk
508 - Black Frame/Orange Lens 1pk (Blue Light Blocking Glasses)

Ultradent™ Ultra-Trim
SCALLOPING SCISSORS• Precisely trims tray border around interdental papilla• Spring-loaded to minimize finger fatigue• Grips tray material easily• Made of durable stainless steel

Machine III™
VACUUM FORMER

Machine III vacuum former uses a single, 3-position
toggle switch that activates the unit’s heating
element, vacuum pump, and power. An indicatorlight in the base alerts the operator when the heating
element is activated and ready for operation.

7000330 - Machine III Vacuum Former 110 v

68605 - Ultradent Ultra-Trim Scalloping Scissors 1pk

800.552.5512

ETCH AND BOND

M E L I S S A A X E N - La Sal

Ultra-Etch
Peak SE Primer
Peak Universal Bond
PQ1
Peak-ZM Primer
Ultradent Porcelain Repair Kit
Ultradent Porcelain Etch
SilaneUltra-Blend plus
Consepsis

69

ETCH AND BOND

Listed as a “CAN’T LIVE WITHOUT” product by a prominent
independent research institute for more than 20 years.5

The industry leader for more than 35 years

Ultra-Etch™

163 - Ultra-Etch Syringe Kit 4pk

ETCH AND RINSE ETCHANT

4 x 1.2 ml (1.584 g) syringes
20 x Blue Micro tips

1

167 - Ultra-Etch Syringe Kit 20pk
20 x 1.2 ml (1.584 g) syringes
40 x Blue Micro tips

Blue Micro™ Tip page 139
Inspiral™ Brush Tip page 139• Self-limiting2 on dentin• Penetrates smallest fissures and won’t run on a vertical surface3• Precise placement• Etch and rinse• Rinses cleanly—leaves no residue

383 - Ultra-Etch IndiSpense™ Syringe Kit

Ultra-Etch etchant 35% phosphoric acid solution features ideal viscosity,
which facilitates precise placement and superior control. It is selflimiting in its depth of etch (average depth of 1.9 μm with 15-secondetch),2 creating an etch pattern that adhesives can penetrate forincreased bond strength. Studies demonstrate Ultra-Etch etchant’s
unique self-limiting chemistry on dentin creates an optimal surface toreceive resin.4 Though Ultra-Etch etchant is viscous, it can penetrate into
the occlusal fissures or vertical surfaces due to physical and chemical
properties that promote capillary action. Its ideal viscosity maintains
a layer that is thick enough to prevent premature drying.

1 x 30 ml (39.6 g) IndiSpense syringe
20 x 1.2 ml empty syringes
20 x Blue Micro tips

164 - Ultra-Etch Syringe 4pk
168 - Ultra-Etch Syringe 20pk
1407 - Ultra-Etch Syringe 50pk

Ultra-Etch etchant is indicated for use on dentin and enamel to create
optimal bonding surfaces. Ultra-Etch etchant can be used for 5 seconds
to remove the salts created by etching porcelain.

1.2 ml (1.584 g) syringes

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Note: Do not use phosphoric etchant on metals or zirconia,
as this will reduce bond strength.

1.9 µm depth

685 - Ultra-Etch IndiSpense Syringe 1pk
30 ml (39.6 g) syringe

Clinical experience and SEM evaluations
show that 15 seconds etch time on both
dentin and cut enamel provides optimal
conditioning of both substrates.4

Ultra-Etch etchant’s phosphoric acid is provento be uniquely self-limiting in its depth ofetch.2 Acids with greater depth of etch go
beyond the optimum level and increase thepotential for incomplete resin impregnation.4“Ultra-Etch etchant has the best consistency and viscosity I’ve found. I’ve used it every day in
my practice for over 19 years. Etches that come in kits or as samples are never opened … andsome are hard to give away!”—DR. C. BRADFORD THOMAS – GALVESTON, TX“I am a self-proclaimed ‘bondodontist.’ I use Ultra-Etch etchant almost every time I sit down
to work. It is perfect—especially the viscosity. It goes where you want it to go and stays there
until I rinse it off. Other reps are always bringing me something to try, and it either doesn’tflow, flows too much, or doesn’t come in a syringe. Enough said.”—DR. DAVID D. MAY – HEMET, CA

70

129 - Ultra-Etch Empty Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.584 g) empty syringes

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Perdigão J, Lopes M. The effect of etching time on dentin demineralization. Quintessence
Int. 2001;32(1). 3. Data on file. 4. Perdigão J, Lambrechts P, Van Meerbeek B, Vanherle G. A field emission SEM
study of dentin etched with different phosphoric acid compositions and/or concentrations. Katholieke Universiteit
Leuven: Leuven, Belgium; 1994. Data on file. 5. “Can’t Live Without” Clinical Research Associates Newsletter,
Volume 21, Issue 7, July 1997.

800.552.5512

ETCH AND BOND
Peak™ SE Primer

Highest Bond Strengths to Dentin and Enamel!3

NO-RINSE SELF-ETCHING PRIMER
AL

WAYS

1

B

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

P

R

COMPARISON OF 3 SELF-ETCH ADHESIVE SYSTEMS,
UNIVERSITY OF IOWA COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY4RAF R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

Black Mini™ Brush Tip page 138• When used with Peak Universal Bond adhesive, provides
top-rated bond strengths by an independent non-profit
dental education and product testing institute2• Delivers fresh, stable chemistry• Easy, one-coat technique• Precise and convenient application• No rinse needed

SEM of cut enamel treated with Peak SE
Primer. Note the keyhole appearance ofthe etched enamel rods.

Peak SE Primer is a self-etching primer mixed and delivered in theunique JetMix™ syringe. JetMix technology separates precise quantitiesof strong acid (pH 1.2) and optimized priming resin to prevent thehydrolytic breakdown and degradation that occurs with other self-etchchemistries. Components are kept separate until the clinician activatesthem. The mixed chemistry is stable and can be used for 120 days. Peak
SE Primer is used prior to Peak Universal Bond adhesive to achieve
unsurpassed bond strengths.

SEM of cut enamel treated with Clearfil®*
SE Bond.

SEM of cut enamel treated with Adper®*
Prompt L-Pop.
REFRIGERATE

5135 - Peak SE Primer Syringe 4pk
1.0 ml (0.993 g) syringes

Ideal for all light-accessible bonding procedures, the Peak Self-Etch
Adhesive System can also be used for immediate dentin sealing prior to
impressions and temporization.

REFRIGERATEFOR INDIRECT BONDING
4554 - Peak™ Universal Bond Self-Etch Syringe Intro Kit
1 x 1.2 ml (1.24 g) Peak Universal Bond syringe
1 x 1.0 ml (0.993 g) Peak SE Primer syringe
20 x Black Mini Brush tips
20 x Inspiral Brush tips

1. Brush Peak SE Primer onto preparation for
20 seconds.

REFRIGERATE

2. Thin/dry for 3 seconds.

4541 - Peak Universal Bond Self-Etch Bottle Kit
1 x 4 ml (4.13 g) Peak Universal Bond bottle
4 x 1.0 ml (0.993 g) Peak SE Primer syringes
40 x Black Mini Brush tips
50 x Mixing Wells
50 x Micro Applicator brushes

3. Apply a puddle coat of Peak Universal
Bond adhesive and scrub for 10 seconds
into dentin.

4. Thin/dry for 10 seconds and light cure for
10 seconds on Standard Power mode with
VALO™ curing light.

* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityratings.com 2. Clinicians Report, Volume 5, Issue 8,
August 2012. 3. Data on file. 4. Vargas M. Ultramorphological evaluation of the resin-dentin-enamel interface
produced by three proprietary self-etching adhesive systems. 2007. Data on file.

ultradent.com

71

ETCH AND BOND

new

Peak Universal Bond™

REFRIGERATELIGHT-CURED ADHESIVE
AL

WAYS

5006 - Peak Universal Bond Unit Dose 50pk
0.2 ml unit dose1

B

Now in Unit DosePAF R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

REFRIGERATE4543 - Peak Universal Bond Bottle 1pk
4 ml (4.13 g) bottle

Inspiral™Brush Tip page 139• Features Ultradent’s Dymetech™ phosphate monomer blend forenhanced strength and greater versatility• Contains 0.2% chlorhexidine to help ensure long-termbond strength2• Bonds to all dental substrates• Ideal for direct and indirect bonding, as well as post
and core procedures• Works with self-etch and total-etch techniques• Available in syringe, bottle, and unit-dose delivery
The versatile formulation of Peak Universal Bond adhesive is ideal for
direct and indirect bonding, including post and core procedures. Witha 7.5% filler content and a blend of custom-synthesized phosphatemonomers, its viscosity has been optimized for minimal film thickness
and superior strength. It contains an ethyl alcohol solvent carrier andwill cure with any dental curing light, including LEDs.

REFRIGERATE4553 - Peak Universal Bond Syringe 4pk
4552 - Peak Universal Bond Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.24 g) syringes

REFRIGERATE

4542 - Peak Universal Bond Total-Etch Bottle Kit
1 x 4 ml (4.13 g) Peak Universal Bond bottle
4 x 1.2 ml (1.584 g) Ultra-Etch syringes
40 x Blue Micro tips
50 x Mixing Wells
50 x Micro Applicator brushes

BOND STRENGTH COMPARISON 3
Peak™ Universal TE

71.3

51.7

Peak™ Universal SE

70.6

45.4

OptiBond*

67.9

26.5

Clearfil SE Bond*

61.9

38.1

Scotchbond Universal*

34.3

All Bond Universal*

31.0

Adhese Universal*

31.2

58.5
41.7

18.6

Prime & Bond NT*
Clearfil S3*

REFRIGERATE

61.5

4551 - Peak Universal Bond Total-Etch Syringe Intro Kit
1 x 1.2 ml (1.24 g) Peak Universal Bond syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (1.584 g) Ultra-Etch syringe
20 x Blue Micro tips
20 x Inspiral Brush tips

47.4

23.6

30.2

26.0
20.1

Adper Scotchbond*MPa 10Dentin20

30Internal testing

40

Enamel

50

60

70

80

90

100

4545 - Mixing Wells 100pk

4548 - Micro Applicator Brush 400pk
200 x Each color

Ultradent’s shear bond strength testing method has been adopted as the ISO standard. Many
research centers now use this method to determine accurate bond strengths.

72* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityratings.com 2. Breschi L, Maravic T, Comba A, et al.
Chlorhexidine preserves the hybrid layer in vitro after 10-years aging. Dent Mater. 2020;36(5):672-680. doi:10.1016/j.
dental.2020.03.009. 3. Data on file.

800.552.5512

ETCH AND BOND
PQ1™

Peak™-ZM

SINGLE-RESIN BONDING

ZIRCONIA/METAL PRIMER
AL

WAYS

B

P

A

WAYS

F R E E

AL

1

B

P

A

T

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

M

Black Mini™ Brush Tip page 138

Inspiral™ Brush Tip page 139• High bond strengths2 to dentin, creating long-lasting bonds• Ideal for direct bonding procedures• Highly filled for convenient placement and ease of use• Chemistry is radiopaque• Cures with all dental curing lights
PQ1 resin is a syringe-delivered, single-component, light-cured
bonding resin that uses ethyl alcohol as a solvent. It is 40% filled
and radiopaque.
The unique, patented chemistry of PQ1 resin bonds to dentin/enamel,cast metal, porcelain, zirconia, amalgam, and composite. PQ1 resin isalso effective for indirect procedures where light curing is possible.

Zirconia and metal have met their match!
• Includes a unique blend of phosphate monomers, as well as
the MDP monomer• Convenient syringe and bottle delivery options• Significantly enhances bond strengths to resin cements1• Strong bond strengths to zirconia, alumina,
and metal restorations
Peak-ZM zirconia/metal primer is specifically designed to provide highadhesion between the zirconia or metal surface and the luting material.
Thanks to a chemistry containing the MDP monomer, Peak-ZM primer
can increase bond strengths 5 times compared to using a resin cement
alone.2 With Peak-ZM primer, you can feel confident in your zirconia
and metal restorations.

Courtesy of Prof. Marcos Vargas.

Note: Not for use with RMGI or GI.

REFRIGERATE

2464 - Peak-ZM Zirconia Primer Syringe Kit
Note: Exceptional filler penetration for high-strength bonding.

2 x 1.2 ml Peak-ZM syringes
20 x Black Mini Brush tips

REFRIGERATEREFRIGERATE

641 - PQ1 Syringe 4pk
1806 - PQ1 Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.67 g) syringes

2463 - Peak-ZM Zirconia Primer Bottle 1pk
4 ml bottle

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file.

1. Data on file. 2. Data on file.

ultradent.com

73

ETCH AND BOND
PEAK-ZM ZIRCONIA/METAL PRIMER TECHNIQUE GUIDE

1. Clean, rinse, and dry preparation.
Verify fit of zirconia or metal
prosthesis.

2. Air abrade internal surface with
50μ AI02, at 50–80 psi. Look for
uniform dull surface. Air clean andset aside.

3. Clean tooth surface by applying an
abrasive that is both oil and fluoride
free such as Consepsis™ Scrub slurry.

NOTE: Contamination to the internalsurface of the prosthesis will cause
a decrease in bond strength. Keeparea clean and free of phosphoricacid etch and saliva.

4. Scrub abrasive with the STARbrush™
intercoronal brush to clean andremove any residual cement. Rinseand then air dry.

CHOOSETOTAL-ETCH TECHNIQUE

5. Apply Ultra-Etch™ etchant for 15 seconds. Rinse for 5 seconds, lightly dry, leave slightly damp.
Recommended: Apply Consepsis™ solution to preparation, suction off excess.

OR
SELF-ETCH TECHNIQUE

5a. Apply Peak™ SE Primer using the Black Mini™ Brush tip for 20 seconds. Recommended: Apply Consepsis™ solution topreparation, suction off excess.

For syringe
application
use theBlack Mini ™
Brush Tip

6. Apply a puddle coat of Peak™
Universal Bond adhesive in a
scrubbing motion for 10 seconds.

74

7. Thin aggressively with air andvacuum.

8. Light cure Peak Universal Bond
9. Apply Peak-ZM primer to theadhesive for 10 seconds with VALO
air-abraded prosthesis for 3 seconds
curing light on Standard Power mode. and air thin/dry using full pressure.

NOTE: Do not use a zirconia primer ifluting with a glass ionomer or resin
modified glass ionomer.

800.552.5512

10. Apply a thin layer of a resin-based
cement (PermaFlo™ DC resin) to theprosthesis and firmly seat in place.
Cure according to instructions.
Remove excess cement.

ETCH AND BOND
Ultradent™ Porcelain Repair Kit

STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE FOR PORCELAIN REPAIR

ETCH, SILANE, BOND RESIN,AND FLOWABLE COMPOSITE1

Note: This Quick Guide is meant only to provide an overview;
it is not a substitute for instructions provided with individual
products. Please carefully read instructions and warnings
delivered with products before using them.

• Includes all necessary pre-composite placement materials• Yields the highest porcelain-to-resin bond strengths2• Provides quick, easy repairs without mixing
Porcelain repair procedures are becoming more common. It isfinancially advantageous and less invasive to repair a chipped porcelain
restoration rather than replace it. The Ultradent Porcelain Repair Kit
contains all the products and tips needed for composite-to-porcelain,porcelain-to-metal, and porcelain-to-porcelain repairs.

Rated excellent by a prominent
independent research institute.3“Ultradent’s Porcelain Repair Kit gives us a good, dependable system for repairing bridges
and crowns that chip or break.”—DR. FRED WALDSCHMIDT – BOURBONNAIS, IL“Ultradent’s Porcelain Repair Kit is the only one that works. It includes all the necessary materials
and isn’t overpriced. All the products are quality.”—DR. LLOYD B. SCHWARTZ – TROY, NY“The Ultradent Porcelain Repair Kit actually works! I have made repairs, and patients haven’t
had to come back. With other kits I have tried, the patient ends up having to come back due
to refracturing.”—DR. FELICIA CHU – ELGIN, IL
REFRIGERATE

1108 - Ultradent Porcelain Repair Syringe Kit
1 x 1.2 ml (2.3 g) PermaFlo Dentin Opaquer syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (1.584 g) Ultra-Etch syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (1.34 g) OpalDam syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (1.24 g) Peak Universal Bond syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (1.33 g) Porcelain Etch syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (0.96 g) Ultradent Silane syringe
20 x Black Mini Brush tips
20 x Blue Micro tips
20 x Micro 20 ga tips
20 x Inspiral Brush tips

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Pameijer CH, Fischer D. Repairing fractured porcelain: how surface preparation affects
shear force resistance. J Amer Dent Assoc. 1996; 127(2):203-9. 3. Clinical Research Associates Newsletter, Volume
24, Issue 11, November 2000.

Place rubber dam if necessary, and/or cover surrounding teeth
and gingival tissue with OpalDam™ light-cured resin barrier
using a Black Mini™ tip. Light cure 10 seconds on Standard
Power mode with VALO™ curing light.
Roughen ceramic and/or metal surfaces to be repaired
using a microabrasion system with 50 µm aluminumoxide particles for at least 60 seconds. Alternatively(although less effective), use a diamond bur.

Option: Apply Porcelain Etch with an Inspiral™ Brush tip
onto the fractured porcelain surface.
Etch surface for 90 seconds; then suction off gel andcarefully rinse with water spray.

Option: Apply Ultra-Etch™ etchant for 5 seconds
to remove porcelain salts.

Rinse and thoroughly air dry fractured surface.

Apply Silane onto fractured porcelain surface with aBlack Mini™ Brush tip.
Let evaporate for 1 minute, and blow with agentle stream of air until completely dry.

Apply Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive withan Inspiral Brush tip onto fractured surfaces.
Air thin gently but thoroughly. DO NOT scrub.
Light cure Peak Universal Bond adhesive for 10 seconds
with a VALO LED curing light.

Cover exposed metal with a thin layer of PermaFlo™
Dentin Opaquer composite using a Micro 20 ga tip,then light cure with VALO™ curing light 10 seconds onStandard Power. If using other curing light,
cure according to manufacturer’s instructions.

Restore fracture by layering light-cured composite.
Finish and polish repaired area.

ultradent.com

75

ETCH AND BOND
Ultradent™ Porcelain Etch and Silane
90-Second Etch—60-Second Silane
1

Courtesy of Dr. Cornelis Pameijer.

“When I use Ultradent Porcelain Etch and Silane, my veneer cases bond securely, and thepatient can feel my confidence. At the end of the appointment, I can smile along with mypatient.” —DR. TERRY BRAUN – OCALA, FL

1. Diamond-cut porcelain surface.

2. Same porcelain following 90-second etchwith Ultradent Porcelain Etch.

Residual silica salts on porcelain, posthydrofluoric acid etching for 90 seconds
with Ultradent Porcelain Etch.

Use Ultra-Etch etchant for 5 seconds andrinse to clean residual debris, producing
a clean surface for bonding.

1. Porcelain Etch is delivered from Inspiral
Brush tip to prepared porcelain.

2. After removing porcelain salts with UltraEtch, Ultradent™ Silane is applied and dried,
followed by Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive.

Inspiral™ Brush Tip page 139

Black Mini™ Brush Tip page 138• Etch is easy to control and place• Yields highest porcelain-to-resin bond strengths2• Silane is a single component• Use on feldspathic and lithium disilicate (IPS e.max®*)
restorations
Ultradent Porcelain Etch is a viscous, buffered 9% hydrofluoric acid.
Silane is a single-component solution.
Porcelain Etch is designed for intraoral or extraoral porcelain etching.
Use it for in-office etching of indirect restorations, such as veneers,
inlays, etc. After porcelain etching, clean residual debris with
Ultra-Etch™ etchant for 5 seconds and rinse thoroughly; follow with
Silane application. Studies have demonstrated that Silane, whenused with Porcelain Etch and a quality bonding resin, yields the highest
bond strength to porcelain when compared with other porcelainbonding products.2

405 - Porcelain Etch Syringe Kit

2 x 1.2 ml (1.332 g) Porcelain Etch syringes
2 x 1.2 ml (0.96 g) Silane syringes
20 x Black Mini Brush tips
20 x Inspiral Brush tips

1. Etch ceramic bonding surface with
Porcelain Etch for 90 seconds, rinse, and dry.

2. Apply Ultra-Etch™ etchant for five seconds
to remove porcelain salts and debris formedby hydrofluoric acid etching.

406 - Porcelain Etch Syringe 2pk
1.2 ml (1.332 g) syringes

410 - Silane Syringe 2pk
1.2 ml (0.96 g) syringes

3. Apply a puddle coat of Silane to the insidesurface of the prosthesis for 60 seconds, dry,and set aside. Do not rinse. Prosthesis now
ready for luting/cementing.

76* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Pameijer CH, Louw NP, Fischer
D. Repairing fractured porcelain: how surface preparation affects shear force resistance. J Amer Dent Assoc.
1996;127(2):203-9.

800.552.5512

ETCH AND BOND
Ultra-Blend™ plus

LIGHT-CURED MATERIAL FOR PULP CAPPINGDENTIN LINER AND PROTECTIVE BASE
AL

WAYS

1

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

1. Small exposure - Use Ultra-Blend plus liner
near pulp (pink) and for small nonhyperemic
exposure. For larger exposure and/or
hyperemic pulp, endodontic therapy should
be considered.

2. Consepsis solution - Apply Consepsis™
antibacterial solution with plastic Blue Mini™
Dento-Infusor™ or Black Mini™ brush tip for
60 seconds. Do not scrub. Air dry.

3. MTAFlow cement - Optional: If the exposureis larger than a pinhole, apply MTAFlow™
cement onto and slightly around the pulp
exposure. Remove excess material with adry cotton pellet.

4. Ultra-Blend plus liner - With Black Micro™
tip, apply Ultra-Blend plus liner to dry dentin
for direct or indirect pulp caps and light
cure. Minimize dentin coverage to maximize
available dentin for bonding.

5. Ultra-Etch etchant - Apply Ultra-Etch™
35% phosphoric acid etchant solution for 15
seconds. Suction, rinse, and dry until damp.
NOTE: If desired, apply Consepsis solution
prior to bonding, then place again for 60
seconds. Dry until dentin is slightly moist
and proceed to the bonding agent.

6. Dentin Bonding/Peak Universal Bondadhesive - With the Inspiral™ Brush tip, apply
Peak™ Universal Bond adhesive, paint onto
enamel and scrub into dentin for 10 seconds.
Air thin at half pressure for 10 seconds andlight cure for 10 seconds with the VALO™
curing light on Standard Power mode.
Restore with a quality composite.

Black Micro™ Tip page 139
Black Mini™ Tip page 138• Bioactive2 liner and pulp-capping material• Superior calcium release3• Light curable• Controlled, precise syringe delivery• No mixing necessary• Will not dissolve over time
• Radiopaque• Highly filled• Use to cover MTAFlow cement for pulp capping
prior to restoration
Ultra-Blend plus liner is a light-activated, radiopaque material withcalcium hydroxide in a urethane dimethacrylate (UDMA) base. It’s
perfect for pulp capping and will not dissolve over time. Ultra-Blend
plus liner is highly filled for minimal shrinkage.

415 - Ultra-Blend plus Syringe Kit
2 x 1.2 ml (1.6 g) Dentin syringes
2 x 1.2 ml (1.68 g) Opaque White syringes
20 x Black Micro tips
20 x Black Mini tips

Ultra-Blend plus liner used for pulp capping.

“We have been using Ultra-Blend plus liner on a daily basis. I use it primarily in deeper
cavities as a liner and insulator. The syringe makes it easy to dispense the material, and it
hardens quickly with the curing light. It is reliable and has adequate adhesion. I think all of
Ultradent’s products are excellent.”—DR. TERRY BRAUN – OCALA, FL“Ultra-Blend plus liner, used with Black Micro tips, is the most efficient method for protecting
pulp.”—DR. SHELDON BORUCHOW – AUDUBON, PA“Ultra-Blend plus liner has been working well and is easy to use compared to other products.”—DR. SUZETTE NIKAS – CARMEL, IN“Ultra-Blend plus liner application is easy!”—DR. MIMI V. JOHNSON – BELLWOOD, IL

416 - Ultra-Blend plus Dentin Syringe 4pk
417 - Ultra-Blend plus Opaque White Syringe 4pk
1.2 ml syringes
1.2 ml (1.6 g) Dentin syringes, 1.2 ml (1.68 g) Opaque White

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Pameijer CH, Stanley HR. The disastrous effects of the” total etch” technique in vital pulp
capping in primates. Am J of Dent. 1998;11:45–54. 3. Data on file.

ultradent.com

77

ETCH AND BOND
Consepsis™
2% CHLORHEXIDINE ANTIBACTERIAL SOLUTION
1

Use Consepsis solution to disinfect canals
during endodontic procedures.
Blue Mini™ DI Tip page 133
Black Mini™ Brush Tip page 138

490 - Consepsis Syringe Kit• Reduces potential for postoperative sensitivity2• No bond strength compromise3,4• Syringe delivery makes placement easy

4 x 1.2 ml (1.116 g) syringes
20 x Blue Mini Dento-Infusor tips
20 x Black Mini Brush tips

Consepsis antibacterial solution is a 2.0% chlorhexidine gluconate
solution free of emollients that interfere with bond strength, unlike
chlorhexidine mouth rinses.
Minimize post-op and sensitivity by thoroughly cleaning the
preparation prior to sealing and restoring.2 Use prior to cementation,luting (provisional and/or permanent), and direct restorative
placement. Clean with near-neutral Consepsis solution prior topulp-capping.

404 - Consepsis IndiSpense Syringe Kit
1 x 30 ml (27.9 g) IndiSpense syringe
10 x Blue Mini Dento-Infusor tips
10 x Black Mini Brush tips
20 x 1.2 ml empty syringes

In vivo studies have shown that restorations not treated withchlorhexidine (CHX) exhibited a significant DECREASE in the structural
integrity of the collagen network and in bond strength (38% bondstrength degradation vs. no degradation in CHX-treated teeth).2,3
Use Consepsis antibacterial solution prior to dentin bonding agent
application to clean root surface with sensitive root ­treatment orwhen bonding.

491 - Consepsis Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.116 g) syringes

WHEN DO YOU USE
CONSEPSIS ANTIBACTERIAL SOLUTION?
SELF-ETCH - Etch and no rinse

TOTAL-ETCH - Etch and rinse

1. Peak SE Primer

1. Ultra-Etch etchant

Peak SE + Peak Universal Bond

Ultra-Etch + Peak Universal Bond687 - Consepsis IndiSpense Syringe 1pk
Consepsis solution - RECOMMENDED

Consepsis solution - RECOMMENDED

2. Peak Universal Bond adhesive

2. Peak Universal Bond adhesive78

30 ml (27.9 g) syringe

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Al-Omari WM, Al-Omari QD, Omar R. Effect of cavity disinfection on postoperative
sensitivity associated with amalgam restorations. Oper Dent. 2006 ;31(2):165–70. doi: 10.2341/05-8.
PMID:16827017 3. Carrilho MR, Geraldeli S, Tay F, et al. In vivo preservation of the hybrid layer by chlorhexidine.
J Dent Res. 2007;86(6):529–533. 4. Hebling J, Pashley DH, Tjäderhane L, Tay FR. Chlorhexidine arrests subclinicaldegradation of dentin hybrid layers in vivo. J Dent Res. 2005;84(8):741–746.

800.552.5512

FINISHA R I A N A A L S H I M M A R Y - Bonneville Salt Flats

Jiffy One Single-Use Polishers
Jiffy Spin
Jiffy Original Composite
Jiffy Natural Composite
Jiffy Natural Universal Ceramic
Jiffy Universal Ceramic
Ultradent Diamond Polish Mint
Jiffy Goat Hair Brush

Jiffy Composite Polishing
Brushes
Jiffy Diamond Strips
Jiffy Proximal Saw
DeOxPermaSeal
PrimaDry

79

FINISH
Jiffy™ One

For a one-step polish, start with Medium.
Need more luster? Use the Fine.

SINGLE-USE POLISHERS

Maximum two-step system for quick and easy polishing.
The Jiffy One single-use polishing system delivers
a beautiful, natural shine while saving you time.

Medium• No need to re-process the polishers• Get the luster you and your patients expect with speciallyformulated diamond grit
• No chance of cross-contamination• No need to worry about accidentally throwing out
multi-use polishers

Fine

Jiffy One Cups, Disks, Points 20pk
SIMPLE, STRAIGHTFORWARD, AND SAFE

Cups 20pk
7024
7025

MediumFine

Polish.

Disks 20pk
7026
7027

Points 20pk
7028
7029

Toss in the bin.

4

2

2

4

2

2

7030 - Jiffy One Single Use Polisher Trial Kit
4 x Medium Yellow cups, 2 x Medium Yellow disks, 2 x Medium Yellow points
4 x Fine White cups, 2 x Fine White disks, 2 x Fine White points
Quick. Easy. Beautiful.

80

800.552.5512

FINISHnew

Jiffy™ Spin
SHAPING AND FINISHING DISKS

5570 - Jiffy Spin
10 mm Shaping & Finishing Disk Kit
2 x Mandrels, 50 x Extra-Coarse Disks, 50 x Coarse Disks,
50 x Medium Disks, 50 x Fine Disks

5571 - Jiffy Spin
14 mm Shaping & Finishing Disk Kit
2 x Mandrels, 50 x Extra-Coarse Disks, 50 x Coarse Disks,
50 x Medium Disks, 50 x Fine Disks

5581 - Jiffy Spin Mandrel 10pk
• Ultra-thin disks are perfect for interproximal finishingand shaping• Every component of the Jiffy system will assist clinicians inproviding the esthetic restoration patients want
• Aluminum-oxide-coated disks range from coarse to fine forsmoothing and polishing• Extra-coarse diamond grit for rapid shaping and gross removal• Suitable for use on composite and ceramic materials• This new addition to the Jiffy family of products will be sure
to bring the pristine finish patients love

The Jiffy Spin shaping and finishing disk system is a high-quality
solution to shape and finish restorations, at a smart price, rapidly andefficiently. Clinicians love the finished results of any set in the Jiffy
product line; but if you’d like a faster polish in your repertoire, this is
the one to pick out of the lineup.

Jiffy Spin Shaping & Finishing Disks 75pk

75pk Extra-Coarse
10 mm
5582

Coarse5572

Medium
5573

Fine
5574

75pk Extra-Coarse
14 mm
5583

Coarse5576

Medium
5578

Fine
5579

ultradent.com

81

FINISH
Jiffy™

INTRAORAL SHAPING
Recommended speed: 3,000–8,000 RPM

ORIGINAL COMPOSITE SYSTEM

1

Jiffy Coarse Green cup shapes cusps,
labial/buccal, and cervical surfaces.

Jiffy Coarse Green disk shapes labial/buccal
surfaces.

Use Jiffy Coarse Green point to shapeocclusal and labial/buccal surfaces.

• Unique disk shape gives you leverage on working surfaces• Polishing cups feature a flared, flexible thin-wall designideal for polishing near the gingiva• Available with or without autoclavable aluminum blocks*• Not made with natural rubber latex• Autoclavable

CoarseMediumFine

Gross to Fine Shaping

Use the green (coarse), yellow (medium), and then
the white (fine) Jiffy polishers for quick shaping ofcomposites with overbuilds and slight irregularities.

INTRAORAL POLISHING
Recommended speed: 3,000–8,000 RPM

Use Jiffy Medium Yellow cup to polishmargins and labial/buccal surfaces.

Jiffy Medium Yellow disk polishes labial/
buccal surfaces.

High Shine Polish
Ultrafine

Use the blue (ultrafine) Jiffy HiShine system as
an additional polishing step to provide an extra
smooth and highly polished finish.
Jiffy Medium Yellow point polishes occlusal
and labial/buccal surfaces.

Final Finish Option

The unique Jiffy™ Goat Hair Brush used with
Ultradent™ Diamond Polish Mint gives a final
esthetic finish to composite or ceramic restorations.

82“Jiffy Polishers provide a great finish to my composite restoration in a time-efficient manner.”—DR. MARK KOENEN – DANVILLE, CA

800.552.5512

FINISHINTRAORAL POLISHING CONT.
Recommended speed: 3,000–8,000 RPM

4254 - Jiffy Composite Adjusting & Polishing Kit
3 x Each cups, disks, and points(1 coarse, 1 medium, 1 fine)2 x Jiffy brushes (1 regular, 1 pointed)

Jiffy Fine White cup creates final polish on
cusp, labial/buccal, and cervical areas.

Jiffy Fine White disk creates final polish on
labial/buccal surfaces.

7010 - Jiffy Composite Polishing Variety Pack
6 x Cups (2 coarse, 2 medium, 2 fine)3 x Disks (1 coarse, 1 medium, 1 fine)
9 x Points (3 coarse, 3 medium, 3 fine)

Jiffy Fine White point creates final polish on
occlusal and labial/buccal surfaces.

850 - Jiffy Regular Brush 10pk
1009 - Jiffy Pointed Brush 10pk

INTRAORAL FINAL POLISHING
Recommended speed: 3,000–8,000 RPM

Jiffy Cups, Disks, Points 12pk
Use Jiffy Ultrafine Blue HiShine cup as anadditional step to create an extra smooth andhighly polished finish on cusp, labial/buccal,
and cervical areas.

Use Jiffy Ultrafine Blue HiShine disk as anadditional step to create an extra smoothand highly polished finish on labial/buccal
surfaces.

CoarseMediumFine

Cups 12pk
7011
7012
7013

Disks 12pk
7015
7016
7017

Points 12pk
7019
7020
7021

Jiffy HiShine Cups, Disks, Points 10pk

Use Jiffy Ultrafine Blue HiShine point as anadditional step to create an extra smoothand highly polished finish on occlusal andlabial/buccal surfaces.

HiShineCups 10pk
7014

Disks 10pk
7018

Points 10pk
7022

* Ultradent recommends the use of an aluminum block when autoclaving to prevent warping and deformation.
1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

83

FINISH
Jiffy™ Natural
COMPOSITE POLISHING SYSTEM

1

6304-1 - Jiffy Natural Composite Polishing Kit
1 x Jiffy Medium spiral polisher
1 x Jiffy Fine spiral polisher
1 x Jiffy Medium twirl polisher
1 x Jiffy Fine twirl polisher

6089-1 - Jiffy Natural RA Medium
14 mm Spiral Polishing Wheel 3pk• Easily re-creates the luster of natural enamel• Specially formulated Ultradent diamond grit gives a beautiful
finish on any composite material• Ideal for finishing Ultradent’s Mosaic™ universal composite• Available with or without autoclavable aluminum blocks*

6090-1 - Jiffy Natural RA Fine
14 mm Spiral Polishing Wheel 3pk

The Jiffy Natural composite finishing and polishing system consistsof malleable spiral-shaped wheels that are designed to easily
conform to all tooth surfaces, and a twirl shaped polisher that is
ideal for occlusal surfaces.

Note: Do not use Jiffy Natural Universal polishing wheels to polishthe labial surface near the gingival line. This can tear the gingiva.

Recommended speed: 5,000–8,000 RPM

Jiffy Natural Medium Yellow wheels polish all areas except near the gingiva, where a Jiffy
Medium cup should be used.

Recommended speed: 5,000–8,000 RPM

6305-1 - Jiffy Natural Occlusal Twirl Medium 3pk
6306-1 - Jiffy Natural Occlusal Twirl Fine 3pk

Use Jiffy Fine White Natural wheels to create final polish on all areas except near the gingiva,
where a Jiffy Fine White Polishing cup should be used.

84* Ultradent recommends the use of an aluminum block when autoclaving to prevent warping and deformation.
1. realityesthetics.com.

800.552.5512

FINISH

Courtesy of Dr. Richard Tuttle.

Jiffy™ Natural
UNIVERSAL CERAMIC POLISHING SYSTEM

Beautiful, smooth finish achieved on fully contoured
zirconia crown in a few minutes’ time using the Jiffy
Universal Ceramic Adjusting and Polishing System andthe Jiffy Natural Universal Ceramic Polishing System.

• Naturally adapts to any tooth surface, including occlusal anatomy• Specially formulated Ultradent diamond grit allows for efficient
polishing on any ceramic material, including zirconia• Can be used to refresh older prosthetic cases• Optimal two-step polishing sequence• Available with or without autoclavable aluminum blocks*
The Jiffy Natural Universal ceramic system consists of malleable
spiral-shaped wheels that are designed to easily conform to toothanatomy. Their pliable finger-like extensions easily reach where cups
and points can’t, and soften super high-gloss finishes for a natural
enamel-like result. They are designed to be used in conjunction with
the Jiffy Universal ceramic adjusting and polishing system to easily
achieve a natural, high-quality finish on all ceramic restorations. The
diamond-impregnated wheels are available in extraoral and intraoral
in both medium and fine grits. The efficient two-step process allows
you to easily achieve the most natural finish on any ceramic material
including zirconia, lithium disilicate, and porcelain.

Note: Do not use Jiffy Natural Universal polishing wheels to polishthe labial surface near the gingival line. This can tear the gingiva.

6081-1 - Jiffy Natural Universal Extraoral Polishing Kit
1 x Jiffy HP Medium Natural Universal 26 mm wheel
1 x Jiffy HP Fine Natural Universal 26 mm wheel

6085-1 - Jiffy Natural HP Medium
26 mm Spiral Polishing Wheel 1pk
6086-1 - Jiffy Natural HP Fine
26 mm Spiral Polishing Wheel 1pk

EXTRAORAL POLISHING
Recommended speed: 7,000–10,000 RPM

6080-1 - Jiffy Natural Universal Intraoral Polishing Kit
2 x Jiffy RA Medium Natural Universal 14 mm wheels
2 x Jiffy RA Fine Natural Universal 14 mm wheels

Use Jiffy Natural Universal HP Medium
26 mm wheel to pre-polish.

Use Jiffy Natural Universal HP Fine 26 mm
wheel to create final polish.

6082-1 - Jiffy Natural RA
Variety 14 mm Spiral Polishing Wheel 6pk

INTRAORAL POLISHING
Recommended speed: 5,000–8,000 RPM

6083-1 - Jiffy Natural RA Medium
14 mm Spiral Polishing Wheel 3pk

Use Jiffy Natural Universal RA Medium 14 mm
wheel to pre-polish all areas except near thegingiva, where a Jiffy RA Medium Universal
cup should be used.

Use Jiffy Natural Universal RA Fine 14 mm
wheel to create final polish on all areas
except near the gingiva, where a Jiffy Fine
Universal cup should be used.

6084-1 - Jiffy Natural RA Fine
14 mm Spiral Polishing Wheel 3pk* Ultradent recommends the use of an aluminum block when autoclaving to prevent warping and deformation.

ultradent.com

85

FINISH
Jiffy™

EXTRAORAL ADJUSTING• Use light hand pressure• Coarse diamond instruments and traditional abrasive stones
can generate high heat, causing microfractures,
and are not recommended

UNIVERSAL CERAMIC
ADJUSTING AND POLISHING SYSTEM
1

Recommended speed: 8,000–12,000 RPM

Jiffy Universal Coarse Green grinders arerecommended for grinding down sprues
and gross adjustment.

• Universal application on all ceramic materials eliminates
the need for multiple adjusters and polishers, saving you
time and money• Specially formulated Ultradent diamond grit provides optimalsmoothness and outstanding polishing results while still being
gentle on any ceramic material including zirconia• Multi-grit diamond particles allow for effective adjustmentof ceramics for a truly smooth and high-gloss finish1• Optimized two-step adjusting and polishing sequence• Maximum diamond retention ensures a long service life
• Autoclavable aluminum block extends the life of the system

CoarseMediumMediumFine

RA Medium PointRA Medium Cup
RA Fine Wheel

Jiffy Universal Medium Yellow grinders
are designed for adjustments of lithium
disilicate, zirconia, and feldspathic porcelain.

EXTRAORAL POLISHING• Use light hand pressure• Reduce speed with each step to achieve an ultra-smooth surface
Recommended speed: 7,000–10,000 RPM

1.Use Jiffy HP Medium Universal wheel topre-polish.

2. Use Jiffy HP Fine Universal wheel to create
final polish.

Extraoral Kit for
Gross Adjustments and Polishing

Use the green (coarse) and yellow (medium) Jiffy
grinders and tapers for adjusting of ceramics.
The orange Universal wheels and Naturalwheels are used to polish.

INTRAORAL POLISHING
Intraoral Kit for
Minor Adjustments and Polishing• Use light hand pressure• Reduce speed with each step to achieve an ultra-smooth surface

Use the dark orange medium points, cups, andNatural wheels to pre-polish followed by the lightorange for a final polish.

Recommended speed: 5,000–7,000 RPM

Final Finish Option

The unique Jiffy™ Goat Hair Brush used with
Ultradent™ Diamond Polish Mint gives a final
esthetic finish to ceramic restorations.
1. Data on file.

86

1. Use Jiffy Universal RA Medium point andcup to pre-polish.

800.552.5512

2. Use Jiffy Universal RA Fine point and cup
to create final polish.

FINISH
SURFACE ROUGHNESS (µin) 2

4018-1 - Jiffy Universal Extraoral Adjusting & Polishing Kit
2 x Jiffy HP Grinder Wheels (1 coarse, 1 medium)2 x Jiffy HP Grinder Tapers (1 coarse, 1 medium)2 x Jiffy HP Universal Wheels (1 medium, 1 fine)

ZIRCONIA
Control

8.63

Jiffy Universal

4.65

™

Competitor 1

6.88

Competitor 2

5.21

0

2

4

6

8

4238-1 - Jiffy HP Coarse Polishing Grinder Wheel 1pk
4241-1 - Jiffy HP Medium Polishing Grinder Wheel 1pk

104239-1 - Jiffy HP Coarse Polishing Grinder Taper 1pk
4242-1- Jiffy HP Medium Polishing Grinder Taper 1pk

IPS E.MAX ®*Control

20.14

Jiffy Universal

5.69

™

Competitor 1

6.75

Competitor 2

5.81

0

4

8

12

16

4236-1 - Jiffy HP Medium Polishing Wheel 1pk
4237-1 - Jiffy HP Fine Polishing Wheel 1pk

20

FELDSPATHIC PORCELAIN
Control

93.54

Jiffy Universal

37.99

™

Competitor 1

45.22

Competitor 2

44.10

0

20

40

60

4019-1 - Jiffy Universal Intraoral Adjusting & Polishing Kit
2 x Jiffy RA Universal Points (1 Medium, 1 Fine)
2 x Jiffy RA Universal Cups (1 Medium, 1 Fine)
2 x Jiffy Natural Spiral Polishing Wheels (1 Medium, 1 Fine)

80 1004108-1 - Jiffy RA Medium Polishing Point 5pk
4109-1 - Jiffy RA Fine Polishing Point 5pk“These are by far the quickest and best polishing kits I have ever used. The polish on zirconia
is incredible. I have never seen a better, more glass-like appearance on zirconia than I havewith the Jiffy Universal System.”—DR. ERIC HOLLANDER DDS - AUSTIN, TX“These polishing kits give a very nice sheen and are better than any others I’ve used.”—DR. WILLIAM J. DUNBAR DDS - GLENCLOE, MN

4234-1 - Jiffy RA Medium Polishing Cup 5pk
4235-1 - Jiffy RA Fine Polishing Cup 5pk* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file.

ultradent.com

87

FINISH
Ultradent™ Diamond Polish Mint

Jiffy™ Composite Polishing Brushes
REGULAR AND POINTED

1

1Black Mini™ Tip page 138• High-grade white microcrystalline diamond particles• Unsurpassed esthetic polish• Ideal for porcelain or composite restorations

Each bristle is a polishing instrument.
Special fibers are impregnated withabrasive silicon carbide particles.

Use Ultradent Diamond
Polish Mint with Jiffy Goat
Hair Brushes.

Easily recognizable by their golden shafts.

• Each bristle contains thousands of silicon carbide
polishing particles• Access and polish occlusal fissures of composites or ceramics• For composite polishing, “whip” bristles with firm pressureand high RPM in a slow-speed handpiece
5540 - Diamond Polish Mint Syringe 0.5 µm 2pk
5541 - Diamond Polish Mint Syringe 1 µm 2pk
1.2 ml (1.404 g) syringes

Recommended speed: 1,000–3,000 RPM

Jiffy™ Goat Hair Brush• Constructed of fine goat hairs• Use moderate/firm pressure andhigh RPM in slow-speed handpiece
Use Jiffy Composite Brushes to create a final finish on all surfaces.
For best results, apply pressure during polishing.

Recommended speed: 10,000 RPM

Jiffy Goat Hair Brush is used with UltradentDiamond Polish for a final esthetic finish oncomposite or ceramic restorations.

“The Jiffy brushes are versatile, durable, and dependable.”—DR. ANTHONY J. LUPINETTI – YORK, PA

850 - Jiffy Regular Brush 10pk
1009 - Jiffy Pointed Brush 10pk

1029 - Jiffy Goat Hair Brush 10pk

1. realityesthetics.com.

88

1. realityesthetics.com.

800.552.5512

FINISH
Jiffy™ Proximal Saw

Jiffy™ Diamond Strips

The Jiffy Proximal Saw is a very thin stainless steel strip with serrations
on one edge. It may be sterilized by autoclave or dry heat.

These finishing strips are flexible, durable, thin, and more aggressive
than aluminum oxide strips. The perforated design enhances visibility
for more precise contouring. Available in two widths, wide and narrow.

4680 - Jiffy Proximal Saw Stainless Steel 10pk
10 x Stainless Steel Ribbon Saw

DeOx™
VISCOUS OXYGEN BARRIER SOLUTION
14670 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated
Narrow Assorted 15pk
4674 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated
Wide Assorted 15pk

Black Mini™ Tip page 138

5 x Each Stainless Steel electroplated diamond strips(5 Medium, 5 Fine, and 5 Xfine)• Prevents oxygen-inhibited layer formation• Provides easy delivery
DeOx barrier solution is a viscous, glycerine-based gel designed toprevent formation of an oxygen-inhibited layer on the surface of resinmaterials when they are polymerized.

4671 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated Narrow Medium 10pk
4683 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated Wide Medium 10pk
10 x Stainless Steel electroplated diamond strips

Veneer containing luting resin is placed.
Before curing, excess resin is removed frommargin. DeOx barrier solution is coated overmargins as shown here.
Result: No oxygen inhibition on margin ofluting resin surface upon polymerization;
no ditching at margin.

4672 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated Narrow Fine 10pk
4676 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated Wide Fine 10pk
10 x Stainless Steel electroplated diamond strips

238 - DeOx Syringe 4pk

4673 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated Narrow Xfine 10pk
4677 - Jiffy Diamond Strips Perforated Wide Xfine 10pk

1.2 ml (1.513 g) syringes

10 x Stainless Steel electroplated diamond strips

1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

89

FINISH
PermaSeal™
PENETRATING COMPOSITE SEALER
Smooth the provisional surface. Etch for 5
seconds, apply PermaSeal sealer onto
surfaces, gently air thin, coat with DeOx
oxygen barrier, and light cure for 10 seconds.

1“Hands down, your composite sealer makes the composite look finished, gives it a glossy
look, and ‘fills’ the microscopic pits. It makes or breaks my composites! I can’t live without it!”—DR. RICHARD J. HAULEY – SALT LAKE CITY, UTBlack Micro™ FX™ Tip page 138• Bonds to composite and etched enamel• Seals microcracks• Protects and revitalizes composite restorations
PermaSeal composite sealer is a light-cured, methacrylate-based,
unfilled resin. Its low viscosity allows excellent penetration, and theultrathin layer minimizes the need for occlusal adjustment.
PermaSeal composite sealer seals voids and irregularities createdduring the polishing process, minimizing staining and wear. Place onClass V composite margins to reduce microleakage.2 For the final glazetype finish of resin provisionals, cover PermaSeal sealer with DeOx™
barrier solution prior to light curing. PermaSeal sealer bonds well tocomposite-type provisional restorations such as ExperTemp™ materialand can be used to revitalize old composites as well.

631 - PermaSeal Syringe Kit
4 x 1.2 ml (1.3 g) syringes
10 x Black Micro FX tips

Note: PrimaDry drying agent is great in conjunction with air drying justprior to PermaSeal composite sealer placement.
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Dunn JR, Dole P, Fullerton B, Hennesy C. Microleakage of Class V composite restorations
using a composite surface sealant. Biomaterials Research Center, Loma Linda University School of Dentistry. May 1996.
Data on file.

NEW RESTORATIONS

PrimaDry™
DRYING AGENT

Before: Interproximal spaces and slightrotations to be corrected with Peak™
Universal Bond adhesive and composite.

After restoring and polishing, etch 5 seconds
and apply PermaSeal composite sealer toseal composite and create a glossy finish.
Air thin and light cure for 10 seconds.

PrimaDry drying agent contains 99% organic solvents and 1% primer
and is optimal for pit and fissure drying and preparation. It rapidly
volatilizes moisture content of pits and fissures. The ultrafine
primer film allows UltraSeal XT™ plus sealant to flow perfectly into
every pit and fissure. Do not use on dentin.

EXISTING RESTORATIONS

Clean surfaces and margins to be sealed
thoroughly with Consepsis™ Scrub slurry, amicro etcher, or freshen with a bur and rinse
thoroughly. Etch the enamel immediately
adjacent to the restoration and all accessible
composite surfaces for 15 seconds. If theenamel is not prepared as described above,etch for 30 seconds.

90Black Micro FX™ Tip page 138

Four-year-old bonded composite following
PermaSeal composite sealer treatment.

716 - PrimaDry Syringe 4pk
717 - PrimaDry Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (0.952 g) syringes

800.552.5512

IMPRESSIONSA D R I A N A S A N C H E Z - East Fork Overlook

Thermo Clone VPS
Thermo Clone Bite Registration
Thermo Clone Clear Bite Registration
Thermo Clone Alginate Alternative
BFC3
Chromaclone Alginate
Chromaclone PVS

91

IMPRESSIONS
Thermo Clone™ VPS

THERMO CLONE HEAVY BODY FAST SET MATERIAL2VINYL POLYSILOXANE IMPRESSION MATERIALTAKE A GREAT IMPRESSION THE FIRST TIME
1

1. There is no minimum working time; Thermo-Accelerated Set
ensures that the material begins to set as soon as it is placed in
the patient’s mouth.
2. In these examples, with 30 second and 60 second working times,
Thermo Clone material was out of the critical zone and fully set at 2:45
mins and 3:15 mins respectively.
The Thermal-Accelerated Set provided by Thermo Clone material gives
you a long working time if desired and a short setting time, hence
minimal time in the critical zone.
Note: The Critical Zone denotes the time between when thematerial starts to set intraorally and when it is completely set.
This is when distortions most often occur, resulting in extra lab work,
poorly fitting restorations, and costly retakes.

• Thermal-Accelerated Set ensures a long working timeand short intraoral setting time
• Increased hydrophilicity reliably captures margins• Highly thixotropic material flows into all gaps for
maximum detail• High tear strength with superb elastic recovery• Bubble Gum scent
Thermo Clone impression material is heat-sensitive. This means that as
the temperature of the material increases, the setting time decreases.
We call this a Thermal-Accelerated Set.
At room temperature, Thermo Clone fast set material stays unset,
with a working time of up to 1:00. Once the tray is placed in thepatient’s mouth, the material rapidly begins to set due to the increased
temperature. This accelerated setting time means there’s less chanceof distortion. See graph in the next column for a comparison of setting
times for Thermo Clone heavy body fast set material.
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file.

92

SET TIMESSET SPEEDWORKING TIMESET TIMETOTAL TIME

SUPER LIGHT
BODY

FAST

1:00 min1:15 mins

2:15 mins

LIGHT
BODY

REGULAR
FAST

2:15 mins
1:00 min2:15 mins
1:15 mins

4:30 mins
2:15 mins

MEDIUM
BODY

REGULAR
FAST

2:15 mins
1:00 min2:30 mins
2:15 mins

4:45 mins
3:15 mins

HEAVY
BODY

REGULAR
FAST

2:15 mins
1:00 min2:30 mins
2:15 mins

4:45 mins
3:15 mins

PUTTY

FAST

2:00 mins

2:00 mins

4:00 mins

BITE
REGISTRATION

FAST

0:15 min

0:55 min1:10 mins

CLEAR BITEREGISTRATION

FAST

0:15 min

0:45 min

1:00 minNote: Vinyl Polysiloxane (VPS) and Polyvinyl Siloxane (PVS) are one andthe same. VPS and PVS can be used interchangeably. They are also an“addition silicone” which contains a platinum catalyst.

800.552.5512

Ask about our mix and match
bulk discount pricing on
Thermo Clone VPS
50 ml and 380 ml Cartridges!

IMPRESSIONS

Thermo Clone™ VPS
50 ml Cartridges
50 ml
Super Light
Light

Regular 2pk—
4057

2 x 50 ml cartridges
12 x Each Mixing/IntraOral tips

50 ml
Medium
Heavy

50 ml
Light

Regular 2pk
4058
4059

2 x 50 ml cartridges
6 x Mixing tips

Thermo Clone™ Bite Registration
BITE REGISTRATION MATERIAL

Fast 2pk
4060
4065• Intraoral setting time of 55 seconds• Captures exact detail of patient’s occlusal relationship• Shore A Hardness of 85• Bubble Gum scent
Thermo Clone Bite Registration material
makes a quick, accurate impression for an
exact bite registration.

Fast 2pk
4066
4067

4072 - Bite Registration 50 ml 2pk
2 x 50 ml cartridges
12 x Mixing tips

Fast 10pk
4076

Thermo Clone™ Clear Bite Registration

10 x 50 ml cartridges
48 x Each Mixing/IntraOral tips

50 ml
Heavy

BITE REGISTRATION MATERIAL• Intraoral setting time of 45 seconds• Transparent to improve visibility, accuracy, and ease of use• Shore A Hardness of 62• An ideal match to ExperTemp™ temporary crown and bridgematerial when used as a provisional template

Fast 10pk
4077

10 x 50 ml cartridges
30 x Mixing tips

The increased accuracy of Thermo Clone Clear
Bite Registration material when used as aprovisional template makes for temporaries
that look and fit more like finished crowns
and bridges, increasing patient satisfaction.

Thermo Clone™ VPS
380 ml Jumbo Cartridges

4079 - Clear Bite Registration 50 ml 2pk

Remove cap.

Attach Dynamic Mixing tip.

380 mlMediumHeavy

Regular 1pk
4068
4069

1 x 380 ml cartridges
10 x Dynamic Mixing tips

Load mixing machine.

Fast 1pk
4070
4071

4075 - Dynamic Mixing Tip - 50 pk

4073 - Thermo Clone VPS Putty Kit

1 x Each 200 ml base and 200 ml catalyst and 2 x Scoops√

outultradent.com

2 x 50 ml cartridges
6 x Mixing tips

J-Temp™
LIGHT-CUREDTEMPORARY RESIN

new

Can be used for splinting between
multiple implant copings for
impressions to resist impression
material distortion. See page 33.

93

IMPRESSIONS

new

Thermo Clone™ VPS
Alginate Alternative

THERMO CLONE ALGINATE ALTERNATIVE

IMPRESSION MATERIALvs.

USE FOR:• Anatomical models• Opposing dentition models• Preliminary impressions• Fabricating temporary crowns and bridges• Fabricating simple removable prosthetic restorations• Producing models for whitening trays, bite trays,and surgical guides• Fabrication of removable retainers and splints• Orthodontic work
• Case study models

ALGINATE COMPETITORS
Note the excellent dimensional stability of Thermo Clone Alginate
Alternative 24 hours after the impression was taken. It can be poured
immediately or even weeks later if needed.
Impressions taken with Typodont model.

50 ml
MediumThermo Clone Alginate Alternative material flows without slumping
and provides great workability. It releases easily from undercuts
while capturing clear margins and precise details. You can repour the
impression and create multiple models if needed, saving you time andmoney. All with a pleasant Bubble Gum scent keeping patients happy
during the process!

10 x 50 ml cartridges, 30 x Mixing tips

Delivering exceptional dimensional stability at a low price, Thermo
Clone Alginate Alternative provides analog impression solutions
when digital impressions are not the best option. In addition,
the scannable material makes it easy to capture digital images without
using a powder or contrasting agent.

94

10pk
4328

2 x 50 ml cartridges, 6 x Mixing tips

Ease of preparation gives a big advantage over alginate. No powder,
mess, or measuring. Anyone in the office can use it, as it goes straightfrom cartridge to impression tray. There’s less waste and material canbe disinfected to prevent cross-contamination.

A Thermal-Accelerated Set means
curing begins as soon as it is placedin the patient’s mouth—leading toless distortion and imperfections.

2pk
4327

380 mlMedium1pk
4329

1 x 380 ml cartridge
10 x Dynamic Mixing tips

THERMO CLONE
Alginate Alternative

MIXINGRATIO

WORKINGTIME

INTRAORALSETTINGTIMETOTALSETTINGTIME

HARDNESS
SHORE

50 ml
Cartridge

1:1

1:15 mins

1:15 mins

2:30 mins

A43

380 mlCartridge

5:1

1:30 mins

1:30 mins

3:00 mins

A45

800.552.5512

IMPRESSIONSHYDROPHILICFOR IMPRESSION TAKING
An astringent is a substance that eliminates permeability of epithelium
to tissue fluid flow. The result is a dry field, an important tissue
management solution. An ideal impression for successful crowns andbridges must accurately capture the preparation margins. This can beensured only through reliable hemostasis and gingival displacement.
HEMOSTASIS

1. Subgingival preparation with bleeding.

2. Scrub Astringedent™ X hemostatic firmly
against bleeding sulcus with Metal DentoInfusor™ tip.

CLEANING/TESTINGDISPLACEMENT

Hydrophilicity is evaluated based on contact angle, which measures
how flat a drop of water spreads over the material. Thermo Clone
material is among the industry leaders in hydrophilicity.

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

BLEEDING

Hydrophilicity ensures precision in your impressions by displacing
moisture on all tooth surfaces to capture exact details of teeth.

Initial water contact.

After 30 seconds.

THIXOTROPIC
Thixotropic materials become more fluid as they are agitated—like
when they are applied to a crown preparation—and thicken when they
are in place. This means that when Thermo Clone material is placed,the material flows into the sulcus and the spaces between teeth. This
ensures a detailed impression and clear margins.

3. Firm air/water spray removes residual
coagulum and tests tissue for quality,
profound hemostasis.

DRYING/TESTING

4. Soak Ultrapak™ knitted cord in ViscoStat™
hemostatic, pack, and leave for 5 minutes.

TAKE IMPRESSION

Thermo Clone™ VPS Accessories
5. Remove Ultrapak knitted cord, follow witha firm air/water spray and dry.

6. Express Thermo Clone VPS impression
material.

5100 - Dispensing Gun 1pk

RESULT

4074 - Tray Adhesive 10 ml Bottle 1pk

7. Predictable quality impressions.

ultradent.com

95

IMPRESSIONS

new

BFC3™

Try out the BFC3 gun and auto-dispense
impression materials chairside. You won’t beconstrained by power cords or heavy tabletop
automated dispensers. Dispense and prepare
impressions conveniently and efficiently.

POWERED IMPRESSION GUN

5565 - BFC3 Impression Material Gun Kit
1 x Ultradent BFC3 Powered Impression Gun
1 x Countertop Stand1 x 50 ml/25 ml Plunger
1 x 75 ml Plunger
1 x Battery Charger

Better Faster Comfort, Control, Compatibility—The BFC3
The Ultradent BFC3 impression gun makes easy work of impression
taking. Our BFC3 gun is the first cordless, handheld, motorized
impression gun that dispenses standard 25 ml, 50 ml, and 75 ml
1:1 or 2:1 automix cartridges.
COMFORT
Dispense automix material with a press of a button! It can fill a full-archtray with heavy-body material in less than 10 seconds. No longer will
you need to repeatedly squeeze a large spring-loaded trigger to express
impression material into a tray.

5568 - BFC3 Replacement Plunger Set
1 x 50 ml/25 ml Plunger
1 x 75 ml Plunger

CONTROLAn anti-drip feature momentarily reverses the plunger when thedispensing trigger is released. Added to that is an auto-stop feature
with overload protection when a cartridge has been emptied.
The adjustable flow rate on the BFC3 gun optimizes the expressionof various impression material bodies.
COMPATIBILITY
Use your existing products, and don’t worry about buying any special
cartridges. This gun is convenient and compatible with the system you
have in place at your office.
• Ergonomic design similar to automix guns
• Includes convenient countertop stand for easy storage
and access• 1-year warranty• On a fully charged battery, the Ultradent BFC3 Powered
Impression Gun can dispense about 60 full 50 ml heavy body
VPS cartridges• Low battery indicator light• Ultradent BFC3 Powered Impression Gun will dispense up to 10
full cartridges after the low battery LED illuminates• Battery charger features full-charge indicator LED andovercharge protection circuitry• Ultradent BFC3 battery is rated for 500 recharges(about 30,000 cartridges) before a replacement will be needed

965569 - BFC3 Replacement Battery Charger 1pk

Product Specifications
BATTERY:

Rechargeable 11.1V lithium-ion

BATTERY CHARGER:

12.6V/500mA with LED indicator

CHARGING TIME:

2 1/2 hours (full charge)

FLOW RATE:

Adjustable from 0.6 to 1.7ml/sec.

DEVICE DIMENSIONS:

4”W x 4”D x 7”H (overall)

DEVICE WEIGHT:

28.1 oz. (without cartridge)

800.552.5512

√

IMPRESSIONS
5-DAY STABILITY FOR IMPRESSIONS

new

out

Chromaclone™
ALGINATE

J-Temp™

1

LIGHT-CUREDTEMPORARY RESIN• Dimensionally stable up to five days
• Great Bubble Gum flavor• Dust-free mixing• Silicone-like consistency• Highly accurate• Fast Set changes color• Extra Fast Set is ideal for sensitive patients• Great for gaggers

SPLINTING BETWEEN MULTIPLE IMPLANT
COPINGS FOR IMPRESSIONS TO RESISTIMPRESSION MATERIAL DISTORTION

In your busy dental office, every second counts. Every extra minute you
save lets you breathe a little easier. With Chromaclone alginate you’ll
get more than a few extra minutes—you’ll get a few extra days. That’s
because the formulation offers a full five days for you to pour yourimpressions, not just the few hours you’re used to.*
1. Secure floss between implant copings.

2. Place J-Temp temporary resin in
2–3 mm increments.

And as always, Chromaclone 5-day alginate offers the same dust-freeformula and reliable set times you depend on. The Fast Set time (53seconds) features a convenient color-changing formula, while the Extra
Fast Set time (45 seconds) is ideal for both young and sensitive patients.
Both formulas are available in a pleasant Bubble Gum flavor.
*NOTE: Wrap the impression with a damp paper towel andstore in a sealed plastic bag at room temperature (23°C/73°F)
to ensure dimensional stability for up to five days.

3. Alternate sides, working towards the
middle4. Light cure between each increment

KIT

REFILL
5-DAY FAST SET

REFILLORTHO 5-DAY EXTRA FAST SET

Fast Set: 53 seconds time in mouth
5. Final increment connecting the twosides should be as small as possible tominimize shrinkage.

Extra Fast Set: 45 seconds time in mouth

6. Light cure final increment.

4033 - Chromaclone 5-day FAST SET Kit
1 x 1 lb bag of Chromaclone 5-day
1 x Plastic container, water cup, and scoop

7. It is now ready for open tray impression.

Light-Cured Temporary Resin,
4 indications in 1, see page 33.

4034 - Chromaclone 5-day FAST SET Refill
5503 - Chromaclone Ortho 5-day EXTRA FAST SET Refill
1 x 1 lb bag of Chromaclone 5-day

1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

97

IMPRESSIONS
Chromaclone™ PVSSET TIMESSET SPEEDWORKING TIMESET TIMETOTAL TIMEHYDROPHILIC POLYVINYL SILOXANE IMPRESSION
MATERIAL

SUPER LIGHT
BODY

FAST

1:15 mins

1:30 mins

2:45 mins

LIGHT
BODY

REGULAR
FAST

2:30 mins
1:15 mins

2:30 mins
1:30 mins

5:00 mins
2:45 mins

MEDIUM
BODY

REGULAR
FAST

2:30 mins
1:15 mins

2:30 mins
1:30 mins

5:00 mins
2:45 mins

HEAVY
BODY

REGULAR
FAST

2:30 mins
1:15 mins

2:30 mins
1:30 mins

5:00 mins
2:45 mins

PUTTY

FAST

1:15 min1:45 mins

3:00 mins

BITE
REGISTRATION

FAST

0:20 min

0:70 mins

1:30 mins

SUPER LIGHT

WASH/LIGHT

MEDIUM/MONOPHASEHEAVY BODY

CLONE BITE

50 ml
Super Light
Light
MediumHeavy• Hydrophilic and thixotropic• Dimensionally stable with great elastic recovery• Allows you to pour at your convenience• Tear resistant• Highly accurate even with multiple pours• Four viscosities, Fast and Regular Set• Bubble Gum flavor
Chromaclone PVS impression material captures even the smallest
details, enabling you to take effective impressions the first time, every
time. Its extremely low contact angle allows it to flow deep into thesulcus for highly visible margins.
The material is super hydrophilic not only during application, but also
during immediate pouring of gypsum. It contains special reinforcing
branched silicone resins for superior tear resistance so impressions canbe easily removed. And its elastic recovery ensures dimensional stability
for weeks, allowing you to pour at your convenience.
Note: The accuracy of any impression material can be increased
with the use of Ultradent’s Tissue Management System.
Profound hemostasis is paramount before making impressions.

Regular 2pk
—
5030
5020
5010

Fast 2pk
7601
5031
5021
5011

2 x 50 ml cartridges
10 x Each Mixing tips

10 x IntraOral tips ONLY included with Super Light and Light

50 ml
Super Light
Light
MediumHeavy

Regular 10pk Fast 10pk
—
—
5032
5033
5022
5023
5012
5013
10 x 50 ml cartridges
25 x Each Mixing tips

50 x IntraOral tips ONLY included with LightPROCEDURE
50 ml
70 second Clone Bite

2pk
7600

2 x 50 ml cartridges
12 x Mixing tips

1. Apply light body impression material
around outer edges of preparation.

2. Cover preparation in light body
impression material.

Chromaclone™ PVS Putty

5040 - Chromaclone PVS Putty Kit

3. Insert tray and make impression.

98

4. Remove the tray and examine theimpression. Chromaclone PVS material
provides excellent margin detail.

800.552.5512

1 x Each 250 g base and 250 g catalyst, and 2 scoops

ORTHODONTICSP H Y L L I S T H I B O D E A U - Antelope Island

VALO Ortho Cordless
Lumaloc + Emiluma
Gishy Goo
Opal Etch
Opal Seal
Opal Band Cement
Opal Bond Flow A2Opal Bond Flow Blue
Opal Bond MV

99

ORTHODONTICSVALO™ Ortho Cordless
LED CURING LIGHT
1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

5942 - VALO Ortho Cordless Kit

Best LED
Curing Light

1 x VALO Ortho Cordless LED curing light
4 x Rechargeable batteries
1 x Each Battery charger, charging unit power supply,
handpiece mounting bracket holder,
VALO cordless light shield, and Black Light lens
1 x Sample pack of barrier sleeves

ADERS’ CHOICE AWARD
2015 RE2015• Unique Xtra Power Quadrant mode quickly andefficiently cures five teeth with one touch of a button• Powerful, optimally collimated beam delivers
consistent, even cures directly over the labial faceof the bracket• Slim, low-profile design allows unprecedented
access anywhere in the mouth2• Highly efficient LEDs keep the wand body coolto the touch• Intuitive timer controls are easy to operate
and user-friendly

WARNING: Only use rechargeable batteries stated in the IFU.
Some rechargeable batteries can affect the function of the VALO curing light.

5963 - VALO Ortho Rechargeable Batteries 2pk• Battery-operated, cordless wand provides optimal
convenience and flexibility• Rechargeable batteries are environmentally responsible,safe, and inexpensive

5962 - VALO Ortho Battery Charging Unit 1pk

VALO Ortho Cordless curing light uses a custom, multiwavelength
light-emitting diode (LED) for producing high-intensity light at
385–515 nm, which is capable of polymerizing all light-cured dental
materials. This intensity will also penetrate porcelain and is capable ofcuring underlying resin cements similar to a quality halogen light. The
VALO Ortho Cordless curing light uses VALO rechargeable batteries anda battery charger suitable for power outlets from 100 to 240 volts. The
handpiece is designed to rest in a standard dental unit bracket or can
be custom-mounted using the bracket included in the kit. It can also be
stored on a countertop or in a drawer. The VALO Ortho Cordless curing
light is equipped with a sensor that registers movement of the light;
when the light is not being used, the VALO Ortho Cordless curing lightwill automatically go into sleep mode and when moved will return tothe most recently used setting.

5961 - VALO Ortho Charging Unit Power Supply 1pk

1667 - VALO Surface Mounting Bracket 1pk

5929 - VALO Ortho Light Shield 1pk

4667 - VALO Ortho Barrier Sleeves 100pk
The customary two-position curing as shown above is not required with VALO Ortho Cordlesslight. Its power and collimated beam cause the tooth underneath the bracket to illuminate,
curing the resin. Hence, the clinician can achieve a complete cure from directly above thebracket without having to reposition. Use just two 3-second exposures with the VALO light in
Xtra Power Mode for fast, complete curing.

5939 - Black Light Lens 1pk“The fact that the VALO light is small and lightweight makes it one of a kind and an ideal
choice for an orthodontist.”—DR. PAUL UPATHAM, DDS, MS – SAN DIEGO, CA* Awards given to the traditional VALO curing light. The VALO Ortho curing light meets the same rigorous standardsof quality and performance. 1. realityesthetics.com 2. Moreira RJ, de Deus RA, Ribeiro MTH, et al. Effect of lightcuring unit design and mouth opening on the polymerization of bulk-fill resin-based composite restorations inmolars. J Adhes Dent. 2021;23(2):121–131. doi:10.3290/j.jad.b1079561.

100

800.552.5512

508 - Blue Light Blocking Glasses 1pk

ORTHODONTICS
Lumaloc™

+

VINYL POLYSILOXANE

Emiluma™
TRANSPARENT SILICONEFOR IDB• Materials chemically cure together to create a single tray
with a soft interior• Made of transparent material that allows brackets to be light
cured through indirect bonding trays• Unique formulations allow both products to remove cleanly
without crumbling• Easy-to-use cartridges fit in a standard impression material
dispensing gun
Essential tools for indirect orthodontic bonding, Emiluma and Lumaloc
indirect bonding materials are made of transparent silicone that allows
quick and precise delivery to the arch.
Emiluma material is soft enough to remove indirect trays without
debonding brackets, yet firm enough to maintain accurate bracket
positioning. Lumaloc material cures stiff to ensure proper tray fit andprecise bracket placement, yet it's still easy to shape, mold, and trim.
50 ml
Lumaloc
Emiluma

EmilumaMaterial
Lumaloc
Material

3. Wrap the model in plastic film
1. Take impression and bond 2. Express Emiluma material
onto model in a continuous(recommended width: 25 mm,brackets on stone model.
stream, with a bead-sized
length: 250 mm) while Lumaloc
amount over each bracket.
material sets up. Surround the
Immediately follow withfacial wall of the tray and coverplacement of Lumaloc material. the occlusal surface.

Kit
500-088500-0812 x 50 ml cartridges
Emiluma - 20 x Mixing tips
Lumaloc - 12 x Mixing tips

500-080 - Emiluma Essentials Kit
1 x Dispensing gun
3 x 50 ml cartridges
30 x mixing tips

4. When Lumaloc material is 5. Place model in water for
set, remove plastic film from 30 minutes.
model. Trim excess material
around tray.

√

7. Clean bracket base, removing
all debris but leaving adhesive.

out

5100 - Dispensing Gun 1pk

Supported by Dr. Richard P. McLaughlin and the developer of the Quick IDBS™
—DRS. MASATADA KOGA, KAZUYA WATANABE, AND TAKAKO KOGA

6. Starting with the posterior,remove the tray from model,
ensuring that brackets remainin the tray.

8. Mark the center of the tray toease placement. Proceed withbracket placement.

J-Temp™
LIGHT-CUREDTEMPORARY RESIN

new

Can be used for bite ramps and temporary occlusal buildups
during orthodontics, plus three more indications. See page 33.
ultradent.com

101

ORTHODONTICS
Gishy Goo™

Opal™ Etch

POLYVINYL SILOXANE ELASTOMER

35% PHOSPHORIC ACID

Where Strong Bonds Begin

1• Reduces costly emergency appointments• Remains in place better than wax• Provides lasting comfort for patients’ lips, cheeks, and tongue
Gishy Goo material is a specially formulated polyvinyl siloxane
elastomer that helps patients get comfortable with orthodontic
appliances such as brackets, lingual braces, molar tubes, fixed andfunctional appliances, mouthguards, and other applications where
soft tissues can be protected.

Blue Micro™ Tip page 139• Penetrates smallest fissures but won’t migrate on a
vertical surface1• Precise placement• Rinses cleanly—leaves no residue

500-012 - Opal Etch Syringe Kit
4 x 1.2 ml Opal Etch syringes
20 x Blue Micro tips

1. Squeeze some Gishy Goo material fromthe syringe onto your finger.

2. Mix Gishy Goo material thoroughly
between your fingers for 10 seconds.
Don’t wait too long or it will set up.

500-013 - Opal Etch Syringe 20pk
500-091 - Opal Etch Syringe 50pk
1.2 ml syringe

3. Place Gishy Goo material immediately
over braces where it hurts. Mold and shape
Gishy Goo material. Wait two minutes for
it to set.

500-090 - Opal Etch IndiSpense™ Syringe 1pk
30 ml syringe

124 - 1.2 ml Empty Delivery Syringe 20pk

500-006 - Gishy Goo Syringe One-Patient Kit

1.2 ml syringe

1 x 5 ml syringe of Gishy Goo
1 x Opalpix (32 pix)
1 x Set of instructions

UltraSeal XT ™ hydroBlack Light Keychain
500-059 - Gishy Goo Syringe 10pk
2749 - Gishy Goo Syringe 50pk
5 ml syringe

1. realityesthetics.com.

102• Use to assist in placement or removal of Opal Seal primer
35551 - UltraSeal XT hydro Black Light Keychain 1pk
1. Data on file.

800.552.5512

ORTHODONTICS
Revolutionizing Orthodontic Bonding

Opal™ Seal

Opal™ Band Cement

FLUORIDE RELEASING
AND RECHARGING PRIMER

TRIPLE CURE ORTHODONTIC BAND CEMENT

Ultradent Mixing Tip page 141
Metal Opal Seal Tip page 144™

• Releases and recharges fluoride1• 38% filled with glass ionomer fillers plus nanofillers forlong-lasting strength• Nonyellowing and stain resistant• Drying agent seeks out moisture and draws resin in,ensuring superior bonding and fluoride uptake• Fluorescent properties make reapplication andremoval easy and convenient
Opal Seal 38%-filled primer is used to prepare etched enamel for
orthodontic bonding. Apply a thin layer of Opal Seal primer to etchedenamel prior to bracket placement to recharge fluoride uptake.1

Healthy enamel after orthodontic treatment
with Opal Seal primer.

REFRIGERATE

500-061 - Opal Seal Syringe Kit
4 x 1.7 g Opal Seal syringes
60 x Metal Opal Seal tips

Opal Band Cement’s bright blue chemistry is easy to see
whether you’re applying or removing it.
• Triple cure formula provides optimum bond strength forboth regular banding and high-force appliance banding• Convenient syringe delivery system offers superior control
and no mixing of liquid and powders• Glass ionomer fillers release fluoride for additional protection• Bright blue chemistry facilitates easy placement, cleanup,and removal
Opal Band Cement eliminates the need to have one cement for regularbanding and a different cement for high-force appliance banding. Its
unique triple-cure formula creates optimal bond strengths for both.
Opal Band Cement also contains glass ionomer fillers that react withmoisture to strengthen the cure and release fluoride for additional
health benefits.1
Opal Band Cement comes in a convenient dual-barrel syringe that mixes
the chemistry for you. It creates the ideal viscosity for easy placement
and removal, and it makes application simple and mess free. No more
mixing powders and liquids.

REFRIGERATE

500-000 - Opal Band Cement Syringe Kit
4 x 8.5 g Opal Band syringes
50 x Mixing tips

500-062 - Opal Seal Syringe 20pk
1.7 g syringes

REFRIGERATE

500-063 - Opal Seal Sample Syringe Kit

500-087 - Opal Band Cement Sample Syringe Kit
1 x 3.4 g Opal Band syringes
4 x Mixing tips

1 x 0.6 g Opal Seal syringe
3 x Metal Opal Seal tips

1. Data on file.

1. Data on file.

ultradent.com

103

ORTHODONTICS
Opal™ Bond Flow A2
Opal™ Bond Flow Blue

Opal™ Bond MV
MEDIUM-VISCOSITY LIGHT-CURED
BONDING ADHESIVEADHESIVES• Medium viscosity• Butters easily into bracket mesh and minimizes drift
upon placement• Proprietary loading process nearly eliminates “run-on”• Ergonomic contra-angle syringe delivers adhesive with
precision and economy

Opal™ Bond Flow Tip page 144• Ideal for permanent retainers, bite ramps, occlusal buildups,
and indirect bonding• Optimal flow characteristics and a low-slumping formula helps
ease delivery and placement• Contains a micro-nano hybrid filler for durable strength
and wear• Available in two shades: A2 and Blue• Compatible with any light-cured bonding system• Smooth finish and kind to opposing enamel

REFRIGERATE

Visibility under UV black light facilitates easy removal.

REFRIGERATE

500-066 - Opal Bond MV Capsule 20pk
0.3 g capsules

500-041 - Opal Bond Flow A2 Syringe Kit
2 x 2.3 g Opal Bond Flow A2 syringes
20 x Opal Bond Flow tips

REFRIGERATE

500-067 - Opal Bond MV Syringe 8pk

REFRIGERATE

0.9 g syringes

500-082 - Opal Bond Flow Blue Syringe Kit
2 x 2.3 g Opal Bond Flow Blue syringes
20 x Opal Bond Flow tips

REFRIGERATE

500-084 - Opal Bond MV Sample Syringe 1pk
0.3 g syringe

REFRIGERATE

500-096 - Opal Bond Flow A2 Sample Syringe Kit
1 x 0.8 g Opal Bond Flow A2 syringe
3 x Opal Bond Flow tips

104

7800 - Dispensing Gun 1pk

800.552.5512

PREPARE

TAY L O N A S H B Y - Lake Powell

Sable Seek
Seek
Umbrella
KleerView
PropGard
DermaDam
DermaDam Synthetic
OraSealConsepsis Scrub
STARbrush
UltracareOmni-Matrix
Omni-Matrix OriginalOmni-Matrix Sectional
V3 Sectional Matrix System
SuperCurve Matrix
V3 Tab-Matrix
Tab-Matrices
WedgeGuard
AdaptiVe Wedge
Wave-Wedge
V-Wedge
Pin-Tweezers
Forceps
InterGuard

105

PREPARE
Sable™ Seek™ and Seek™
CARIES INDICATORS

233 - Sable Seek Syringe Kit
4 x 1.2 ml (1.223 g) syringes
20 x Black Mini Brush tips

1Black Mini™ Brush Tip page 138• Stains carious and demineralized dentin• Provides precise, mess-free delivery• Available in dark green for working near pulp

234 - Sable Seek Syringe 4pk
1805 - Sable Seek Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.223 g) syringes

Sable Seek caries indicator contains FD&C dyes, and Seek caries
indicator contains D&C dyes in a glycol base. Both are used to stain
carious and demineralized dentin.
Seek and Sable Seek caries indicators stain carious and demineralized
dentin and can be very useful for difficult-to-see areas, for example;
undercuts of preparations, dark dentin, areas along the DE junction,etc. Green Sable Seek caries indicator helps visualization of decay indeep caries cases to help avoid pulp exposures.

209 - Seek Syringe Kit

PROCEDURE

1. Apply Sable Seek indicator with Black
Mini Brush tip.

4 x 1.2 ml (1.25 g) syringes
20 x Black Mini Brush tips

2. Rinse with air/water and suction.
Carious dentin is easily identified.

210 - Seek Syringe 4pk
1804 - Seek Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.25 g) syringes

4PK

3. Remove green-black color (carious
dentin) with slow-speed round bur or
excavator. To control overexcavating near
the pulp, remove final portion of caries
with hand excavator.

106

4. Reapply.
Rinse and verify appropriate caries removal.
1. realityesthetics.com.

800.552.5512

PREPARE
Umbrella™

PROCEDURE

TONGUE, LIP, AND CHEEK RETRACTOR• Developed to give you a clear treatment field while making
patient comfort a top priority• Easy to place• Disposable• Naturally and gently helps the patient hold their mouth open
without pulling or stretching their lips
• A new, innovative tongue-retraction design allows the tongue
to comfortably rest behind the tongue guard, keeping it backand away from the working area
• Designed with anatomically placed/shaped bumpers, so
clinicians can rest a hand on the patient’s mouth withoutcausing discomfort• Provides relief and comfort to gaggers—it doesn’t initiate thegag reflex for most• Can be kept in place when checking bite

1. Simply press the tabs on the Umbrella
tongue, lip, and cheek retractor together,ensuring the arrows on the top tab are
pointing up, to prepare for insertion.

DO NOT place the retractor upside down.

2. Ask the patient to place the tip of their
tongue on the roof of their mouth.

3. Choose one side of the mouth in which tostart, and then comfortably insert the otherside of the retractor into the cheek.

The Umbrella cheek retractor is ideal for a variety of procedures that
require clear access without compromising patient comfort,
including but not limited to: in-office whitening, scanning, impressions,bite registrations, surgical procedures, and more.

4. Use the tabs to center the retractor withthe patient’s mouth.

4870 - Umbrella Retractor Medium 5pk
4871 - Umbrella Retractor Medium 20pk
5162 - Umbrella Retractor Medium 40pk
5256 - Umbrella Retractor Large 5pk
5257 - Umbrella Retractor Large 20pk
5258 - Umbrella Retractor Large 40pk
5. Check that the patient’s tongue is resting
comfortably behind the guard, ensuring
easy access.

DO NOT place the tongue guard on top of
the patient’s tongue.

KleerView™
CHEEK AND LIP RETRACTOR

KleerView cheek and lip retractors
are perfect for in-office tooth
whitening, bonding, composites,
and clinical photography.

1821 - Kleerview 1pk

ultradent.com

107

PREPARE
PropGard™

DermaDam™

MOUTH PROP

RUBBER DAM

1• Low dermatitis potential• Strong and tear resistant• Powder free to reduce allergic reactions

Soft

DermaDam rubber dam is made from pure latex rubber and is powder
free, which reduces the possibility of latex reactions. Quality processing
ensures a low content of surface proteins.

Firm• Use soft when some jaw relief is needed• Use firm when optimal opening needs to be maintained
PropGard mouth prop’s wedge design prevents contamination fromtongue and mouth closure and also helps protect the tongue from trauma.

311 - DermaDam Medium 0.20 mm 36pk
6ʺx 6ʺ (15 cm x 15 cm)

314 - DermaDam Heavy 0.25 mm 36pk
6ʺx 6ʺ (15 cm x 15 cm)

PropGard mouth prop protects adjacent
teeth and tongue.

DermaDam™ Synthetic
DENTAL DAM

4100 - PropGard Kit

5 x Each PropGards large yellow and regular purple
10 x Each Tongue guards left and rightDermaDam Synthetic dental dam is not made with natural rubber latex,
but is designed to be just as flexible and durable as dams that arecomposed of natural rubber latex.

Zero sensitizing proteins
PropGard
Soft
Firm

√

Regular 5pk
4105
4101

Large 5pk
4103
4104

299 - DermaDam Medium Synthetic 0.20 mm 20pk
330 - DermaDam Medium Synthetic 0.20 mm 60pk
6ʺx 6ʺ (15 cm x 15 cm)

4102 - Tongue Guard 10pk
5 x Each right and left

1. realityesthetics.com.

out

new

108

TO PROVIDE STRUCTURE FOR ISOLATION CLAMPING AND
TO ACT AS A BARRIER FOR ENDODONTIC IRRIGANTS

J-Temp™

LIGHT-CUREDTEMPORARY RESIN

1. Insufficient tooth structure complicatesthe placement of clamp and rubber dam.

2. Replace missing tooth structure by placing
J-Temp temporary resin in 2–3 mm layers andlight cure between. Use a bur to adjust if needed.

3. Rubber dam can now be securely placed
to provide a barrier for irrigants.

Light-Cured Temporary Resin, 4 indications in 1, see page 33.
800.552.5512

1

PREPARE
OraSeal™

USESCAULKING AND PUTTY
1

Ensure rubber dam seal when using strong
peroxide for vital whitening, or whenporcelain etching with hydrofluoric acid.

Block out undercuts below and aroundprosthetic implant clip. Flexing componentof clip is covered with putty to accommodate
clip flexure during insertion and removal.

Ensure moisture control when bonding lower
orthodontic brackets. Seal with Caulking or
Putty to prevent saliva from seeping throughembrasures and contaminating area.

Block out large interproximal spaces for easy
and distortion-free removal of impression.

Use under fixed partial or implant bar prior
to making an impression.

Use as a block-out medium prior toanchoring attachments, clips, etc. withcold cure acrylic.

White Mac™ Tip page 141• Adheres under water and saliva• Provides a protective seal against gingival exposure toperoxide or hydrofluoric acid
• Ideal for blocking out unwanted spaces for impressions• Effectively adheres to wet rubber dams, tissue, teeth,and metal• OraSeal Putty material has a stiffer consistency than the
Caulking material, which some doctors prefer
Use OraSeal Caulking material when an adequate seal is difficult toobtain with compromised teeth or roots. It may also be used to repair
rubber dam leaks. It seals the rubber dam when performing a porcelain
repair, protecting gingiva from hydrofluoric acid. Deliver into undercuts
and below implant bars, precision attachments, etc. to prevent cold
cure acrylic or impression material from locking into empty spaces. Fillin gingival embrasures of splints and bridges to facilitate easy cleanupof permanent cement. Also used to fill in screw holes on implant
impressions prior to making impressions.

OraSeal Caulking material can seal leaks in arubber dam, even when submerged. Applyaround border, then criss-cross over holeuntil seal is complete.

PROCEDURE

352 - OraSeal Syringe Kit

2 x 1.2 ml (1.38 g) OraSeal Caulking syringes
2 x 1.2 ml (1.44 g) OraSeal Putty syringes
4 x Black Mini tips
20 x White Mac tips

Apply OraSeal Caulking material with Black
Mini™ or White Mac delivery tips to prevent
leakage of rubber dam during treatment.2
Shape with wet gloved finger, wet cotton
swab, or instrument. Procedure can then be
performed in a clean, dry field.

1.2 ml syringe (g, see above)
Caulking
Putty

4pk
351
353

20pk
354
355

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Cohen S, Burns RC. Pathways of the Pulp. 7th ed. St. Louis, MO: Mosby-Year Book;
1998:123-124.

ultradent.com

109

PREPARE
Consepsis™ Scrub

BEFORE AND AFTERCHLORHEXIDINE ANTIBACTERIAL SLURRY

1

Before.

After.

White Mac™ Tip page 141

730 - Consepsis Scrub Syringe Kit• May reduce post-op sensitivity2• Does not compromise bond strength3,4• Nonsplatter formula• Use to clean prior to cementation or around ortho brackets• Use with STARbrush™ brush in grooves prior to sealant placement

4 x 1.2 ml (1.89 g) syringes
2 x STARbrush brushes
20 x White Mac tips

Consepsis Scrub antibacterial slurry is a lightly flavored 2.0%
chlorhexidine gluconate (relative to liquid component) antibacterial
scrub. Consepsis Scrub slurry uses inert, finely ground Pyrex®* glassas an abrasive scrub, unlike pumice, which may contain several trace
impurities from volcanic ash.
Note: Never use prophy paste for prep cleaning,as it contains several potentially contaminating ingredients.

546 - Consepsis Scrub IndiSpense Syringe Kit
1 x 30 ml (47.31 g) IndiSpense syringe
2 x STARbrush brushes
20 x White Mac tips
20 x 1.2 ml empty syringes

Use Consepsis Scrub slurry for removing residual temporary cement
prior to permanent cementation and for removing debris. Studies haveshown that 2% chlorhexidine, such as Consepsis [Scrub slurry], helps
address microorganisms in dentinal tubules better than other tested
intracanal medicaments.5

732 - Consepsis Scrub Syringe 4pk

Note: Evidence demonstrates that you can further reduce
post-op sensitivity by sealing dentin before cementation.
Use PermaFlo™ DC luting resin.

1.2 ml (1.89 g) syringes

See page 70 for Consepsis™ chlorhexidine antibacterial solution.

689 - Consepsis Scrub IndiSpense Syringe 1pk

PROCEDURE

30 ml (47.31 g) syringe

Use Consepsis Scrub antibacterial slurry with a rubber cup or STARbrush™ coronal brush toremove residual cement.

110* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Al-Omari WM, Al-Omari QD, Omar R.
Effect of cavity disinfection on postoperative sensitivity associated with amalgam restorations. Oper Dent. 2006
;31(2):165–70. doi: 10.2341/05-8. PMID:16827017. 3. Carrilho MR, Geraldeli S, Tay F, et al. In vivo preservation of
the hybrid layer by chlorhexidine. J Dent Res. 2007;86(6):529–533. 4. Hebling J, Pashley DH, Tjäderhane L, Tay FR.
Chlorhexidine arrests subclinical degradation of dentin hybrid layers in vivo. J Dent Res. 2005;84(8):741–746. 5. Vasudeva A, Sinha DJ, Tyagi SP, et al. Disinfection of dentinal tubules with 2% chlorhexidine gel, calcium hydroxide andherbal intracanal medicaments against enterococcus faecalis: an in-vitro study. Singapore Dent J. 2017 Dec;38:39–
44. doi: 10.1016/j.sdj.2017.06.001. PMID: 29229073.

800.552.5512

PREPARE

clinicalSTARbrush™
CORONAL BRUSH
1

PROBLEM:
Staining under provisional crowns.
SOLUTION:
After proper selection of hemostatic agents, clean tooth well prior to
cementing provisionals and use quality sealing provisional hydrophilic
cements (e.g., UltraTemp™ temporary luting material).
CHEMISTRIES (THE “WHYS”):
1. Hemostatic agents as well as the blood from cut tissues are both
sources of iron, which reacts with the hydrogen sulfide gas (rotten egg
gas, H2S) produced by anaerobic bacteria in this septic environment.
The reaction yields ferric sulfide, the harmless yet annoying dark
surface stain that is seen below. This stain can occur to alesser degree solely from the natural iron in blood.

• Effectively cleans in hard-to-reach areas• Tight fibers help to prevent messes andapply appropriate pressure• Great for cleaning pits and fissures with
Consepsis™ Scrub antibacterial slurryprior to sealants

Actual size

2. Non-sealing cements allow saliva and bacteria to move
between the temporary and preparation. Additionally, non-sealing
provisionals are problematic as saliva and/or bacteria removes
the smear layer, opening tubules to bacteria.
HOW TO PREVENT/TREAT:
1. If there is no bleeding you can use a hemostatic agent that is not
ferric sulfate-based (e.g., ViscoStat™ Clear hemostatic). If a ferricsulfate-based agent is required, be sure to clean the
preparation well as instructed below.
2. Clean the preparation well. This can be done with Consepsis Scrub
slurry and a STARbrush coronal brush or by etching with
Ultra-Etch etchant for a couple of seconds and rinsing well.
3. Use a quality hydrophilic provisional cement like
Ultradent’s non-eugenol, polycarboxylate, paste-to-paste
UltraTemp temporary luting material.

STARbrush

50pk
1092

100pk
1093

1. realityesthetics.com.

Ultradent’s
e-newsletters
Subscribe to Ultradent’s free e-newsletters to receive
exclusive promotions, clinical tips, new productinformation, and continuing education opportunities.

Note: Similar staining can occur even under definitive direct
and indirect restorations if contamination is on the preparation
prior to bonding. It is recommended to etch with Ultra-Etch etchantprior to application of the dentin bonding agent.
CASE 1

CASE 2

Two weeks earlier Viscostat hemostatic
agent was used to arrest bleeding.
Provisional crowns were cemented with apopular NON-sealing, hydrophilic, resinbased temporary cement.

Provisionals have been removed.
Characteristic dark stain is observedon preparations. This can be removed
by ultrasonic scaling and scouring with
Consepsis™ Scrub slurry. It’s preferable toprevent it by using a hydrophilic provisional
cements such as UltraTemp™ temporary
luting material.

Visit ultradent.com/newsletter to sign up today!

ultradent.com

111

PREPARE
Omni-Matrix™
DISPOSABLE RETAINER AND MATRIX1WINGLESSWINGED

UNIVERSALNARROW

STAINLESS STEELMYLAR“Fast, easy, convenient, disposable! What else could you ask for?”—DR. GEORGE FREEDMAN

Stainless Steel• Innovative shape allows procedural visibility and patient comfort2• Ultra-thin burnishable stainless steel adapts to preparations3• Unique winged and wingless styles meet individual case needs• Disposable design saves you time and money

The Omni-Matrix disposable retainer and matrix is a superior
circumferential matrix band solution. It’s a simple restorative tool
designed to perfectly customize to any preparation. The band’s
circumference can be easily adjusted simply by twisting the handle
and the pivoting head allows it to access any quadrant of the mouth.
Once the restoration is complete, the Omni-Matrix band easily releases
without disturbing the restorative material.

112

Wingless 48pk Winged 48pk
7701
8801
6.5 mm — .0015” (.038 mm)
7702
8802
5.2 mm — .0015” (.038 mm)
7704
8804
6.5 mm — .001” (.025 mm)

Mylar

6.5 mm — .0025” (.064 mm)

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file. 3. Data on file.

800.552.5512

Wingless 48pk Winged 48pk
7703
8803

PREPARE

new

Omni-Matrix™ Original

DISPOSABLE RETAINER AND MATRIX

Ultracare™
TOPICAL ANESTHETIC GEL
1• Disposable• Easy to place• Color coded• Comfortable for patients• Adaptive, burnishable band (stainless steel version)• No placement instruments required• No lip, cheek, or glove capture

When you choose Ultracare gel as
your topical anesthetic,

The Omni-Matrix disposable retainer and matrix is designed to be quick
and easy to use. Simply adjust the band’s circumference by twisting
the conical handle. Its patented, articulated head swivels, fitting
comfortably into any quadrant of the mouth. Once the restoration iscomplete, the Omni-Matrix band is easily released, leaving restorative
material intact. The stainless steel matrix band is thin, adaptive, andburnishable, and the wingless design allows wedges to be placed withease. Also available in mylar.

1. Seat.

YOU GET ITS TRIO
OF BENEFITS.

• 20% benzocaine for effective numbing• Rapid onset, numbs tissues in 15–20 seconds2• Delicious dye-free Walterberry flavor with no bitter aftertaste

2. Tighten.

301 - Ultracare Walterberry Topical Bottle
1 x 1 oz bottle

3. Remove.

4. Dispose.

Stainless Steel

Winged 48pk Wingless 48pk
2201
1101
6.5 mm — .0015” (.038 mm)
2202
1102
5.2 mm — .0015” (.038 mm)
2204
1104
6.5 mm — .001” (.025 mm)

Mylar

6.5 mm — .0025” (.064 mm)

Winged 48pk Wingless 48pk
2203
1103

$100.99 ea | $95.94 ea 3/more | $90.89 ea 5/more

METHEMOGLOBINEMIA WARNING:
For external use only. Use of this product may cause
methemoglobinemia, a serious condition that must be treatedpromptly because it reduces the amount of oxygen carried in blood.
This can occur even if you have used this product before. Stop
use and seek immediate medical attention if you or a child in yourcare develop pale, gray, or blue colored skin (cyanosis), headache,
rapid heart rate, shortness of breath, dizziness or lightheadedness,fatigue, or lack of energy. Product supervision is required forchildren between 2 and 12 years of age. Do not use if taking
sulfonamides, for teething, or in children under 2 years of age.
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file.

ultradent.com

113

PREPARE
Omni-Matrix™ Sectional

CONSTANT RADIUS VS. REVERSE CURVEMATRICES AND SECTIONAL MATRIX RINGS

Traditional sectional matrices
often catch on the gingival
margin. This prevents you frombeing able to position the matrix
readily and often deforms it.

• Creates restorations with natural anatomy• Thin, flexible bands easily conform to any surface• No special matrix pliers required• One clamp fits all teeth• Clamps are stackable

The Omni-Matrix Sectional system was created with
the natural contour of the tooth in mind, eliminating
the problems experienced with traditional systems.

318 - Omni-Matrix Sectional Kit

Omni-Matrix Sectional bands conform to the natural anatomy of the
tooth, while the clamp tines provide multiple contact points. The
specialized band contour ensures the edge of the matrix will not catchon the gingival margin during placement. The retainer clamps stackeasily, allowing both sides of the tooth to be held in a matrix at thesame time. The retainer can be placed with any rubber dam forceps or
sectional matrix forceps. The bands are interchangeable with all brandsof sectional retainers.

4 x Matrix clamps
40 x Each Regular, Regular Extended,
Large, and Large Extended

317 - Omni-Matrix Sectional Clamps 4pk
INSTRUCTIONS

1. Place matrices then wedge.

3. Begin restoration.

114

Band Size
Regular
Regular Extended

40pk
304
305

Band Size
Large
Large Extended

40pk
309
316

2. Place retainer clamp.

Optional: Stack multiple clamps.

800.552.5512

PREPARE
Triodent® V3 System™

MOD
Courtesy of Dr. Graeme Milicich.

SECTIONAL MATRIX SYSTEM
1• Has wide applications for sectional matrix use• Consistently achieves accurate contacts• Creates predictable, tight contacts• Ring and wedge system combine to seal and shape
the restoration to minimize required finishing• System is among the simplest and most accurate
matrix solutions on the market• Can be used on molars, premolars, and primary teeth• New easy-clean feature prevents adhesive from sticking
to the matrix ring, even after light curing
The contoured shape of the SuperCurve Matrix saves you time andallows you to achieve even better restorations, and the non-stickcoating makes removing the matrix easier and faster. It’s the perfectsystem for any Class II restoration.

1. Rings and matrices placed.

2. Cavity filled.

3. Prior to finishing.

4. Completed restoration.

WHY CHOOSE A SECTIONAL MATRIX?
Sectional Matrix Restoration

Circumferential Band
(Tofflemire-style)
Restoration

403316 - V3 SuperCurve Kit• User-friendly system• Natural contours• Tight, anatomically correct contact
points at correct height of contour

1 x Each Universal V3 Ring and Narrow V3 Ring
20 x Each SuperCurve Matrices
3.5 mm, 4.5 mm, 5.5 mm, 6.5 mm, and 7.5 mm
25 x Each Wave-Wedges Small
Small, Medium, and Large
2 x Pin-Tweezers
1 x Forceps• Large food trap below• Fails to restore proximal anatomy• Thin contact at the marginal ridge• Likelihood of fracture, occlusalinterference, recurrent caries, andperiodontal disease

WIDE BOX403301 - V3 Matrix Kit

Courtesy of Dr. Jason Smithson.

1 x Each Universal V3 Ring and Narrow V3 Ring
25 x Each V3 Tab Matrices
3.5 mm, 4.5 mm, 5.5 mm, 6.5 mm, and 7.5 mm
25 x each Wave-Wedges Small
Small, Medium, and Large
2 x Pin-Tweezers
1 x Forceps

1. Pre-wedge for preparation.

2. Ring and matrix placed.

403341 - V3 Ring Variety 2pk

1 x Each Universal Green & Narrow Yellow

403342 - V3 Ring Universal Green 2pk
403343 - V3 Ring Narrow Yellow 2pk
3. Completed restoration.

1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

115

PREPARE
Triodent® SuperCurve Matrix

Triodent® V3 Tab-Matrix™

SUPERSNUG NON-STICK MATRICESSECTIONAL MATRIX• Matrix bands feature significantly greater horizontal curvatureensuring that more curvature remains as the matrix wraps
around the tooth• Pronounced marginal ridge produces accurate anatomy• Matrix bands are shaped for commonly encountered cavities
and produce excellent seals at the gingival margin• Super thin matrices• Placement tab and removal holes are designed for easy
gripping with Pin-Tweezers• Gingival apron on larger sizes provide matrix coverage fordeeper preparations• Matrix hugs the tooth and prevents any
interference with ring placement• Matrix shape features anatomical accuracy and curvature• Ultra-thin non-stick finish minimizes adhesion of thebonding agent or composite to the matrix band
• Gingival apron provides matrix coverage fordeeper preparations

The V3 Tab-Matrix has a pronounced ridge on the occlusal margin,
designed to produce natural-looking Class II composite restorations.
Size
3.5 mm
4.5 mm
5.5 mm
6.5 mm
7.5 mm50pk
403388403372403373403374403398100pk
403387403375403376403377403397

Triodent® Tab-Matrices
403402 - SuperCurve Non-Stick Matrix Intro Kit

SECTIONAL MATRICES

10 x SuperCurve Matrices 3.5 mm
25 x Each SuperCurve Matrices 4.5 mm, 5.5 mm, and 6.5 mm

Size
3.5 mm
4.5 mm
5.5 mm
6.5 mm
7.5 mm116

50pk
40341740341840341940342040341290pk
403403403404403405403406—• Placement tab and removal holes allow for easy
placement and removal• As with all Triodent matrix bands, tab can bebent 90° for contra-angle placement• Matrix bands are super thin
• Gingival apron provides matrix coverage for deep preparations
Size
4.5 mm
5.5 mm
6.5 mm

800.552.5512

100pk
402072402073402074

PREPARE
Triodent® WedgeGuard

Triodent® Wave-Wedge™

PREPARATION WEDGEDISPOSABLE ANATOMICAL WEDGE• Self-guiding for ease of placement and a true fit and seal
• Design accommodates gingival tissue and is stackablefrom opposite side
• Strong, anatomical design

Courtesy of Dr. Michael Miyasaki.

• Prevents bur damage to adjacent tooth• Saves time and protects gingival papillae• Detachable guard leaves wedge in place after tooth prep

Stacked wedges: One wedge placed frombuccal and one from the lingual.

403386 - WedgeGuard Intro Kit

Size
Small
MediumLarge

25 x Each WedgeGuards Small
Small, Medium, and Large

Size
Small
MediumLarge

50pk
403383403384403385100pk
402066402065402064

Triodent® V-Wedge
DISPOSABLE ANATOMICAL WEDGE

Triodent® AdaptiVe Wedge™

• Transparent material allows curing light to pass through• Wedge is suitable for all Class II cases, whether or
not the cure-through option is used
• Notches enhance flexibility for precise matrix adaptation
and retention
Size
Small
MediumLarge
Extra-Large• Self-guiding and stackable, making them easy to place• Adapts to the contours of the interproximal space• Accommodates gingival tissue• Strong, anatomical design• Rigid enough to provide tooth separation

100pk
403324403325403326403327

ultradent.com

Size
Small Hard
Small Soft
Medium Hard
Medium Soft
Large Hard
Large Soft

100pk
402059402056402058402055402057402054117

PREPARE
Triodent® Pin-Tweezers

InterGuard™

CROSSOVER ACTION TWEEZERS

INTERPROXIMAL TOOTH GUARD
1• Passively hold wedges and matrices• Simplify placement and removal of Triodent matrices• Gold tip for pin location• Ball tip for burnishing• Crossover action• Positive mechanical connection for secure handlingand powerful grip
The InterGuard interproximal tooth guard reduces risk of iatrogenic
damage by protecting adjacent teeth.2,3 Stable curls at each end leavetransition angles clear for full access. The .004 thick stainless steel
InterGuard tooth guard is great for tunnel preparations and protecting
the adjacent tooth during air abrasion.

402075 - Pin-Tweezers 1pk

Turn curls to face tooth to be prepared. Tie a length of dental floss through hole, as shown, toprevent patient from swallowing the InterGuard tooth guard.

Triodent® Forceps“InterGuard interproximal tooth guard was developed as a protective shield following the
publication of a clinical investigation proving that two-thirds of the approximal surfaces ofadjacent teeth showed evidence of iatrogenic preparation damage. In my office I soon foundthat InterGuard allows you to work both faster and safer, and I am proud to have contributedwith a tool which has been called another step in the direction of higher quality dentistry.”—DR. OLE OSTERBY, INVENTOR – DENMARKRING-PLACEMENT FORCEPSThe locking function and angled grip arms of the Triodent forceps
ensure maximum stability of the V3 Ring during placement both
mesially and distally.
3097 - InterGuard Kit

5 x Each 4.0 mm and 5.5 mm

Size
4.0 mm
5.5 mm402061 - Ring-Placement Forceps 1pk

118

10pk
4016
4017

50pk
4011
4012

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Lenters M, van Amerongen WE, Mandari GJ. Iatrogenic damage to the adjacent surfacesof primary molars, in three different ways of cavity preparation. Eur Arch Paediatr Dent. 2006;1(1):6-10. 3. de la Peña
VA, García RP, García RP. Sectional matrix: Step-by-step directions for their clinical use. Br Dent J. 2016;220(1):11-14.

800.552.5512

PREVENT AND HYGIENEA N G E L A W E L L S - Cecret Lake

UltraSeal XT plus
PrimaDry
UltraSeal XT hydroUltrapro Tx Cordless Handpiece
Ultrapro Tx Air Handpiece
Ultrapro Tx Prophy Paste
Ultrapro Tx Prophy Angles
Enamelast Fluoride Varnish
Universal Dentin Sealant
Opalpix
Opalescence Whitening Toothpaste

119

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
THE LEADER IN SEALANTS since 1998!*

UltraSeal XT ™ plus

FIVE SIMPLE STEPSHYDROPHOBIC PIT AND FISSURE SEALANT
1

AL

WAYS

B

P

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

Inspiral Brush Tip page 139™

1. Etch for 30 seconds on uncut enamel, 15
seconds on cut enamel. Rinse.

2. Remove visible moisture. PrimaDry™
drying agent will desiccate.

3. Apply PrimaDry agent for 5 seconds withBlack Micro™ FX™ tip, then air dry.

4. Place UltraSeal XT plus sealant.

• Resin-based sealants have high retention rates2• Direct delivery into difficult-to-access areas• Drip-free placement• Penetrates deepest pits and fissures3• Thixotropic/ideal viscosity flowability4• Four shades: Opaque White, Clear, A1, and A2
UltraSeal XT plus hydrophobic pit and fissure sealant is alight-cured, radiopaque composite sealant that contains fluoride.
It is stronger and more wear resistant because it is a 58%-filled resinand has less polymerization shrinkage than competitive products.5
Used with the Inspiral™ Brush Tip, the thixotropic nature of UltraSeal XT
plus sealant causes itself to thin as it’s expressed from the tip, allowing
it to penetrate deep into the pits and fissures. When the resin stops
flowing, the shear thinning ceases and placement is complete6—preventing it from running before it can be light cured. Using PrimaDry™
drying agent with UltraSeal XT plus sealant allows complete penetration
into pits and fissures by eliminating moisture that can cause failure
in hydrophobic sealants.

5. Light cure with VALO™ curing light onStandard Power for 10 seconds or 3 seconds
on Xtra Power mode.

BEFORE AND AFTERWith its adjustable fibers and helical channel, the Inspiral™ Brush tip is designed to optimallydeliver UltraSeal XT sealants.
Image of the bristles and tooth (on the right) were taken at the same magnification, and then overlaid.

Before.

After UltraSeal XT plus sealant.

“We use this wonderful product on at least 30 patients a day. As a pediatric dentist for 38
years, prevention of cavities is the cornerstone of our practice. We have tried all the sealantproducts, and UltraSeal XT plus sealant has been the absolute best for ease of applicationand long-term retention and durability. The best testimony is having moms who were ourpatients bring their kids to us for sealants. Many of the moms still have sealants in place andhave no cavities.” —DR. JAMES HEFFNER – DAVIDSONVILLE, MD“Being a pediatric dentist, this is one material I cannot practice without. I have never foundsuch a user-friendly sealant that is so easy to apply and with such excellent retention as the
UltraSeal XT plus sealant.” —DR. DAVID GOLDSTEIN – ORLANDO, FL

Before.

After UltraSeal XT plus sealant.

* Reality Ratings. Reality. Reality Publishing Company 1998–2017. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Alirezaei M, Bagherian
A, Sarraf Shirazi A. Glass ionomer cements as fissure sealing materials: yes or no?: A systematic review andmeta-analysis. J Am Dent Assoc. 2018; 149(7):640.649.e9. doi:10.1016/j.adaj.2018.02.001 3. Data on file. 4. Data on
file. 5. Data on file, tested to internal procedures. 6. Data on file.

120“I love the UltraSeal XT plus sealant. I have used many different sealant products in my office
as well as the dental school in which I am faculty. Actually, all the pediatric dental instructors
had tried eight different sealants to compare, and UltraSeal XT plus was unanimously thesealant of choice. The viscosity, multiple shades, partially filled consistency, and the fact it isfluoride-releasing make UltraSeal XT plus the most reliable and superior sealant that I choose
to use on my patients.”—DR. ANGELA M. STOUT – ERDENHEIM, PA

800.552.5512

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
PHYSICAL PROPERTY COMPARISONSHEAR BOND 1
31.99 MPa

UltraSeal XT plus sealant38.13 MPa

UltraSeal XT hydro sealantHydrophilic Competitor

9.16 MPa

Hydrophobic Competitor 1

9.86 MPa

UltraSeal XT plus Syringe Kits
Shade

14.90 MPa

Hydrophobic Competitor 2

5

10

20

25

30

35

40

High shear bond strength is essential for retaining the sealant under normal use.

HARDNESS1 x 1.2 ml (2.04 g) UltraSeal XT plus syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (1.584 g) Ultra-Etch syringe
2 x 1.2 ml (3.53 g) PrimaDry syringes
10 x Blue Micro tips
10 x Black Micro FX tips
20 x Inspiral Brush tips

1

UltraSeal XT plus sealant31.2 HK

UltraSeal XT hydro sealant27.3 HK

Hydrophilic Competitor

Kit
725
563
1286
733

Opaque White
Clear
A1
A2

11.6 HK

Hydrophobic Competitor 1

14.7 HK

Hydrophobic Competitor 2

16.0 HK

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

High hardness indicates a strong, durable sealant that won't break away or wear down.

SHRINKAGE 1
UltraSeal XT plus sealantUltraSeal XT plus Syringe 4pks and 20pk

4.3%

UltraSeal XT hydro sealant

5.7%

Hydrophilic Competitor

5.8%

Hydrophobic Competitor 1

5.2%

Hydrophobic Competitor 2

5.8%

3

4

5

6

Shade

Opaque White
Clear
A1
A2

7

4pk
726
565
1289
734

20pk
727
—
—
—

1.2 ml (2.04 g) syringes

8

Low shrinkage reduces the risk of marginal gaps which can lead to microleakage.
1. Data on file, tested to internal procedures.

PrimaDry™
DRYING AGENT
Black Micro™ FX™ Tip page 138• For use with UltraSeal XT plus pit and fissure sealant• Reduces microleakage in hydrophobic sealants

REFRIGERATE

PrimaDry drying agent is optimal for pit and fissure drying and prior toplacement of hydrophobic sealants. It contains 99% organic solventsand 1% primer. PrimaDry drying agent rapidly volatilizes moisture
content of pits and fissures after rinsing off etchant with water spray
and air drying. The ultrafine primer film allows UltraSeal XT™ plus pit
and fissure sealant to flow perfectly into every pit and fissure. Do notuse on dentin.

ultradent.com

716 - PrimaDry Syringe 4pk
717 - PrimaDry Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (3.53 g) syringes

121

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
UltraSeal XT ™ hydroFOUR SIMPLE STEPSHYDROPHILIC PIT AND FISSURE SEALANT
1

AL

WAYS

B

R

R

P

R

R

R

R

A

F R E E

T

E

S

T

E

D

A

T

P

P

M

ADERS’ CHOICE AWARD
2015 RE

1. Etch for 30 seconds on uncut enamel, 15
seconds on cut enamel. Rinse.

2. Remove visible moisture.

3. Place UltraSeal XT hydro sealant.

4. Light cure with VALO curing light onStandard Power for 10 seconds or 3 seconds
on Xtra Power mode.

Inspiral™ Brush Tip page 139• Hydrophilic before it is cured, hydrophobic once cured,and has a self-adhesive quality• Advanced adhesive technology• Fluoresces under black light to ensure sealant is still in place• Highly filled resin - 53%• Thixotropic/ideal viscosity flowability2• Two shades: Opaque White and Natural
UltraSeal XT hydro hydrophilic pit and fissure sealant is a light-cured,
radiopaque composite sealant that contains fluoride. It is stronger
and more wear resistant because it is a 53%-filled resin and has lesspolymerization shrinkage than competitive products.3 Used with theInspiral™ Brush Tip, the thixotropic nature of UltraSeal XT hydro sealantcauses itself to thin as it’s expressed from the tip, allowing complete
penetration deep into the pits and fissures. When the resin stops flowing,
the shear thinning ceases and placement is complete4—preventing itfrom running before it can be light cured. The advanced hydrophilic
chemistry works when all visible moisture has been removed. UltraSeal XT
hydro sealant is more forgiving of moisture deep inside pits and fissures.

“Since I have had such great success with Opalescence™ Boost™ and Opalescence™ PF
whitening, I also ordered the UltraSeal XT hydro sealant. I was previously using a competitor's
sealant and they would pop off within a few weeks at times and just sat on top of the tooth.
While placing the UltraSeal XT hydro sealant, you can literally see the sealant going into thepits and fissures! Day and night difference, and the use of the little light is a fun way to show
the kids and parents and be able to check them at their 6-month appointments!!!”—STEPHANIE VIEAU, DENTAL ASSISTANT – CENTREVILLE, VA

MARGINAL RETENTION AND MICROLEAKAGE

UltraSeal XT hydro Sealant

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Before.

No microleakage.

After.

Sealed margins.

Competitor Hydrophilic SealantAfter placing a sealant, it is often difficult to check margins and retention. UltraSeal XT™ hydrosealant addresses that difficulty with added fluorescent properties. Fully viewable under ablack light, the sealant’s fluorescence allows you to check the integrity of the sealant at thetime of placement and at subsequent visits.

122

Microleakage.

Peeling from margins.

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file. 3. Data on file, tested to internal procedures. 4. Data on file.

800.552.5512

√PREVENT AND HYGIENE
WATER ABSORPTION 1
3UltraSeal XT hydro sealant56.7 µg/mm

3Competitor

100.3 µg/mm

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

Balanced water absorption allows forgivenessin moist environments without degradation.

ULTRADENT’S
TOOTH FAIRY PROGRAM

DEGRADATION 1
UltraSeal XT hydro sealantout

30.0 µg/mm

Redeem extracted teeth for credit towards
Ultradent’s high-quality products!

3

Competitor

122.3 µg/mm

125

120

115

110

105

100

0

No degradation as a result of balanced water absorption.
1. Data on file, tested to internal procedures.

PROGRAM DETAILS

UltraSeal XT hydro Syringe Kits
Shade
Opaque WhiteNatural

Kit
3532
3533

1 x 1.2 ml (2.01 g) UltraSeal XT hydro syringe
1 x 1.2 ml (1.584 g) Ultra-Etch syringe
20 x Blue Micro tips
20 x Inspiral Brush tips

We will credit your Ultradent account with $1.00
for each usable tooth you send us.
In order for Ultradent to develop the quality dental products that we
provide, it is necessary that many products be tested on human teeth.
UltraSeal XT hydro Syringe 4pks and 20pk
Shade
Opaque WhiteNatural

4pk
3534
3535
1.2 ml (2.01 g) syringes

20pk
3536
—

With this in mind, and for your convenience, we have set up a simple
process whereby you can dispose of and redeem extracted teeth
for credit. This credit can be used to purchase Ultradent products.
We will supply you with 50 ml bottles of .05% Chlorhexidine
Gluconate* solution for safe storage and shipping. For each
usable tooth** you send us, we will credit your Ultradent accountwith $1.00 toward future purchases of Ultradent products.
To order your bottles for the program, please contact us at
801.552.5512 ext. 4180 or anita.raisch@ultradent.com.
We appreciate your contribution.
*Chlorhexidine Gluconate is a decontaminant that conforms to OSHA standards and state laws for shipping teeth.
Specific bio-hazard or color-coded labeling is not required under OSHA requirements.

35551 - Black Light Keychain 1pk**Usable teeth include whole adult teeth without root canals or major decay.
Teeth should be unbroken with the coronal portion significantly intact.
Teeth with small fillings or small- to medium-sized decay are acceptable.

ultradent.com

123

PREVENT AND HYGIENE

Unlimited

Ultrapro™ Tx Cordlessnew

HYGIENE HANDPIECE

Movement• Cordless design allows for unlimited movement• Compatible with most DPAs for maximum usability• A single wireless charge can last an entire day• Automatic shutoff after five minutes• Working output of up to 4,000 RPM• Wireless Bluetooth foot control• Lightweight and ergonomic• 2-year warranty
Meet the new Ultrapro™ Tx Cordless handpiece—the hygiene
handpiece that gives you the power of a corded handpiece with theunlimited movement of cordless. The cordless design means you havethe ability to approach a tooth from any angle with no cord drag.

5275 - Ultrapro Tx Cordless Prophy Motor Kit
1 x Cordless prophy motor
3 x Sheaths
1 x Foot control
1 x Charger base
2 x Wall chargers
4 x Prophy angles
100 x Barrier sleeves
6 x Black sheath O-rings
2 x Green motor O-rings

124

800.552.5512

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
Ultrapro™ Tx Air

5276 - Ultrapro Tx Cordless Prophy Sheath Kit
1 x Sheath
4 x Black sheath O-rings
2 x Green motor O-rings

1

HYGIENE HANDPIECE• Lightweight—2.2 oz to reduce hand and arm fatigue2• Ergonomically shaped and low vibration for maximum comfort• Swivels 360º for easy rotation• Soft-start motor to minimize splatter• Maximum speed of 4,000 RPM• Universal E-type motor for multifunctionality• Compatible with nearly all disposable prophy angles

5531 - Ultrapro Tx Cordless Prophy Wall Charger
Replacement Part

Featuring an ergonomic handpiece, innovative prophy angle designs,
and low splatter prophy pastes, our Ultrapro Tx family of products offer a
powerful, comfortable, and effective solution to all your polishing needs.

5532 - Ultrapro Tx Cordless Prophy O-Ring
Replacement Part

8502 - Ultrapro Tx Air Kit

1 x Wall Charger

1 x Motor
3 x Nose cones
1 x Universal lubricating oil

6 x Black sheath O-rings
2 x Green motor O-rings

5533 - Ultrapro Tx Cordless Prophy Foot Control
Replacement Part
1 x Foot control

8503 - Ultrapro Tx Air Green Nose Cone 1pk
8504 - Ultrapro Tx Air Pink Nose Cone 1pk
8505 - Ultrapro Tx Air Blue Nose Cone 1pk

5534 - Ultrapro Tx Cordless Prophy Charger
Base Replacement Part

8506 - Ultrapro Tx Air Motor 1pk

5499 - Ultrapro Tx Cordless Prophy Motor Barrier
Sleeves 500pk

8316 - Universal Lubricating Oil - 0.5 oz Bottle 1pk

1 x Charger base500 x Barrier sleeves

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Moravec, L. Habits for a healthy practice. Dimen Dent Hyg. 2012:10(11):42–44.

ultradent.com

125

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
Ultrapro™ Tx

Ultrapro™ Tx

PROPHY PASTEDISPOSABLE PROPHY ANGLES

1COOL MINTWALTERBERRY™

BUBBLE GUM

ORANGEDREAMSICLE• Innovative cup design for reduced splatter and efficient cleaning• Designed for better access and improved visibility, with 20%
shorter head and 25% slimmer neck (Skini and Sweep angles)• All designs feature optimal flare• Outer ridges for improved interproximal cleaning (Extra, Skini,and Sweep angles)• Available in right- or contra-angle designs (Extra and Skini angles)• Comfortable, ergonomic design• Not made with natural latex rubber• Skini angle is sterile to minimize risk of infection
Ultrapro Tx disposable prophy angles feature smooth, quiet gears and an
ergonomic design so that both you and your patient have a comfortable
experience. With an advanced cup design both inside and out, the Extra,
Skini, and Sweep angles are built to clean better than ever.

Ultrapro™ Tx Sweep™
DISPOSABLE PROPHY ANGLES WITH BRUSH GUARD

PURE• Contains 1.23% fluoride ion• Low splatter formula• Rinses easily and completely to eliminate residual grittiness• Gluten free
• PURE is free of fluoride, flavors, dyes, and oil

Ultrapro Tx 2 g 200pk
Flavor

Cool Mint
Walterberry
Bubble Gum dye-free
Orange Dreamsicle
Variety W-100, OD-50, BG-50
Variety W-100, OD-50, CM-50

PURE

1. realityesthetics.com.

126

Fine
8309
8320
8321
8322
8326
—
—

Medium
8310
8312
8314
8323
—
8327
8325

Coarse
8311
8313
8315
8324
—
—
—

• Brush helps prevent accumulation of saliva and paste on
outside of the cup• Sweeps paste back toward the tooth, allowing the clinician tocontinue working and make fewer stops to refill the cup withprophy paste• Advanced internal blade design• Outer ridges for interproximal cleaning• A 20% shorter head and 25% slimmer neck design gives better
access and improved visibility• Optimal flare• Comfortable, ergonomic shape• Not made with rubber latex• Available in soft or firm cup design
The Ultrapro Tx Sweep disposable prophy angle has an innovative
brush guard designed to keep the treatment field clean and free ofexcess saliva and paste. The flexible bristles efficiently keep saliva
from collecting and roping around the outside of the cup. The cup also
sweeps the prophy paste back toward the tooth, so the paste is notwasted and lost in the saliva.

800.552.5512

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
DPA HEAD COMPARISON

8356 - Ultrapro Tx Tapered Brush 100pk$86.99 ea | $82.64 ea 3/more | $78.29 ea 5/more

original
Soft
Firm

extra

Soft
Firm

144pk
8308
8307

144pk
8340
8341

500pk
8318
8317

500pk
8342
8343

Skini/Sweep

Original

25% slimmer neck

Skini/Sweep

Original

20% shorter headoriginal

extra
extra CONTRA
Soft
Firm

skini

Soft
Firm

skini CONTRA
Soft
Firm

sweep
Soft
Firm

144pk
8344
8345

500pk
8346
8347

144pk
8348
8349

500pk
8350
8351

144pk
8352
8353

500pk
8354
8355

144pk
8357
8358

500pk
8359
8360

skini

sweep

Reduces splatter by up to 95%
to help prevent cross contamination.1
SWEEP DPA SPLATTER COMPARISON TESTING

Ultrapro Tx Sweep prophy angle

Traditional prophy angle

1. Data on file.

ultradent.com

127

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
Flavor-Free

Enamelast™

Cool Mint

CaramelOrangeCream

BubbleGum

Walterberry

BEFORE AND AFTERFLUORIDE VARNISH

MORE THAN JUST GREAT TASTE!
1

Before Enamelast fluoride varnish.

SoftEZ™ Tip page 141• Patented adhesion-promoting agent for enhanced retention• Superior fluoride release and uptake2• Smooth, nongritty texture• Nearly invisible appearance• Nut free and gluten free

Enamelast varnish produces a mechanical occlusion of the dentinal tubules in the treatment of
tooth hypersensitivity. This makes it ideal to use before or after whitening to help ease patient
discomfort in the cervical area.

4521 - Enamelast Walterberry Syringe Kit

Enamelast fluoride varnish is a xylitol-sweetened, 5% sodium fluoride
in a resin carrier. Its unique formula is made with a patented adhesionpromoting agent for enhanced retention, while providing superior
fluoride release and uptake.2 Available in syringe applications in
Walterberry™ flavor and unit-dose applications in Walterberry, Orange
Cream, Cool Mint, Bubble Gum, Caramel flavors, and Flavor-Free.

2 x 1.2 ml (1.23 g) syringes
4 x SoftEZ tips

Enamelast fluoride varnish produces a mechanical occlusion of
the dentinal tubules in the treatment of tooth hypersensitivity. The
AAPD recommends fluoride varnish for use as a preventative adjunctto reduce the risk of caries.3 The use of fluoride varnish for caries
prevention has also been endorsed by the ADA.4≥ 2314 ± 185

3M Vanish™*

696 ± 82

Placebo-21 ± 24

0

FLUORIDE RELEASE (µg/cm2)

120

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

FLUORIDE RELEASE 6

1004523 - Enamelast Walterberry Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.23 g) syringes

Enamelast Unit-Dose 0.4 ml

FLUORIDE UPTAKE (µg F/cm3) 5
Enamelast™ varnish

Immediately after applying Enamelast
fluoride varnish.

Flavor
Walterberry
Orange CreamCool Mint
Bubble Gum
CaramelFlavor-Free
50 ea - W, OC, CM, BG
50 ea - W,CM, BG, C

50pk
4518
4344
4353
4363
4819
5188

200pk
4528
4343
4352
4362
4822
5187
4368
4821

80
60

4529 - Enamelast Application Brushes 200pk

40
20
0
5

128

10

15

20

25 HOURS

Enamelast™ varnish7

VOCO Profluorid®*

DMG ClearShield®*

Dentsply NUPRO®*

3M Vanish™*

Duraphat®** Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com 2. Schemehorn BR. Sound enamel fluoride
uptake from a fluoride varnish. 2013. Data on file. 3. American Academy of Pediatric Dentistry. Policy statement on
the use of fluoride. Adopted 1967. Reaffirmed 1977. Revised 2018. Available from http://www.aapd.org/media/
Policies_Guidelines/P_FluorideUse.pdf. 4. American Dental Association Council on Scientific Affairs. Professionallyapplied topical fluoride: evidence-based clinical recommendations. J Am Dent Assoc. 2006;137(8):1151-9.
5. Schemehorn BR. Sound enamel fluoride uptake from a fluoride varnish. 2013. Data on file. 6. Data on file.
7. Test results based on Walterberry flavor.

800.552.5512

PREVENT AND HYGIENE
Ultradent™ Universal Dentin Sealant

Opalpix™

FOR TRANSIENT ROOT SENSITIVITYINTERPROXIMAL CLEANERBlack Mini™ Brush Tip page 138• Quick application—paint and dry• Great for hygienists' "tool box"
• Ideal following scaling and root planing• Temporary blockage of tubules
Ultradent Universal Dentin Sealant is a biocompatible,
nonpolymerizable, high-molecular-weight resin in a volatileorganic solvent.

Toothpicks vs. Opalpix cleaners.

Coat sensitive roots with Ultradent Universal Dentin Sealant to seal
tubules and reduce discomfort after root planing or scaling.

• Will not splinter or break• Has a textured surface for better cleaning• Perfect balance between flexibility and rigidity• Massages interproximal tissue while removing
debris and plaque• Personalized stickers available with 100pk upon request

USES
Ultradent Universal Dentin Sealant covers dentin with a protective seal. Both surfaces havebeen conditioned with phosphoric acid for 20 seconds; SEM on the right was sealed first with
Ultradent Universal Dentin Sealant.1

Use Opalpix interproximal cleaners to clean under
and around bonded retainers and brackets.

265 - Universal Dentin Sealant Syringe Kit
4 x 1.2 (1.08 g) ml syringes
20 x Black Mini Brush tips

266 - Universal Dentin Sealant Syringe 4pk
1.2 ml (1.08 g) syringes

Note: Ultradent Universal Dentin Sealant is NOT a bonding agent.
For unsurpassed bonding products, see pages 70–78.
If base or liner is needed, use Ultra-Blend™ plus liner, page 77.

6600 - Opalpix 12pk
5590 - Opalpix 100pk

Each pk contains 32 Opalpix cleaners

1. Data on file.

ultradent.com

129

PREVENT AND HYGIENE

BEFORE AND AFTER

Results in as little as one week1

Opalescence™
Whitening Toothpaste
ORIGINAL AND SENSITIVITY RELIEF• Results in as little as one week1• Proven to whiten teeth in four weeks1• Contains hydrated silica which is proven to remove staining1• Gentle on gums1• Safe for long-term daily use• Contains sodium fluoride to help prevent cavities andstrengthen enamel2• Exceptional fluoride uptake3• 78 RDA4• Triclosan and TiO2 free
• Vegan - no animal products are used

1.0 ozOriginal
Sensitivity

24pk
402
3472

4.7 ozOriginal
Sensitivity

12pk
401
3470

Opalescence™ whitening is the leader in tooth whitening. Part of that
product family is Opalescence™ Whitening Toothpaste, which wasdeveloped by a dentist. It actively removes surface stains5 and is gentle
enough to use every day, thanks to its unique silica blend.
· Two kinds of exotic mint are blended into a fresh, clean, cool flavor· Sweetened with xylitol, which may reduce the risk of tooth decay· Our Sensitivity Relief formula provides all the whitening
benefits of the Original, with the added benefit of maximum strength
5% potassium nitrate130* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. Çakmakçioğlu O, Yilmaz P, Topbaşi BF. Clinical evaluationof whitening effect of whitening toothpastes: A pilot study. OHDMBMC. 2009: 8(4);613. 2. Sivapriya E, Sridevi
K, Periasamy R, Lakshminarayanan L, Pradeepkumar AR. Remineralization ability of sodium fluoride on the
microhardness of enamel, dentin, and dentinoenamel junction: An in vitro study. J Conserv Dent. 2017;20(2):100–
104. doi:10.4103/JCD.JCD_353_16. 3. Schemehorn, BR. Enamel Fluoride Uptake 09-107. Data on File. 4. Attin, T.
Assessment of relative dentin abrasion (RDA) of two toothpastes from Ultradent Products, Inc., Universitat Zurich:
Zurich, Switzerland. 2021. Data on file. 5. Gultz J, Kaim J, Scherer W. Whitening efficacy of a whitening toothpaste
creme [IADR abstract 2747]. J Dent Res. 1998;77(suppl 2):975.

800.552.5512

SURGICALK E N D A L L D U C L O S - Timpanogos

OsteoGen Plug
OsteoGen Strips
SST - Surgical Suction Tip
Ultradent Luer Vacuum Adapter

131

SURGICAL
OsteoGen® Plug*ONE-STEP BONE GRAFTING SOLUTION

SLIM

LARGE

EXTRA LARGEOSTEOGEN® NON-CERAMICBIOACTIVE RESORBABLE
CALCIUM APATITE BONE GRAFTTYPE I BOVINE ACHILLESTENDON COLLAGEN

ONE-STEP BONE GRAFTING SOLUTION:
SOCKET PRESERVATION WITHOUT
THE NEED FOR A MEMBRANE• The OsteoGen® Bone Grafting Plug is an easy and affordable
way to clinically deliver bone graft. It’s mainly used for ridge
maintenance and socket preservation.
• The idea is simple: a collagen plug is filled with OsteoGen®
non-ceramic bone graft crystals. This creates the OsteoGen®
Bone Grafting Plug.
• The result is a bone graft combined with a collagen plug forease of clinical delivery—without the need for a membrane.
• The OsteoGen® Bone Grafting Plug combines Bioactive
Resorbable Calcium Apatite with a bovine Achilles tendon
collagen matrix. This creates a structure that mimics theorganic and inorganic components of physiologic bone.
• OsteoGen® is a bioactive and resorbable calcium apatite-based
bone graft. It is physiochemically and crystallographicallysimilar to human bone.1• The OsteoGen® non-ceramic production process yields a
resorbable bone graft with a unique Ca:P ratio. It is NOT a
ß-TCP and NOT a non-resorbable dense ceramic HA (nor is it abiphasic mixture of the two).
• The Bovine Achilles Tendon collagen carries the bone graft
for easy and efficient delivery to the site. Thus, the hassle
and time spent mixing and packing particulate bone grafts iseliminated—and so is the potential for particulate wash out.
• The Type I collagen acts as a wound dressing—not only tostabilize the clot, but also to absorb and deliver blood flow to
the slowly resorbing graft (a feature critical for the initiation ofbone formation and early angiogenesis).
• The collagen found in the OsteoGen® Plug provides a scaffold
for keratinized tissue to develop over the grafted site.
• The OsteoGen® Bone Grafting Plug will show radiolucent on
the day of placement. It becomes radiopaque in 3–6 months2
when it has been replaced with host bone. Implant placement
can then be achieved.
* Manufactured by Impladent Ltd. Jamaica, NY. 1. Valen M, Ganz SD. A synthetic bioactive resorbable graft forpredictable implant reconstruction: part one. Oral Implantol. 2002:28(4);167–177. 2. Data on file. 3. Frost, HM.
The regional acceleratory phenomenon: a review. Henry Ford Hosp Med J. 1983;31(1):3–9. 4. Spivak JM, Ricci JL,
Blumenthal NC, Alexander H. A new canine model to evaluate the biological response of intramedullary bone
to implant materials and surfaces. J Biomed Mater. 1990;24:1121–1149. 5. Ricci JL, Blumenthal NC, Spivac JM,
Alexander H. Evaluation of a low-temperature calcium phosphate particulate implant material: physical-chemical
properties and in vivo bone response. J Oral Maxillofac Surg. 1992;50:969–978.

132

800.552.5512

SURGICALSTEPS TO SUCCESS

1. Extract tooth and thoroughly debride 2. Insert OsteoGen® Plug to deliver
3. Approximate tissue and crisscrosssite in order to increase the healingbone graft and absorb blood flow. This suture over top to keep OsteoGen3capacity of the affected tissues.
will stabilize the clot and initiate early Bone Grafting Plug in place. There isbone formation and angiogenesis.
no need to use a membrane to cover.

4. While OsteoGen Plug resorbs, the5. The OsteoGen crystals resorb
OsteoGen bone graft crystals offer aover 3–6 months (patient specific)2
slowly resorbing bioactive scaffold for and will turn from radiolucent tobone formation while the collagenradiopaque—which indicatesprovides a scaffold for developing tissue. sufficient bone formation.

Clinical images courtesy of
Brigham Stoker, DDS.

Clinical images courtesy ofGerman Murias, DDS, ABOI/ID

CLINICAL APPLICATION

1. Pre-operative X-ray of tooth 12 to be
extracted. Tooth 13 was extracted twomonths prior and was grafted with an
OsteoGen® Plug.

2. Tooth 12, set to be extracted.

3. The surgical site was initially debrided toinduce bleeding and establish the Regional
Acceleratory Phenomenon.

4. Appropriately sized OsteoGen Plugs wereinserted, and blood was allowed to absorb.

5. After insertion of OsteoGen® Plugs, thesocket was sutured over top. No membrane
was required.

®

6. Two implants placed four months laterwith a sinus bump on the distal implant.

1. OsteoGen® is a low density bone graft
and the OsteoGen® Plugs will show
radiolucent on the day of placement.

2. As the OsteoGen crystals are resorbed andreplaced by host bone, the site will becomeradiopaque.

3. The collagen promotes keratinized soft
tissue coverage over the graft.

4. Solid bone is seen upon reentry prior to
implant placement. In this image, a coresample was retrieved.

5. Implant is placed. Note the histology
below showing mature osteocytes inlamellar bone formation.

6. Some of the larger OsteoGen crystals andclusters are slowly resorbing. Bioactivity
is demonstrated by the high bone to
crystal contact absent of any fibrous tissue
encapsulation.4,5

ultradent.com

133

SURGICAL

OPS625-5 - OsteoGen Plug Slim 5pk

25 mm

SLIM

6 mm

OPS625-10 - OsteoGen Plug Slim 10pk

20 mm

BEST
SELLER!

LARGE

OPL1020-5 - OsteoGen Plug Large 5pk

10 mm

OPL1020-10 - OsteoGen Plug Large 10pk

20 mm

EXTRA LARGE

15 mm

OPXL1520-5 - OsteoGen Plug Extra Large 5pk

ULTRADENT’S TOOTH FAIRY PROGRAM
We will credit your Ultradent account with $1.00 for each usable tooth you send us.
In order for Ultradent to develop the quality dental products that we provide, it is necessary that many products be tested on human teeth.
With this in mind, and for your convenience, we have set up a simple process whereby you can dispose of and redeem extracted teeth
for credit. This credit can be used to purchase Ultradent products. We will supply you with 50 ml bottles of .05% Chlorhexidine Gluconate* solution
for safe storage and shipping. For each usable tooth** you send us, we will credit your Ultradent account with $1.00 toward future purchases of Ultradent products.
To order your bottles for the program, please contact us at 801.552.5512 ext. 4180 or anita.raisch@ultradent.com. We appreciate your contribution.
*Chlorhexidine Gluconate is a decontaminant that conforms to OSHA standards and state laws for shipping teeth. Specific bio-hazard or color-coded labeling is not required under OSHA requirements.
**Usable teeth include whole adult teeth without root canals or major decay. Teeth should be unbroken with the coronal portion significantly intact. Teeth with small fillings or small- to medium-sized decay are acceptable.

Redeem extracted teeth for credit towards Ultradent’s high-quality products!

134

800.552.5512

SURGICAL
OsteoGen® Strips*
ONE-STEP BONE GRAFTING SOLUTIONOSTEOGEN® NON-CERAMICBIOACTIVE RESORBABLE
CALCIUM APATITE BONE GRAFTTYPE I BOVINE ACHILLESTENDON COLLAGENRESORBABLE MINERALIZEDCOLLAGEN BONE GRAFTING STRIP

OsteoGen® Strips infuse OsteoGen® bone graft crystals into a collagen
strip to eliminate problems with particulate migration. They area predictable and simple solution for sinus lifts and grafting gaps
between the implant and extraction socket wall.

• Flexible strips easily conform to the grafting site,
eliminating gaps in bony walls• Eliminates chance of particulate wash out; crystals arecontained in the collagen• Use as a mineralized collagen cover to contain particulates
in extraction sites• Easy and effective ridge expansion, can be curved overa narrow ridge for added width• Can be folded or layered to create added volume then packed
into defect space• Extremely porous and hydrophilic• Can be used as a mineralized scaffold for added growth factors
or autologous serum• Four-year shelf life
* Manufactured by Impladent Ltd. Jamaica, NY.

ultradent.com

135

SURGICAL
CLINICAL APPLICATIONClinical images courtesy ofRobert Miller, DDS, ABOI/ID.

40 mm

LARGE
1. Implant is placed lingually following
extraction. OsteoGen® Strip will be used tofill gaps and reinforce the buccal wall.

20 mm

2. OsteoGen® Strip is hydrated with patient’s
blood from the surgical site and, if desired,autologous serum or other growth factors
prior to delivery.

OSL20403-2 - OsteoGen Strip Large 2pk
3. Buccal plate is reinforced by feeding the
OsteoGen® Strip downwards in between theimplant and the buccal wall.

4. The OsteoGen® Strip is a hydrophilicmaterial that can be hydrated withthe patient’s blood and substantiallycompressed to fill a variety of defects.

20 mm

SMALL

5. The OsteoGen® Strip can be folded after
hydration and prior to or during placementwith a blunt instrument for additional bonewidth and stability.

12 mm

6. After placement, the OsteoGen® Strip
reinforces the buccal wall while grafting
the gaps between the buccal plate andthe implant.

OSS12203-2 - OsteoGen Strip Small 2pk

SST ™ - Surgical Suction Tip• Ideal for delicate surgeries• Large-diameter tip opening

Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter• A great time saver for any practice• Dries canals quickly and efficiently• Minimizes paper point use

Designed for: Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter for small periodontic or
endodontic procedures and controlled suction of Opalescence™ Boost™.

™

SST

136

20pk
1248

Luer Vacuum Adapter

800.552.5512

10pk
230

TIPS AND SYRINGESS C O T T PAY N E - Mudd Creek, Strawberry Reservoir

RESTORATIVEBlack Micro FXENDODONTICS
Black Mini
CapillaryBlack Mini Brush
Micro Capillary
IMPRESSIONSBlack Micro
Endo-Eze Irrigator
MixingBlue Micro
Endo-Eze
IntraOral Impression
Blue Mini Dento-Infusor NaviTip with Single Sideport
Dynamic Mixing
ExperTemp Mixing
NaviTip
Inspiral BrushNaviTip withSYRINGES
Intraoral Tip
Double Sideport Irrigator
Skini Delivery
Metal Dento-Infusor
NaviTip FX
Delivery Syringes
Micro Capillary
Empty Delivery
Micro 20 ga
ORTHO
Syringes
SoftEZ
Metal Opal Seal
Syringe Cover
SST
Opal Seal
MixingOpal Bond FlowWhite MacWhite MiniACCESSORIES
Mixing Wells
Luer Lock Cap
Luer Vacuum Adapter
TriAway Adapter
Syringe Organizer
STARbrush
Micro Applicators

137

RESTORATIVE TIPSULTRADENT ™ TIPSDESIGNED TO DELIVER
Check out our tips withand™

Luer Lock tips with Lok-Tite feature double threads that lock the tip into
place for increased security and wings for easy attachment and removal.

Restorative

Tips with the Comfort Hub feature include larger ergonomic wings thatprovide a secure, comfortable grasp of the tip.

The chemistries you use are different. Some are chemically activated,needing to be mixed immediately before delivery. Others have varying
viscosities. Some work in pits and fissures, some inside canals, andsome on smooth surfaces. Each chemistry you use is designed fora specific purpose. Shouldn’t the same be true for your tips?
Ultradent makes tips designed to deliver each chemistry we create.
Whether you’re delivering a solution, a flowable composite, a viscousgel, or thick impression material, we make the perfect tip for the job.
And since our tips are engineered on-site, we test each design to ensure
it works perfectly with the chemistry it’s intended for.

Black Micro™ FX™ Tip™

• Accommodates various viscosities• Flocked tip fans out to spread materials in a thin,uniform layer

22 ga Black Micro FX

100pk
1357

500pk
1434

100pk
514

500pk
1433

100pk
1169

500pk
1432

Designed for: Composite Wetting Resin, Consepsis™ V, PrimaDry™,
and PermaSeal™.

Black Mini™ Tip• Dispenses large volumes• Opaque plastic preserves flow of light-cured materials™

Black Mini

Designed for: Ultra-Blend™ plus, Ultradent™ LC Block-Out
Resin, PermaFlo™, OpalDam™ Green , DeOx™, TriAway™ Adapter,
Opalescence™ Boost™, Ultradent™ Diamond Polish Mint, OpalDam™,
Opalescence™ Endo, and OraSeal™ Caulking.

Black Mini™ Brush Tip• Precise, controlled delivery of aqueous materials• Tight, adjustable brush fibers minimize bubbles• Unique to Ultradent
Designed for: Consepsis™, Peak™ SE, Peak™-ZM, Seek™/Sable™ Seek™,
Ultradent™ Silane, and Ultradent™ Universal Dentin Sealant.

138

800.552.5512™

Black Mini BrushRESTORATIVE TIPS

• Provides pinpoint precision• Narrow cannula accurately delivers materials

22 ga Black Micro

100pk
1085

500pk
1435

25 ga Blue Micro

100pk
127

500pk
1436

Restorative

Black Micro™ Tip
Designed for: Ultra-Blend™ plus.

Blue Micro™ Tip• Provides pinpoint precision• Narrow cannula accurately delivers materials
Designed for: Ultra-Etch™ and Opal™ Etch.

Blue Mini™ Dento-Infusor™ Tip• Offers the same tissue management benefits as theMetal Dento-Infusor™ tip• Allows controlled flow of drop-sized quantities• Outer diameter 1.2 mm

mm
Blue Mini Dento-Infusor 1.20
™

100pk
1086

500pk
1440

Designed for: ViscoStat™ Clear, Consepsis™, Astringedent™,
Astringedent™ X, and ViscoStat™.

ExperTemp™ Mixing Tip• Mixes and delivers in one action

ExperTemp Mixing

45pk
6346

Designed for: ExperTemp™.

Inspiral™ Brush Tip• Delivers viscous or filled materials smoothly via
an internal helical channel and ridge• Tight, adjustable brush fibers minimize bubbles™

Inspiral Brush

100pk
123

500pk
1033-I

Designed for: Composite Wetting Resin, Peak™ Universal Bond,
PQ1™, Ultradent™ Porcelain Etch, Ultra-Etch™, Opal™ Etch, Consepsis™
Scrub, UltraSeal XT™ plus, and UltraSeal XT™ hydro.

ultradent.com

139Restorative

RESTORATIVE TIPS

Intraoral Tip• Allows precise placement• Attaches to dual-barrel mixing tips

20pk
5922

Intraoral

Designed for: PermaFlo™ DC.

Metal Dento-Infusor™ Tip
with Comfort Hub™
• Comfort Hub™ design allows for secure, comfortable
control while attaching or removing tip• Places hemostatic agents precisely andeffectively removes superficial coagulum• Blunt, bent cannula with padded brush enables
gentle pressure in the sulcus• Ultradent’s first tip, the “MDI” remains
paramount for successful tissue management™

19 ga Metal Dento-Infusor

100pk
4955

500pk
4956

Designed for: Astringedent™, Astringedent™ X, ViscoStat™, ViscoStat™
Clear, PQ1™, and Peak™ Universal Bond.

Micro Capillary™ Tips™

• Bright color is easily identified against soft tissues• The world’s smallest molded tips

0.008ʺ Micro Capillary
0.008ʺ Micro Capillary

mm
5
10

20pk
1120
1121

Designed for: Periodontal materials, Endodontics, and the
Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter.

Micro 20 ga Tip™

• Large-gauge cannula enables consistent flow
• Standard flowable composite delivery tip
Designed for: MTAFlow™, PermaFlo™, PermaFlo™ Purple, PermaFlo™
Pink, UltraCal™ XS, OpalDam™, and OpalDam™ Green.

140

800.552.5512

20 ga Micro

100pk
1252

500pk
1437

100pk
1802
—

RESTORATIVE TIPS™

• Tip fibers provide visible, controlled delivery• Brush fibers facilitate smooth application

SoftEZ

Restorative

SoftEZ™ Tip

50pk
4712

Designed for: Enamelast™.

SST ™ - Surgical Suction Tip• Ideal for delicate surgeries• Large-diameter tip opening

SST

20pk
1248

Ultradent Mixing

20pk
5920

White Mac

100pk
1361

White Mini

20pk
1247

™

Designed for: Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter for small
periodontic or endodontic procedures and controlled suctionof Opalescence™ Boost™.

Ultradent™ Mixing Tip• Mixes and delivers in one action
Designed for: UltraTemp™, UltraTemp™ REZ II, EndoREZ™,
and PermaFlo™ DC.

White Mac™ Tip• Dispenses thick and large volumes• All-plastic delivery tip• Greater angle for easy intraoral delivery

500pk
1480

Designed for: OraSeal™ Caulking, OraSeal™ Putty, Consepsis™
Scrub, Opalustre™, and thicker paste chemistries.

White Mini™ Tip• Dispenses large volumes• All-plastic delivery tip• Easily dispenses viscous chemistries
Designed for: Thicker paste chemistries.

ultradent.com

141

Endodontics

ENDODONTIC TIPSWARNING:• Use recommended endodontic tip • Make sure rubber stopper is in position• Take extra precaution when not using sideport tips • Make sure tip is not wedged in the canal

Capillary Tips
• Evacuates canals and substantially minimizes
use of paper points• Narrow, flexible taper accesses curved canals• Great for dental abscess procedures
Never use to deliver irrigating materials or
endodontic chemistries.

™

0.014ʺ Capillary0.019ʺ Capillary

Internal
diameter
0.36 mm
0.48 mm

20pk

50pk

341
186

3099
1425

Tip length
5 mm
10 mm

20pk
1120
1121

100pk
1802
—

Attach to the Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter for moisture
removal from endodontic canals.

Micro Capillary™ Tips™

• Bright color is easily identified against soft tissues• The world’s smallest molded tips

0.008ʺ Micro Capillary
0.008ʺ Micro Capillary

Designed for: Periodontal materials, Endodontics, and the
Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter.

Endo-Eze™ Irrigator Tip• Provides ideal reach while expressing chemicals
towards the canal wall, reducing pressure directly
towards the apex
• Comes with a flexible, blunt cannula with aunique, anti-obturating end• Non-sterile

27 ga (0.40 mm) Endo-Eze Irrigator

Tip length
25 mm

20pk
207

Designed for: Ultradent™ 5 ml syringe.

Endo-Eze™ Tips
• Great for endodontic procedures such as post
cementation and core buildups• Flexible, strong cannulae• Bend easily• Length 19 mm
22 ga 20 ga 19 ga 18 ga

142

22 ga - 0.028ʺ Endo-Eze
20 ga - 0.035ʺ Endo-Eze
19 ga - 0.042ʺ Endo-Eze
18 ga - 0.049ʺ Endo-Eze

Designed for: Luting materials and air/water delivery.
Use with: TriAway™ Adapter and other Ultradent syringes.

800.552.5512

Bendable tip
0.70 mm0.90 mm
1.06 mm1.25 mm

20pk
348
347
346
345

100pk
1431
1430
1429
1428

ENDODONTIC TIPSWARNING:• Use recommended endodontic tip • Make sure rubber stopper is in position• Take extra precaution when not using sideport tips • Make sure tip is not wedged in the canal
NOTE: UltraCal™ XS calcium hydroxide paste should
only be used with NaviTip 29 ga Single Sideport tips.
29 ga - 25 mm

NaviTip™ 29 ga Tips

29 ga - 21 mm

29 ga - 17 mmwith Single Sideport• Designed to direct the flow of chemistry through the sideport of
the tip before flowing down into the area of the apex, thus
reducing the risk of product extrusion• Flexible, stainless steel cannula easily navigates curved canals• Bendable tip 0.33 mm™

29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga–29
29 ga NaviTips

Tip length
27 mm
25 mm
21 mm
17 mm
27–17
17 mm

20pk
4989
4990
4991
4992
5143

Tip length
27 mm
25 mm
21 mm
17 mm
27–17
17 mm

20pk
5115
5114
5113
5112
5116

Endodontics

29 ga - 27 mm

29 ga delivers paste materials: MTAFlow™, MTApex™, EndoREZ™, Ultradent EDTA 18%
Solution, File-Eze™, ChlorCid™, ChlorCid™ Surf, ChlorCid™ V, and UltraCal™ XS.

™

29 ga - 27 mm

29 ga - 25 mm

NaviTip 29 ga Tips™

29 ga - 21 mm

29 ga - 17 mm• Provide controlled delivery to the apex
• Flexible, stainless steel cannulae easily navigate curved canals• Bendable tip 0.33 mm

29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga - 0.0129” NaviTip
29 ga–29
29 ga NaviTips

50pk
1377
1376
1374
1378
1379

29 ga delivers paste materials: MTAFlow™, File-Eze™, Ultradent EDTA 18% Solution,
ChlorCid™ V, Consepsis™ V, ChlorCid™, and ChlorCid™ Surf.

Tip length
27 mm
25 mm
21 mm
17 mm
27–17
17 mm

™

30 ga - 27 mm

30 ga - 25 mm

NaviTip 30 ga Tips™

30 ga - 21 mm

30 ga - 17 mm• Provide controlled delivery to the apex
• Flexible, stainless steel cannulae easily navigate curved canals• Bendable tip 0.30 mm

30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip
30 ga–30
30 ga NaviTips

20pk
1354
1250
1349
1249
1351

50pk
1424
1423
1422
1421
3319

20pk
5121
5123

50pk
5122
5124

30 ga delivers solutions: ChlorCid™, Consepsis™, Ultradent™ Citric Acid 20% Solution,and Ultradent™ EDTA 18% Solution.

NaviTip™ 31 ga Tips

with Double Sideport Irrigator• Double sideports deliver irrigants safely, minimizing thepossibility of chemicals being expressed past the apex
• One of the world’s smallest cannula navigate
the most intricate canal spaces™

31 ga - 0.0098” NaviTip
31 ga - 0.0098” NaviTipTip length
21 mm
27 mm

Designed for: ChlorCid™, ChlorCid™ Surf, and Ultradent™
EDTA 18% Solution.

NaviTip™ FX™ 30 ga Tips
• One-of-a-kind brush cleans, scrubs,
and irrigates simultaneously• Rigid cannula

Listed as an “EXCELLENT” product by a ­prominent independent research institute.1
Tip length
20pk
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip FX
17 mm
1452
25 mm
1454
30 ga - 0.0118” NaviTip FX™

Designed for: Ultradent™ Citric Acid 20% Solution and Ultradent™
EDTA 18% Solution.

1. Clinical Research Associates Newsletter. Volume 29, Issue 1, January 2005.

ultradent.com

143Orthodontics

ORTHODONTIC AND IMPRESSION TIPS

Metal Opal™ Seal Tip

20pk
Metal Opal Seal 19 ga 500-094™

• Soft fibers are ideal for applying a consistent,
even, thin layer to etched enamel• Metal cannula provides ideal flow and ease of expression

100pk
500-095

Designed for: Opal™ Seal.

Opal™ Seal Tip• Soft fibers are ideal for applying a consistent,
even, thin layer to etched enamel• Specially designed to deliver filled resins
with internal helical channel and ridge™

Opal Seal

20pk
500-064

Designed for: Opal™ Seal.

Opal™ Bond Flow Tip

Opal Bond Flow 20 ga

20pk
500-079

Yellow
Pink
Teal

50pk
2902
2903
2904

IntraOral Impression

50pk
2906

Dynamic Mixing

50pk
4075

™

• Large-gauge cannula enables consistent flow
• Standard flowable composite delivery tip

Impressions

Designed for: Opal™ Bond Flow.

Impression Mixing Tips
• Enable direct delivery of impression materials• Automixing, disposable, and color coded
Designed for: Thermo Clone™ VPS and Chromaclone™ PVS.

IntraOral Impression Tip• Allows precise placement• Attaches to impression mixing tips
Designed for: Thermo Clone™ VPS and Chromaclone™ PVS.

Dynamic Mixing Tip• Easily and securely locks on cartridge• Provides consistent mixing of base and catalyst
Designed for: Thermo Clone™ VPS 380 ml cartridges.

144

800.552.5512

500pk
500-097

SYRINGES

Skini Delivery andClear Skini Delivery Syringes• Generates pressure in the syringe with low force to theplunger, resulting in more precise apical delivery• Low waste

0.5 ml Skini Delivery Syringe
0.5 ml Clear Skini Delivery Syringe

20pk
1680
1880

50pk
1681

1.2 ml Hemostatic Delivery Syringe

20pk
1278

100pk
3096

1.2 ml Ultra-Etch Delivery Syringe

20pk
129

1.2 ml Delivery Syringe

20pk
124

5 ml Delivery Syringe

10pk
201

1.2 ml Syringe Cover

300pk
249

­—

Designed for: EndoREZ™, MTAFlow™, and PermaFlo™ DC.

Ultradent™ Hemostatic
Delivery Syringe• Snug Luer Lock threads prevent tips from popping off• Colored plastic is light sensitive to preserve chemistry
Designed for: 30 ml IndiSpense™ syringes of ViscoStat™, ViscoStat™ Clear,
Astringedent™, and Astringedent™ X.

Ultra-Etch™ Delivery Syringe• Snug Luer Lock threads prevent tips from popping off• Blue color makes identification easy
Designed for: 30 ml IndiSpense syringes of Ultra-Etch™.

1.2 ml Delivery Syringe• Snug Luer Lock threads prevent tips from popping off

100pk
157

Designed for: All 30 ml IndiSpense™ syringes.

5 ml Delivery Syringe• Syringe barrel flange is positioned for optimum control/leverage
Designed for: Irrigants for in-office or dentist-supervised procedures, as well
as Capillary tip, ChlorCid™, Ultradent™ Citric Acid 20% Solution, Ultradent™ EDTA
18% Solution, and Consepsis™.

Ultradent™ Syringe Cover• Provides an easy, reliable barrier• Ensures asepsis of syringe during cleanup
Designed for: All 1.2 ml syringes.

ultradent.com

145

ACCESSORIES
Ultradent™ Mixing Wells
Mixing Wells

100pk
4545

Luer Lock Cap

20pk
205

Luer Vacuum Adapter

10pk
230

TriAway Adapter Irrigator

20pk
1375

Syringe Organizer

1pk
382

• Use with bottled chemistries
Designed for: Peak™ and Peak™-ZM.

Luer Lock Cap• Winged, polypropylene, plastic luer lock cap• Use to seal syringes loaded in the office
Designed for: All Ultradent™ plastic syringes.

Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter• A great time saver for any practice• Dries canals quickly and efficiently• Minimizes paper point use

TriAway™ Adapter
Use for controlled administration of water and/or air to depths of tiny cavity
preparations, such as minimally invasive operative-type preparations or
endodontic preparations. Note: Do NOT use in open canals.

Syringe Organizer• Holds 14 syringes• Made of clear acrylic

STARbrush™ Intercoronal Brush• Effectively cleans in hard-to-reach areas• Tight fibers help to prevent messes and apply appropriate pressure• Great for cleaning pits and fissures with Consepsis™ Scrub antibacterial
slurry prior to sealants

STARbrush

50pk
1092

100pk
1093

1

1. realityesthetics.com.

Ultradent™ Micro Applicators• Bend easily• Apply small amounts accurately• Standard size

Micro Applicator Brush Variety

The Micro Applicator is composed of small nonlinting, nonabsorbent fibersthat suspend solutions, creating a nondripping sphere.

146

800.552.5512

400pk
4548

Actual size

TISSUE MANAGEMENTJ O H N N E S B I T - Gunlock Falls

ViscoStat
ViscoStat Clear
Astringedent
Astringedent X
Astringedent Spot
Remover
Ultrapak
Ultrapak E
Fischer’s Ultrapak
Packers
Fischer’s Slide
Packers

147

TISSUE MANAGEMENTFOR HEMOSTASIS AND FLUID CONTROLOur complete line of solutions continuously sets the standard forsuperior control and predictability while offering dentists fast, reliable,
and affordable products.

FOR PROFOUNDHEMOSTASISFor continuous control of bleeding and sulcular fluid,
no one offers a more complete line of solutions.

Reduce cross-contamination and need forsterilizing by loading a unit-dose syringe
directly from the IndiSpense™ syringe.

Firmly rub Viscostat™, Astringedent™, orAstringedent™ X hemostatic against the cut
bleeding tissue to obtain hemostasis.

FERRIC SULFATE - ACTIVE HEMOSTASIS

1. With the Dento-Infusor™ tip, scrub hemostatic firmly against cut bleeding tissues until
bleeding stops.

Tissue Management
Unparalleled tissue management starts with rapid, profoundhemostasis. For more than 40 years, dentists have trusted the immediate
hemostatic power, detailed margins, and elimination of surface bleeding
and sulcular fluid provided by Ultradent’s tissue management products.

2. Give firm air/water spray to remove
residual coagulum and to test for profoundhemostasis. If bleeding continues, repeat.

148

800.552.5512

3. After complete hemostasis has been
attained, excellent retraction is achieved
using Ultrapak™ knitted cord placed with
the Ultrapak™ packer.

TISSUE MANAGEMENTFOR INDIRECT BONDING (LUTING)PROVISIONAL REMOVEDCONTAMINATION
Courtesy of Dr. Dan Fischer.

FOR DIRECT BONDING
MICROLEAKAGESTAINING

1. Well-healed tissue 2 weeks post-op.

2. Sulcular fluids and blood are acontaminate to bonding.

1. Leakage under recently bonded composite.

2. Upon removing some of the composite,
the extent of leakage is more evident.
Contamination has occurred, therefore
compromising the seal. Hemostatic, blood,sulcular fluid, saliva, and byproducts
from anerobic bacteria can be sources ofcontamination. Retreatment is necessary.

RESTORATIONSEAL/DRY

WASH/DRY

ISOLATION

3. Hemostatics such as iron sulfates andaluminum chloride will reduce or help seal
epithelium— rendering it impermeable tosulcular fluid.

4. Etch for 2–3 seconds then wash/dry andproceed with bonding/luting procedure.

3. Isolate tissues with Ultrapak™ cord soaked inhemostatic. Proceed with bonding procedure.

BOND

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

CONTROL

4. Repaired restoration.

SEAT RESTORATION

1. For restorations, Astingedent™ X hemostaticand Ultrapak cord are ideal for controlling
blood and sulcular fluids and can also protect
tissue from burs. Use a firm air/water spray
to remove excess hemostatic solution.

5. Bond/lute definitive crown.

2. Successful bonded restoration.

INDIRECT VENEER RETRACTION

Note: Perfect sulcular fluid control is mandatory if
bonding and luting is adjacent to gingival sulcus.1

1. Bailey JH, Fischer DE. Procedural hemostasis and sulcular fluid control: a prerequisite in modern dentistry. Pract
Periodontics Aesthet Dent. 1995;7(4):65-75; quiz 76.

ultradent.com

1. Packing Ultrapak cord quickly displaces
tissues and improves access for indirect
veneer luting.

149

TISSUE MANAGEMENTFOR IMPRESSION TAKING
An astringent is a substance that eliminates permeability of epithelium
to tissue fluid flow. The result is a dry field, an important tissue
management solution. An ideal impression for successful crowns,
veneers, and bridges must accurately capture the preparation
margins. This can be ensured only through reliable hemostasis
and gingival displacement.
BLEEDING

FOR VITAL PULPOTOMY IN PRIMARY TEETH- EXPANDED APPLICATIONHEMOSTASISPROTECTION

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

HEMOSTASIS

1. Control bleeding. Use Dento-Infusor
tip with ViscoStat or Astringedent™
hemostatics.1 Use sterile water for thisprocedure.
1. Subgingival preparation with bleeding.

2. Scrub Astringedent™ X hemostatic
firmly against bleeding tissues with Metal
Dento-Infusor™ tip.

CLEANING/TESTINGDISPLACEMENTBARRIER

3. Firm air/water spray removes residual
coagulum and tests tissue for quality,
profound hemostasis.

2. Place a thin layer of MTAFlow™ White
repair cement over the root canal orifice.

ETCH

4. Soak Ultrapak™ knitted cord in Astringedent™
X hemostatic, pack, and leave for 5 minutes.
3. Apply a thin layer of Ultra-Blend™ plus liner.

DRYING/TESTING

TAKE IMPRESSION

5. Remove Ultrapak knitted cord, follow witha firm air/water spray and dry.

4. Apply Ultra-Etch™ phosphoric acid or
Peak™ SE Primer.

BOND

RESTORE5. Apply Peak™ Universal Bond bonding agent.

6. Use your preferred restorative material for
definitive restoration.

6. Express Thermo Clone™ VPS impression
material.

RESULT

7. Predictable quality impressions.
“We have many products and procedures in dentistry that are technique sensitive­­—tissue
management is especially so. Done right, it’s gorgeous! You see results almost immediately.
Done wrong, the bleeding doesn’t stop, and you end up with that awful coagulum everywhere.”—DR. DAN FISCHER, DDS

150

1. Fei AL, Udin RD, Johnson R. A clinical study of ferric sulfate as a pulpotomy agent in primary teeth. Pediatr Dent.
1991;13(6):327-32.

800.552.5512

√

TISSUE MANAGEMENTFOR CHALLENGING CASES

out

1. Old, fractured amalgam filling. Patient
has been chewing on fragments for months,
leaving gingiva inflamed.

2. Remove old amalgam. Keep caries
as a barrier for the time being, in case
pulp is exposed.

Dento-Infusor™ Tips

Using the correct tip is essential to achieving profound, dependable
hemostasis and sulcular fluid control.

4. If necessary, achieve profound hemostasis
by applying ViscoStat™ hemostatic or
Astringedent™ X hemostatic with brushend of Metal Dento-Infusor™ tip.

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

3. Expose gingival margin of restoration
before placing a rubber dam. Move to step4, if necessary, to improve visibility.

Hemostatic agents are only as good as their delivery systems. DentoInfusor tips infuse hemostatic agents into bleeding capillaries. The
padded brush end rubs the agent into capillaries and wipes coagulum
away. The result is a clean, dry preparation ready for impressions.

Bleeding must be controlled before starting
any direct bonding procedure.
5. Place a dental dam; then remove
residual caries. Treat exposed pulp if
necessary. Etch and bond with Peak™
Universal Bond adhesive.

6. DO NOT wedge matrix band until firstlayer of composite has been placed.

Profound hemostasis achieved, preparationis ready to restore.

As a rule, the Metal Dento-Infusor is the tip of choice for use with
ViscoStat™, ViscoStat™ Clear, Astringedent™, and Astringedent™ X
hemostatic agents. It can be used with enough pressure to infuse thecapillaries with the hemostatic agent. If control of only sulcular fluid isrequired, the softer tip end of the plastic Blue Mini™ Dento-Infusor™ tip
may be gentler on the newly healed epithelium at the time of bonding
subgingival definitive restorations.
Both infusors allow hemostatic agents to be scrubbed into the tissue
in a targeted and sparing way, which is not possible with other means
such as cotton pellets, micro brushes, and special brushes.

7. First, place matrix band to create a gingival
barrier, etch and bond after placing matrix
band, then place first layer of composite.

8. Wedge after first layer. Loosen matrix
band and contour for good interproximal
contact. Place an initial adaptive layer with
PermaFlo™ flowable composite and fill cavity
with one of our quality composites.

Tip infuses ferric sulfate hemostatic agent
into capillaries, forming a cork-like “plug,”then cleans coagulum away.

The flared brush padded end on the Metal
Dento-Infusor™ tip enables hemostaticto temporarily close off capillary ends bycausing collagen in them to swell.

Dento-Infusor Tips, see pages 139–140.
ultradent.com

151

TISSUE MANAGEMENT
ViscoStat™
VISCOUS COAGULATIVE HEMOSTATIC
20% FERRIC SULFATE

3093 - ViscoStat Dento-Infusor Syringe Kit1

4 x 1.2 ml (1.47 g) syringes
20 x Metal Dento-Infusor tips

647 - ViscoStat Dento-Infusor IndiSpense™ Syringe Kit

Metal Dento-Infusor™ Tip
with Comfort Hub™ page 140

1 x 30 ml (36.69 g) IndiSpense syringe
20 x Metal Dento-Infusor tips
20 x 1.2 ml empty syringes• Provides profound hemostasis• Stops moderate bleeding• Saves chair time
• Does not impede hard or soft tissue healing• Eliminates sulcular fluid contamination for optimal bonding• Decreases costly impression remakes

3070 - ViscoStat Syringe 20pk

ViscoStat hemostatic is a 20% ferric sulfate equivalent hemostatic
agent with inert binding agents in a viscous, aqueous solution. It
contains fumed silica to limit the acidic activity, making it kind to
hard and soft tissue.

1.2 ml (1.47 g) syringes

ViscoStat hemostatic solution is suited for a variety of dental andoral surgery procedures to arrest surface capillary bleeding. Suchprocedures include fixed prosthodontics, restorative-operative,
periodontal treatment, etc. ViscoStat hemostatic is also recommended
for retrofillings, canine impactions, gingivectomies, and as a “fixative”
for pulpotomies.
Tip: Prevent leakage caused by sulcular fluid contamination during
direct bonding procedures. Soak an Ultrapak™ knitted cord in ahemostatic and isolate the tissues. Follow with a firm air/water spray.

645 - ViscoStat IndiSpense Syringe 1pk“ViscoStat hemostatic has allowed me to take clean, dry, accurate impressions even in someof the most hemorrhagic situations. Thank you! I appreciate it, my lab man appreciates it,
and my patients appreciate it.”—DR. MONTE PERSON – FRESNO, CA

1278 - Hemostatic Delivery Syringe 20pk
3096 - Hemostatic Delivery Syringe 100pk“ViscoStat hemostatic can stop bleeding in the cervical area of a crown prep like nothing else
I have ever seen! It is a miracle solution! I wish I knew how many thousands of hours it has
saved me over the years. Thank you, Ultradent!”—DR. SCOTT J. HADLEY – HAXTUN, CO“Without a doubt I would be lost without ViscoStat hemostatic! It quickly stops sulcular
bleeding, allowing me to place the Ultrapak #OOO cord and get an excellent impression on
the first try. It is also great to use when bonding composites near gingival tissues. ViscoStat
hemostatic is a vital part of my crown prep and composite armamentarium.”—DR. JULIE ANN ROUTHIER – SAVANNAH, GA

152

30 ml (36.69 g) syringe

1.2 ml empty syringes

Do not use epinephrine preparations with ferric sulfate! Note:products (ViscoStat, Astringedent, Astringedent X hemostatics),
as blue/black precipitate will occur.
1. realityesthetics.com.

800.552.5512

TISSUE MANAGEMENT
ViscoStat™ Clear
VISCOUS HEMOSTATIC GEL
25% ALUMINUM CHLORIDE

6409 - ViscoStat Clear Dento-Infusor Syringe Kit1

4 x 1.2 ml (1.54 g) syringes
20 x Metal Dento-Infusor tips

6407 - ViscoStat Clear Dento-Infusor IndiSpense™ Syringe Kit

Metal Dento-Infusor™ Tip
with Comfort Hub™ page 140

1 x 30 ml (38.52 g) IndiSpense syringe
20 x Metal Dento-Infusor tips
20 x 1.2 ml empty syringes• Does not discolor the gingiva• Stops minor bleeding• Rinses easily• Viscous gel• Does not interfere with bonding26410 - ViscoStat Clear Syringe 20pk

ViscoStat Clear hemostatic is a 25% aluminum chloride gel in a viscous,
aqueous solution. Its tissue-kind silica formula temporarily eliminates
minor bleeding. No coagulum is formed, nor does residue adhere
to the preparation, which is especially critical in the esthetic zone.
ViscoStat Clear hemostatic will not stain the hard or soft tissues.
ViscoStat Clear hemostatic is intended for sulcus retraction prior
to impression making and to control bleeding and gingival fluid in
restorative and operative dentistry. It is designed to be used with
Ultrapak retraction cord and the Dento-Infusor tip. The gel facilitates
the insertion of the cord into the sulcus.

1.2 ml (1.54 g) syringes

6408 - ViscoStat Clear IndiSpense Syringe 1pk
30 ml (38.52 g) syringe

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Data on file.

PROCEDURE

1. Subgingival preparation and bleeding
sulcus.

2. Scrub hemostatic firmly against bleeding tissues
with the Metal Dento-Infusor tip. The clear gel
allows easy visibility and rinses away quickly.

4. Remove cord. Firm air/water spray. Air
dry. Facilitates great control in esthetic zone
with no gingival stain.

5. Finished restoration 2 weeks post-op.

ultradent.com

3. Place soaked Ultrapak™ cord into thesulcus. Leave for 5 minutes.

153

TISSUE MANAGEMENT
Astringedent™

Astringedent™ X

COAGULATIVE HEMOSTATIC
15.5% FERRIC SULFATE SOLUTION

COAGULATIVE HEMOSTATIC
12.7% IRON SOLUTION

1• Clinicians “go-to” hemostatic for all case situations• Ultradent’s fastest and most powerful hemostatic1• Stops minor to severe bleeding
Astringedent X hemostatic is an aqueous 12.7% iron solution that works
quickly to stop bleeding in seconds. It contains equivalent ferric sulfate
and ferric subsulfate. Note: Diluted Astringedent X hemostatic does notequal ViscoStat or Astringedent hemostatics.

• The “Classic” hemostatic agent for profound hemostasis• Stops moderate bleeding• Eliminates sulcular fluid contamination for optimal bonding• Decreases costly impression remakes

Astringedent hemostatic solution is well suited for a variety ofdental and oral surgery procedures to arrest bleeding. Astringedenthemostatic can be used to prevent leakage caused by sulcular fluid
contamination during direct bonding procedures.

Courtesy of Dr. Bruce LeBlanc.

Astringedent hemostatic is an aqueous 15.5% ferric sulfate hemostatic
solution with a pH of ~1.0.

Recommended for all case situations, including when a stronger, morepotent hemostatic is required and when the attainment of quality
hemostasis may be more challenging (e.g., in cases of difficult-to-stop,
problem bleeding).

Astringedent X hemostatic and Metal Dento-Infusor tip facilitate
profound hemostasis, even with challenging cases.

Listed as a “CAN’T LIVE WITHOUT” product by aprominent independent research institute.2

112 - Astringedent X Bottle 1pk
690 - Astringedent X IndiSpense Syringe 1pk

Note: ViscoStat™ and Astringedent hemostatic agents should be usedwith a Metal Dento-Infusor™ tip. The plastic Blue Mini™
Dento-Infusor™ tip should be used when you are dealing with newly
healed epithelium, as the softer tip is slightly less aggressive.

30 ml (40.71 g)

Astringedent™ Spot Remover
CLEANING SOLUTION

Astringedent Spot Remover is designed to remove ViscoStat hemostatic,
Astringedent hemostatic, and Astringedent X hemostatic stains that will
not come out of clothing with soap and water. Not for intraoral use.
111 - Astringedent Bottle 1pk
686 - Astringedent IndiSpense™ Syringe 1pk
30 ml (34.41 g)

2160 - Astringedent Spot Remover 1pk
30 ml (35.3 g) bottle

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. “Can’t Live Without” Clinical Research Associates Newsletter, Volume 21, Issue 7, July 1997.

154

1. Data on file.

800.552.5512

TISSUE MANAGEMENT
Ultrapak™ and Ultrapak™ E
KNITTED AND EPINEPHRINE KNITTED CORD
1Best Gingival
Retraction Material

THE ONE WITH THE STRIPE!™
With easy packing, excellent absorption, and exceptional
retention, the proprietary knitted design of the Ultrapak
cord has been the preferred choice for years.

Listed as a “CAN’T LIVE WITHOUT” product by aprominent independent research institute.3• The original knitted cord
• Provides optimal tissue displacement and detailed margins
for quality impressions• Facilitates easy packing and stays in place better thantwisted or braided cord
• Compresses upon packing then expands for optimal retraction• Available with or without epinephrine2

ULTRAPAK CORD
COMPETITOR ABSORPTION COMPARISON
Ultrapak™ knitted cord vs. leading competitors’ absorption abilities.*
4.4

ViscoStat™ hemostatic
5.6 ViscoStat™ Clear hemostatic
4.2
Water

GingiBraid™**

GingiKnit™**

GingiPak® Z Twist™**

Ultrapak cord is made of 100% cotton which has been knitted into
thousands of tiny loops to form long, interlocking chains. After
hemostasis is achieved, this unique knitted design exerts a gentle,
continuous outward force following placement as the knitted loops seek
to open. Optimal tissue displacement occurs in 5 minutes. Ultrapak E
knitted cord is impregnated with racemic epinephrine hydrochloride.
Ultrapak cord can also be used to deliver ferric sulfate solutions
subgingivally for sulcular fluid control. Ultrapak cord is designed
to enhance tissue management techniques that use ViscoStat™ andAstringedent™ hemostatics. Conventional techniques using alum,aluminum chloride, etc. are also enhanced when using Ultrapak plain
knitted cords, which carry significantly greater quantities of hemostatic
solution than conventional cords.
Note: Do not use Ultrapak E knitted cord or other epinephrine
preparations with ferric sulfate solutions, including ViscoStat,
Astringedent, and Astringedent X hemostatics,
as blue/black precipitate will occur.

5.8
6.4

2.7

SiliTrax® Plain**

3.9

Sure-Cord®**

6.1
6.8
6.4
6.2

3.7

Ultrapak™ cord

7.5

Stat-Pak™**

4.3

4.7

2.0

10.9
11.2

7.0
6.3
5.7

Proretract™**

0

7.9

5.8
5.5

7.2
Unit of measure: µl/cm

4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0

* Data on file. ** Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Note: Do not use
Ultrapak E knitted cord or other epinephrine preparations with ferric sulfate solutions, including ViscoStat,
Astringedent, and Astringedent X hemostatics, as a blue/black precipitate will occur. Ultrapak knitted cord withepinephrine is not available in all countries. 3. “Can’t Live Without” Clinical Research Associates Newsletter, Volume21, Issue 7, July 1997.

ultradent.com

155

TISSUE MANAGEMENT
PRE-PREPARATION PACKING TECHNIQUEDOUBLE-CORD TECHNIQUE

To ensure cord retention during preparation, use a cord large enoughto firmly compress into sulcus.

The most common challenges in getting a quality impression are
adequate tissue retraction and sufficient moisture control. Try a double
retraction cord technique combined with effective hemostatic agents toalleviate both.

PREPACK

1. Place Ultrapak™ knitted cord soaked inhemostatic solution using a cord size thatappears slightly too large to ensure cord
retention. The thin Ultrapak™ Packer quickly
slips cord into position. The knitted cord’s
unique design (interlocking loops) facilitateseasy packing and locks it into place.

PREPARATION

2. Extend margin subgingivally by cutting
partway into knitted cord, which won’t
entangle in diamond bur. Remove remnantof cord with an explorer or other instrument.
Bleeding is minimal if at all. A small portionof uncut tooth above gingival attachment
is preserved to record in impression. If
additional retraction is required, repack withappropriately sized cord. Rinse, air dry, andmake impression.

FIRST CORDSECOND CORD

1. Once hemostasis is achieved, carefully
place a single cord—such as Ultrapak™
knitted cord #0, #00, or #000—to the bottomof the sulcus. Use Fischer’s Ultrapak Packers
to place cords properly and efficiently.

2. Place a second, thicker cord soaked in ahemostatic agent to expand the tissue laterally.

RINSE/DRY

FOR DIGITAL IMPRESSIONS COMPLETE HEMOSTASISHEMOSTASISCLEAR FIELD

3. Rinse the area well, lightly dry, and make
impression.

BRAIDED

1. Complete hemostasis is essential,
especially when taking digital impressions,for the most accurate marginal fit of
any restoration.

2. After hemostasis is achieved andtissue is retracted, preparation is readyfor digital impression.

ULTRAPAK
Knitted Ultrapak cord is composed ofthousands of tiny, interlocking loops so it
compresses and expands easier than othercords. 100% cotton fibers provide highabsorption1 of hemostatic agentsand sulcular fluids.

Ultrapak cord compresses upon packing
and then expands for optimal tissue
displacement.

Ultrapak cord, saturated with hemostatic
solution, controls bleeding and sulcular fluid
near gingival and subgingival preparations.

Ultrapak CleanCut design features a bladein the cap for efficient cutting. A special
dispensing orifice prevents cord fromfalling into the bottle.

“Ultrapak cord is excellent at displacing the gingival tissue and allowing proper hemostasis,
and is easy to place and remove. It works very well for all retraction purposes. The different
sizes are good for all situations.”—DR. Y CLEMENT SHEK – SAN FRANCISCO, CA“In dentistry, time is money. Ultrapak cord’s woven design makes packing the cord quick andeasy, plus the tooth can be prepped or touched up without snagging the cord. This increases
patient comfort in shortening the appointment with far less repeat impressions.”—DR. THOMAS J. FRANKFURTH – TAMPA, FL“Ultrapak cord has taken the stress out of cord packing. This was the most frustrating partof my day when I was using other products. Add the amazing Astringedent hemostatic and…
LIFE IS GOOD!”—DR. LISA MARSHALL – XENIA, OH

156

1. Data on file.

800.552.5512

TISSUE MANAGEMENT

Each bottle contains
8 ft/244 cm of cord.

CORD COMPARISON CHART#000 - .035” (0,889 mm)#00 - .041” (1,041 mm)#0 - .045” (1,143 mm)#1 - .049” (1,245 mm)#2 - .056” (1,422 mm)#3 - .063” (1,6 mm)

130 - Ultrapak Kit

1 x Each #00, 0, 1, and 2 cord
1 x Ultrapak organizer#000 - .035” (0,889 mm)• Lower cord in the “double-cord” technique• Anterior teeth#1 - .049” (1,245 mm)• Non-impregnated #1 and #2 sizes are particularly
effective for tissue control and/or displacement
when soaked in coagulative hemostatic solution
prior to and/or after crown preparations• Protective “pre-preparation” cord on anteriors
132 - Ultrapak Cord #1 Regular 1pk

137 - Ultrapak Cord #000 Regular 1pk#00 - .041” (1,041 mm)• Preparing and cementing veneers• Restorative procedures dealing with thin,friable tissues

199 - Ultrapak Cord #1 Epinephrine 1pk#2 - .056” (1,422 mm)• Upper cord for “double-cord” technique• Protective “pre-preparation” cord

136 - Ultrapak Cord #00 Regular 1pk

133 - Ultrapak Cord #2 Regular 1pk

197 - Ultrapak Cord #00 Epinephrine 1pk

200 - Ultrapak Cord #2 Epinephrine 1pk#0 - .045” (1,143 mm)• Lower anteriors• When luting near gingival and subgingival
veneers• Class III, IV, and V restorations• Upper cord for use with the “double-cord” technique#3 - .063” (1,6 mm)• Areas that have fairly thick gingival tissues
where a significant amount of force is required• Upper cord for use with the “double-cord” technique
134 - Ultrapak Cord #3 Regular 1pk

131 - Ultrapak Cord #0 Regular 1pk

Note: Do not use Ultrapak E knitted cord or otherepinephrine preparations with ferric sulfate solutions,
including ViscoStat, Astringedent, and Astringedent X
hemostatics, as blue/black precipitate will occur.

198 - Ultrapak Cord #0 Epinephrine 1pk

ultradent.com

157

TISSUE MANAGEMENT

Small#172 and #174 (90º and parallel to handle)#170 and #171 (45º to handle)

RegularFischer’s
Ultrapak™ Packers

Fischer’s
Slide Packers

THIN SERRATEDPACKING INSTRUMENTS

THIN, CIRCULAR, NON-SERRATEDPACKING INSTRUMENTS

These specially designed packers ease thepacking of Ultrapak™ knitted cord. Their thinedges and fine serrations press into the cord,
preventing it from slipping off and reducing therisk of cutting the gingival attachment.

These thin, non-serrated slide packers aredesigned to place and compress cord with asliding action as the clinician places cord aroundthe prep. The thin head presses into the cord, andthe smooth, circular head allows placement ofcord in a sliding motion around the preparation
without lifting the instrument from the cord.

45° TO HANDLE: Our most popular packers,
with heads at 45° to the handle and threepacking sides. Circular packing of the prep
can be completed without the need to flip the
instrument end to end. Use the small packer onlower anteriors and upper lateral incisors.
90° AND PARALLEL TO HANDLE: Same size design
as the 45º to handle packer, except one of theheads is in line with the shank and the other is
at a right angle to the shank.
“Ultrapak Packers help place the cords properly in a quick
and efficient manner. Thanks to the inventors!”—DR. JOHN LUI – BELLEVUE, WA

171 - Small Packer - 45º to handle 1pk
170 - Regular Packer - 45º to handle 1pk
174 - Small Packer - 90º to handle 1pk
172 - Regular Packer - 90º to handle 1pk

158

834 - Small Slide Packer - 45º to handle 1pk
833 - Regular Slide Packer - 45º to handle 1pk

800.552.5512

WHITENT H A O N G U Y E N - Little Cottonwood Canyon

Questions Behind Tooth Whitening
Whitening Treatment Protocol
Opalescence Tooth Whitening Reference Guide
Tips on Growing your Tooth Whitening Business
Opalescence 10%
Opalescence PF 10%, 15%, 20%, 35%, and 45%
Opalescence Go 10% and 15%
Opalescence Boost
Opalescence Endo
OpalDam and OpalDam Green
Opalustre and OpalCups
Opalescence Whitening Toothpaste

UltraEZ
KleerView
IsoBlock
Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin
Sof-Tray Classic Sheets
Ultra-Trim Scalloping Scissors
Opalescence Shade Guide Card
Opalescence Pocket Tray Cases
Custom Tray Patient Instructions
Opalescence Whitening Menu
Opalescence Gift Bags

159

WHITEN

WHITEN YOUR SMILE - Questions Behind Tooth Whitening
There are many causes of tooth staining. Certain medicines, tooth trauma, root fillings, and foods and beverages can cause tooth discoloration over time.
Some discolorations are superficial, while others are internal. Both can be effectively treated by a dentist.
Professional whitening is the best option to safely lighten discolored teeth.
HOW DOES WHITENING WORK?
Opalescence whitening gels contain an active whitening ingredient,either carbamide peroxide or hydrogen peroxide. Peroxide gels break
down into water, oxygen, and reactive oxygen molecules. These reactive
oxygen molecules treat both the enamel and the dentin, oxidizing
the bonds of discolored stain molecules. By changing the stained
molecules, the tooth becomes lighter.1
Reactive oxygen molecules permeate the entire tooth, so there is noneed for the whitening agent to be in contact with every surfaceof the tooth for the entire tooth to be whitened.
Because the reactive oxygen molecules need to dissipate
from the tooth before bonding, it is necessary to wait
7–10 days before any bonding procedure.2–4

HOW LONG DO WHITENING RESULTS LAST?
Whitening results are very stable. However, depending on the patient’s
diet and lifestyle habits, whitening may need to be redone periodically.
Due to the safety of the whitening agents,
this should not cause any concerns.
WILL WHITENING CAUSE TOOTH SENSITIVITY?
Tooth sensitivity can occur as a result of whitening. If sensitivity
occurs, it is transient and disappears after the completion of whitening
treatments. If desensitizing treatments are desired, we recommend
the use of UltraEZ™ desensitizing gel or Enamelast™ fluoride varnish.
Opalescence™ Whitening Toothpaste Sensitivity Relief can also be used
to help to prevent or lessen sensitivity if it occurs.
WILL WHITENING WITH OPALESCENCE
WHITENING PRODUCTS WEAKENTHE TOOTH’S ENAMEL?
No. Opalescence whitening has not been shownto weaken tooth enamel.5,6,7
IMPORTANT: DENTIST SUPERVISION IS
THE BEST WAY TO WHITEN!
Opalescence tooth whitening treatments are effective and safe if they
are used appropriately and with the correct materials. This includes acomprehensive exam, briefing on the chosen whitening process, andmonitoring of the patient during the treatment phase. Self-treatmentby the patient with store-bought products often does not provide theresults desired, and leaves the patient without options
for managing potential sensitivity or other concerns.

WILL WHITENING AFFECT BOND STRENGTH?
Even though whitening agents release oxygen into the tooth,existing bonds are not weakened.
Note: Allow a period of 7–10 days after whitening treatment before
placing any resin. The high concentration of oxygen in the tooth could
have a significant adverse effect on polymerization of the resins.

160

1. Kwon SR, Wertz PM. Review of the Mechanism of Tooth Whitening. J Esthet Restor Dent. 2015 Sep-Oct;240-57. 2.
Da Silva Machado J, et al. The influence of time interval between bleaching and enamel bonding. J Esthet Restor Dent.
2007;19(2):111-8; discussion 19. 3. Spyrides GM, et al. Effect of whitening agents on dentin bonding. J Esthet Restor
Dent. 2000;12(5);264-70. 4. Unlu N, Cobankara FK, Ozer F. Effect of elapsed time following bleaching on the shear
bond strength of composite resin to enamel. J Biomed Mater Res B Appl Biomater. 2008 Feb;84(2);363-8. 5. Metz MJ,
Cochran MA, Matis BA, Gonzalez C, Platt JA, Pund MR. Clinical evaluation of 15% carbamide peroxide on the surface
microhardness and shear bond strength of human enamel. Oper Dent. 2007;32(5):427-436. doi:10.2341/06-142
6. Cadenaro M, Navarra CO, Mazzoni A, et al. An in vivo study of the effect of a 38 percent hydrogen peroxide
in-office whitening agent on enamel. J Am Dent Assoc. 2010;141(4):449-454. doi:10.14219/jada.archive.2010.0198
7. Cadenaro M, Breschi L, Nucci C, et al. Effect of two in-office whitening agents on the enamel surface in vivo: amorphological and non-contact profilometric study. Oper Dent. 2008;33(2):127-134. doi:10.2341/07-89

800.552.5512

WHITEN

Whitening Treatment Protocol

We recommend the following steps for professional whitening evaluation and treatment.
1. TAKE PATIENT’S MEDICAL HISTORY
Pregnant or breastfeeding women should not whiten.
Patients with serious health concerns should consult theirprimary care provider prior to treatment.
2. PERFORM DENTAL EXAM
Determine origin of staining, evaluate gingival and dental health.
Check for restorations in the esthetic zone that may not match after
whitening. Discuss changing them out or resurfacing after whitening.
3. MANAGE PATIENT’S EXPECTATIONS
Discuss the possibilities and limitations of whitening for their specificcircumstance and help them to establish realistic expectations.
4. PERFORM HYGIENE TREATMENT
Proceed to the hygiene treatment. Use polishing paste toremove all plaque. For patients with known sensitivity, apply
Enamelast™ fluoride varnish after polishing.

8. OBTAIN PATIENT’S CONSENT
Have the patient sign a whitening consent form thatoutlines the whitening treatment and cost involved.
9. DETERMINE THE FINAL TOOTH COLOR
Identify the final tooth color using the shade guide. Take a photographwith initial and final shade tab. A definitive color change should only berecorded a few days after the end of the treatment, as the teeth
may continue to whiten after the final whitening treatment.
10. PROVIDE SENSITIVITYMANAGEMENT IF NECESSARY
Some patients may experience lingering sensitivity.
We recommend using UltraEZ™ desensitizing gel or Enamelast™
fluoride varnish. Opalescence™ Whitening Toothpaste Sensitivity
Relief can also be used to help minimize sensitivity.

5. DETERMINE THE INITIAL TOOTH COLOR
Identify the initial tooth color with the aid of a shade guide.
Take a photograph with shade tab after hygiene treatment.
6. EDUCATE PATIENT
Tooth whitening results can last a year or more.1,2 Depending on thepatient’s nutrition and lifestyle habits, whitening may need to berepeated periodically to maintain the look they desire.
Instruct patient how to use the chosen whitening products
and answer any questions or concerns.
7. CREATE WHITENING TREATMENT PLAN
Multiple Opalescence™ whitening products may be used as partof the whitening treatment plan to help the patient achieve their
desired results. If patient has a history of tooth sensitivity, add adesensitizing protocol prior to the whitening treatment and consider
using a lower concentration of gel and/or reduced wear time.
Patients can also use Opalescence Whitening Toothpaste Sensitivity
Relief before and throughout their whitening treatment. Additionally,
if patient tolerates whitening treatments without sensitivity, consider
providing a higher concentration gel for more rapid results.

Note: Allow a period of 7–10 days after whitening treatment before
placing any resin. The high concentration of oxygen in the tooth could
have a significant adverse effect on polymerization of resins.
1. de Geus JL, de Lara MB, Hanzen TA, et al. One-year follow-up of at-home bleaching in smokers before andafter dental prophylaxis. J Dent. 2015;43(11):1346-1351. 2. Wiegand A, Drebenstedt S, Roos M, Magalhães AC,
Attin T. 12-month color stability of enamel, dentine, and enamel-dentine samples after bleaching. Clin Oral Investig.
2008;12(4):303-310.

ultradent.com

161

WHITEN
Opalescence™ Tooth Whitening Reference Guide

162

PRODUCT NAMECONTENTS

INDICATIONS FOR USE

Opalescence™ 10%
Whitening Gel—

TAKE-HOME
Patients with sensitivity concerns;
can be worn day or night

Opalescence™ PF 10%
Whitening Gel

Potassium Nitrate,
Fluoride, and Xylitol

TAKE-HOME
Patients with sensitivity concerns;
can be worn day or night

Opalescence™ PF 15%
Whitening Gel

Potassium Nitrate,
Fluoride, and Xylitol

TAKE-HOME
Faster whitening, recommended
to wear during the day

Opalescence™ PF 20%

Potassium Nitrate,
Fluoride, and Xylitol

TAKE-HOME
Faster whitening, recommended
to wear during the day

Opalescence™ PF 35%
Whitening Gel

Potassium Nitrate,
Fluoride, and Xylitol

TAKE-HOME
Shorter wear time and touch-ups

Opalescence™ Quick PF 45%
Whitening Gel

Potassium Nitrate,
Fluoride, and Xylitol

TAKE-HOME
Shorter wear time and touch-ups

Opalescence Go™ 10%
Prefilled Whitening Trays

Potassium Nitrate,
Fluoride, and Xylitol

TAKE-HOME
Ready-to-go, an alternative
to store-bought products

Opalescence Go™ 15%
Prefilled Whitening Trays

Potassium Nitrate,
Fluoride, and Xylitol

TAKE-HOME
Ready-to-go, an alternative
to store-bought products

Opalescence™ Endo
Whitening Gel—

DENTIST-ADMINISTEREDInternal whitening of non-vital
endodontically treated teeth

Opalescence™ Boost™ 40%
Whitening Gel

Potassium Nitrateand Fluoride

DENTIST-ADMINISTERED
Fast chairside treatment

Opalustre™
Microabrasion Slurry—

DENTIST-ADMINISTERED
Chairside treatment to remove
superficial enamel imperfections

UltraEZ™
Desensitizing Gel—

TAKE-HOME
Sensitivity treatment

800.552.5512

WHITENFLAVORS

Wear Time

ACTIVE INGREDIENT

10% Mint
10% Regular

8–10
hours a day

10% Mint
10% Melon
10% Regular

8–10
hours a day

15% Mint
15% Melon
15% Regular

4–6
hours a day

15% Carbamide Peroxide

20% Mint
20% Melon
20% Regular

2–4
hours a day

20% Carbamide Peroxide

35% Mint
35% Melon
35% Regular

30–60
minutes a day

35% Carbamide Peroxide

45% Mint

15–30
minutes a day

45% Carbamide Peroxide

10% Mint
10% Melon

30–60
minutes a day

10% Hydrogen Peroxide

15% Mint

15–20
minutes a day

15% Hydrogen Peroxide—

1–5days pertreatment

35% Hydrogen Peroxide—

2–3 20-minute applications
DO NOT exceed
3 applications per visit

40% Hydrogen Peroxide—

Office visit

6.6% Hydrochloric Acid
Silicone Carbide

—

15–60
minutes a day

3% Potassium Nitrateand 0.25% Neutral NaF

10% Carbamide Peroxide

Hydrogen Peroxide vs.
Carbamide Peroxide Concentrations~3% HP
10% CP~3% HP

10% Carbamide Peroxide

10% CP~5% HP
15% CP
~6.6% HP
20% CP~11.6% HP

ultradent.com

35% CP~15% HP
45% CP
10% HP

15% HP

35% HP

40% HP

Note: To determine HP equivalence from alabeled CP concentration, divide by three.
For example, 15% CP is equivalent to ~5% HP.
This is important to know in order to correctly
assess the intensity of whitening products.

163

√

WHITEN#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ONTHE PLANET

out

years of experience100+
million smiles
brightened50+
industry awards
in teeth whitening

awards50+ industry
in whiteningofsmiles30+ years
100 million
experience
brightenedawards50+ industry
in whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

Opalescence Boost whitening is a powerful,chemically activated whitening option that
requires no light or laser to whiten your teeth.
The in-office Opalescence Boost whitening
treatment offers a brighter, whiter smile inabout an hour.

Ask your doctor for more information.
© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009702AR01

033121LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM
800. 552 . 55 1 2 | ULT RADENT.COM

1 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANETofsmiles30+ years
100 million
experience
brightened#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET30+

2 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

LEARN MORE AT OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1009732AR01 033121

Your new, brightwhite smile
is waiting

EVERYTHING
YOU NEED IN A

WHITENING
TOOTHPASTE
Now available direct from the teeth
whitening experts!

Buy online at opalescence.com

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

1009698AR01

033121© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008201AR01

Marketing Materials, pages 181–186.

Tips on Growing your Tooth Whitening BusinessWhitening not only creates more profit, it can create better patients, increased interestin cosmetic and restorative services, and positive buzz for your practice.
Here are some simple tips to help grow the tooth whitening business in your practice:1)	Designate a Whitening Specialist. This member of your teamis responsible for focusing on tooth whitening in your office.
They can train the other team members, order supplies,
answer any tooth whitening questions, organize internalmarketing, and lead the overall effort to increase yourwhitening business.
2)	Display a Whitening Album with before and after picturesof the patients who have whitened their teeth. Remove
some of the magazines in the reception area and put thealbum out to showcase the work done in your office.
3)	Do you have a morning meeting to go over the day’sschedule? Review patients’ charts to see if tooth whitening
has been offered and if so, the last time the patientpurchased a touch-up. Discuss tooth whitening withthose identified as potential opportunities when theycome in that day.
4)	Put up a display with a pad of paper, a pen, and a fish bowl.
Have patients fill out their name and number for a drawing
for a FREE whitening procedure.
		 a.	This advertises to your patients that you offer tooth
whitening in your practice.
		 b.	It’s a great way to get referrals—the patient who
wins will tell friends and family about their FREE
whitening.
		 c.	Take the names of those who did not win and send a
letter or give them a phone call to let them know that
although they didn’t win, because they expressed aninterest in whitening, your office will extend a special
discount to them (whatever discount or special you
choose). This is a simple way to get in touch withpatients who are interested in whitening their teeth,
but may not necessarily ask for it.

1645)	Give FREE whitening or touch-ups to patients who
schedule and keep their dental hygiene 6-monthcheck-up appointments.
6)	Offer Tooth Whitening Menus in your reception area
and operatories. People love options, and this gives yourpatients an opportunity to see what is available to them towhiten their teeth.
7)	Offer tooth whitening gift cards your patients can purchasefor family or friends.
8)	Increase your office’s social media presence by entering
patients into a drawing for a FREE whitening treatment
when they check in at your office on Facebook, or Instagrama picture of their smile and tag your office.
9)	Attend a local bridal show or host a bridal event at
your practice. Every bride is looking for ideas for the big
day–and what’s a better idea than a bright white smile forher and her bridal party?
10)	Set a goal of providing one whitening treatment a day.
“Things that are measured are improved.”

800.552.5512

Contact your local Ultradent Sales
Representative for even more tips!

102019

WHITEN

1

Best Take-Home Cosmetic
Bleaching System

Opalescence™
10%

Opalescence™ PF
10%, 15%, 20%, 35%, and 45%

CARBAMIDE PEROXIDECARBAMIDE PEROXIDE WITH
POTASSIUM NITRATE AND FLUORIDE• Opalescence PF tooth whitening gels contain PF (potassium nitrate and fluoride)• Opalescence PF whitening gel is designed to maximize patient comfort• Sticky, viscous gel won’t migrate to soft tissues and ensures tray stays securely in place• Formulated to prevent dehydration and shade relapse• Uniquely formulated to brighten your teeth up to 5 shades2• Five concentrations for treatment flexibility• Opalescence PF whitening available in Mint, Melon, and Regular flavors• Opalescence 10% whitening available in Mint and Regular flavors• Day or night wear
The sticky, viscous formula of Opalescence whitening gel does not leach from the tray like other whitening agents,3 and the sticky gel holds the comfortabletray securely in place. Opalescence PF gel contains potassium nitrate and fluoride. Opalescence gel is effective in helping reduce shade relapse as compared
to competitor tooth whitening products.4 Opalescence whitening gel is made up of at least 20% water which helps prevent dehydration. A university study
proves that the gel stays active for 8–10 hours during overnight whitening,5 which means patients experience results quickly, increasing compliance.
Opalescence gel is available in a variety of concentrations, formulations, flavors, and kit configurations to meet all your patients’ whitening needs.
Opalescence whitening gel is recommended for whitening discolored teeth prior to placement of composite, veneers, and/or crowns. It is effective in
breaking down some or all internal tooth discolorations due to factors such as congenital, systemic, pharmacologic, traumatic, etc., as well as aging. It is
successful with staining from fluorosis and tetracycline.3,6
1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Cordeiro D, Toda C, Hanan S, et al. Clinical evaluation of different delivery methods of at-home bleaching gels composed of 10% hydrogen peroxide. Oper Dent. 2019;44(1):13–23. doi:10.2341/17-174-C 3. Caughman
WF, DMD, Frazier KB, Haywood, VB. Carbamide peroxide whitening of non-vital single discolored teeth: Case reports. Quintessence Int. 1999;30(3):155-61. 4. Grobler, S.R., et al. A Clinical Study of the Effectiveness of Two Different 10% Carbamide
Peroxide Bleaching Products: A 6-Month Follow-up; Int J Dent. May 5, 2011: 167525; doi: 10.1155/2011/167525. 5. Matis BA, Gaiao U, Blackman D, Schultz FA, Eckert G. In vivo degradation of bleaching gel used in whitening teeth. J Am Dent Assoc.
1999;130(2):227-35. 6. Morgan J, Presley S. In-office “power” bleaching of vital teeth as an adjunct to at-home bleaching. Pract Perio Aesthet Dent. 2002;14(2):16–23.

ultradent.com

165

WHITEN
PROCEDURE*

Courtesy of Dr. Robert Nixon.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Upper teeth after 5 nights of treatment,
approximately 40 hours.

Before whitening.

After seven Opalescence™ Boost™ whitening
treatments over six months. Patient also
whitened at home with Opalescence™ PF
10%, 15%, 20%, and 35% whitening.

Courtesy of Carol Jent, RDH.

Courtesy of Carol Jent, RDH.

Before whitening.

Before whitening.

1. Pour impression with fast-set plaster ordental stone. Pour alginate shortly after
making impression to ensure accuracy.
Trimming is less work if quantity of stone is
kept to a minimum. Palate and tongue areas
are not poured or should be removed after
plaster has set. Allow model to dry two hours.

2. For reservoir spaces, apply Ultradent™ LC
Block-Out Resin approximately 0.5 mm thickonto labial sur­faces and approximately 1.5 mm
shy of the gingival margin. DO NOT extend onto
incisal edges or occlusal surfaces. Using VALO™
curing light, cure each tooth 5 seconds. Wipe
off oxygen inhibition layer.

3. Use the vacuum former to heat Sof-Tray™
Classic tray material until it sags approximately
1/4 to 1/2 inch for the 0.035” sheets, and 1”
for the 0.060” and 0.080” sheets. Adapt plastic
over model. Cool and remove model fromvacuum former.

4. With tactile scissors (Ultra-Trim Scalloping
Scissors), carefully and precisely trim tray toclear line which is at gingival height. Scallopedges to avoid contact with gingival tissue.

After one month of whitening.

5. Return tray to model; check tray extensions. Gently flame polish the edges one quadrant at
a time, if necessary, with a butane torch. While still warm, immediately hold periphery of eachsegment firmly against model for three seconds with water-moistened gloved finger. If thisover-thins the tray material, fabricate a new tray.

A 12-year-old before whitening.

After 5 nights of whitening.

Before whitening.

After 16 days of treatment with
Opalescence™ PF 20% whitening gel.

Moderate to advanced tetracycline stains.

Improvement in 2 weeks. With tetracycline
stains, treatment can require 2 to 6 months.1* See IFU for complete instructions. 1. Haywood VB, Leonard RH, Dickinson GL. Efficacy of six months of nightguard
vital bleaching tetracycline-stained teeth. J Esthet Dent. 1997;9(1):13-19

166

6. Instruct the patient to brush their teeth
prior to loading and inserting tray. Go over
instructions with the patient that are provided
in the whitening kit. Explain the process ofloading the tray by expressing one continuous
bead of gel approximately halfway up fromthe incisal edge on the facial side of the tray
from molar to molar. Explain that this should
use about 1/3 to 1/2 of a syringe.

7. Place tray over teeth. Gently press tray tomove gel into place. Pressing too firmly will
force gel out of tray.

8. If too much gel has been placed or gel
has been forced from tray, gently wipe off
with a toothbrush.

9. Clean tray with toothbrush and water.
Store tray in appliance case when not inuse. Remind patient to follow the whitening
regimen you have established.

800.552.5512

WHITEN
Opalescence Patient Kits

Th
eF

el
s G d flu
u
irst
o
an
Sticky, Visc
te

or
ide

t
wi

ha
no

p ti
mu
mc
ombi
n at

ion of potas

sium

Flavor10%
10% PF 15% PF 20% PF 35% PF 45% PF
Mint 5361-US 5364-US 5367-US 5370-US 5373-US 5357-US
Melon—
5365-US 5368-US 5371-US 5374-US—
Regular 5363-US 5366-US 5369-US 5372-US 5375-US
—

a
nitr

8 x 1.2 ml (1.5 g) Opalescence syringes
1 x 1 oz Whitening Toothpaste
1 x Tray case
1 x Shade guide“I recommend Opalescence PF gel to other doctors because the results frompatients using it are consistent. The sticky, viscous Opalescence PF gel is one of
the most effective solutions I’ve used. My patients feel better knowing that theapplication of the gel also provides beneficial results such as improving enamel
health and increasing enamel microhardness.”—DR. FRANK SPEAR – SEATTLE INSTITUTE FOR ADVANCED DENTAL EDUCATION

Opalescence Doctor Kits

“On behalf of my staff as well as my patients, not one person has made acomment in regards to sensitivity while using this product.”—DR. HEDY ATASHBAR – SILVER SPRING, MD“Opalescence gel has had 100% patient satisfaction [in our office] for over 10
years. Despite all the changes and competition of OTC products and otherwise,
Opalescence gel has been a product that we have been proud to stake our
reputation on….The cosmetic aspect of my practice has been dramaticallyenhanced.” —DR. GUY MINOLI – NEW YORK, NY

Active Peroxide Strength %STAYS ACTIVE THROUGH THE NIGHT!
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
5

Indiana University: Small quantities of Opalescence 10% gelwere removed and analyzed at various intervals.1

Flavor10%
10% PF 15% PF 20% PF 35% PF 45% PF
Mint 5376-US 5379-US 5382-US 5385-US 5388-US 5358-US
Melon—
5380-US 5383-US 5386-US 5389-US—
Regular 5378-US 5381-US 5384-US 5387-US 5390-US—
8 x 1.2 ml (1.5 g) Opalescence syringes
1 x 1.2 ml Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin syringe
2 x Sof-Tray 0.035ʺ 5ʺ x 5ʺ sheets
1 x Black Mini tip
1 x 1 oz Whitening Toothpaste
1 x Tray case
1 x Shade guide

Opalescence Syringe 40pk
Opalescence™ Refill Sleeve
10pk Free of charge

4845

1

2

3

4

5 6
Hours

7

8

9 10

Flavor10%
10% PF 15% PF 20% PF 35% PF 45% PF
Mint 5391-US 5394-US 5397-US 5400-US 5403-US 5359-US
Melon—
5395-US 5398-US 5401-US 5404-US—
Regular 5393-US 5396-US 5399-US 5402-US 5405-US—
1.2 ml (1.5 g) syringes

1. Matis BA, Gaiao U, Blackman D, Schultz FA, Eckert GJ. In vivo degradation of bleaching gel used inwhitening teeth. J Am Dent Assoc. 1999;130(2):227-35.

167

WHITENPowerful,
professional
whiteningto go!
Opalescence Go™ 10% and 15%

Soft, thin, adaptable tray material
adapts to tooth anatomy for amore comfortable fit

PREFILLED WHITENING TRAYS- HYDROGEN PEROXIDE
1• Unique UltraFit™ tray material offers a remarkably comfortable
fit and easily conforms to any patient’s smile• Molar-to-molar coverage ensures the gel comes in contact
with more posterior teeth• Opalescence Go whitening gel is designed tomaximize patient comfort• Convenient prefilled trays can be worn right out of the package• Optimal gel quantity allows easy cleanup after whitening• 10% - wear 30–60 minutes per tray;
15% - wear 15–20 minutes per tray
• Opalescence Go tooth whitening gel contains PF(potassium nitrate and fluoride)• Whitens up to 4-5 shades for quick, visible results2• Delicious Mint and Melon flavors

Opalescence Go take-home whitening system is recommended forpatients looking for professional whitening to go or as an alternative
to store-bought whitening products. With no impressions, models, orlab time required, Opalescence Go whitening trays are also a perfectfollow-up to in-office whitening.

168

Delivery tray for insertionand placement only

UltraFit tray before.

Hydrogen peroxide (10% or 15%)
Opalescence Go gel for outstanding
whitening results

After 10 minutes in mouth.

1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Cordeiro D, Toda C, Hanan S, et al. Clinical evaluation of different delivery methods of
at-home bleaching gels composed of 10% hydrogen peroxide. Oper Dent. 2019;44(1):13–23. doi:10.2341/17-174-C

800.552.5512

WHITEN

Courtesy of Shannon Pace Brinker.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Before.

Opalescence Go Patient Kits Case of 6

Female patient, results with Opalescence
Go™ 10% whitening after ten trays.

Flavor
Mint
Melon

10%
4635-US
4636-US

15%4638-US—

10 x Each upper/lower trays in each kit

Male patient, results with Opalescence Go
15% whitening after ten trays.

Courtesy of Carol Jent, RDH.

Before.

Before.

Opalescence Go Mini Kits Case of 12

Male patient, results with Opalescence Go
10% whitening after ten trays.

PROCEDURE*

Flavor
Mint
Melon

10%
4645-US
4646-US

15%4648-US—4 x Each upper/lower trays in each kit

1. Remove product from packaging.

2. Position upper tray on teeth.

3. Bite firmly, then suck on tray for 2 seconds.

4. Remove colored outer tray, leaving white innertray on teeth. Repeat process for the lower tray.

“U” – Upper whitening tray“L” – Lower whitening tray

Opalescence Go Sample Dispenser Kits

Flavor
Mint
Melon

10%
4893-US
4890-US

15%4894-US—20 x Each upper/lower trays in each kit
20 x Patient instructions

5. After indicated wear time, remove
whitening trays and brush teeth.

* See IFU for complete instructions.

ultradent.com

169

WHITEN
Opalescence™ Boost™

BEFORE AND AFTER

IN-OFFICE POWER WHITENER- 40% HYDROGEN PEROXIDE

1

Before Opalescence Boost in-office whitener.

After two 20-minute applications of
Opalescence Boost whitening treatments.

Before Opalescence Boost in-office whitener.

After three 20­-minute applications of
Opalescence Boost and Opalescence 10%
whitening treatments.

Black Mini™ Tip page 138• NO LIGHT NEEDED!
• No refrigeration required before mixing• Powerful 40% hydrogen peroxide gel• Two to three 20-minute applications for a totalof 40–60 minutes of treatment time, not exceeding
3 applications in one visit• Opalescence Boost whitening gel is designed tomaximize patient comfort• Precise delivery• Easy to see for placement and removal• Chairside syringe-to-syringe mixing ensuresmaximum strength• Opalescence Boost tooth whitening gel contains PF(potassium nitrate and fluoride)

PROCEDURE*

Opalescence Boost in-office whitener is chemically activated, so it does
not require a light for whitening. In fact, some research shows thatusing a light for whitening can be harmful to lips and gums.2
Syringe-to-syringe mixing activates the product just prior to application.
The activated 40% hydrogen peroxide is conveniently delivered via
syringe and applied to teeth for whitening.
While there are many other factors to consider, the beginning shadesets the foundation for proper expectations after treatment. This isespecially true with in-office whitening. Opalescence Boost whitening is
an excellent in-office treatment for less severe, more mild staining
as well as tetracycline staining. It safely provides excellent whitening
results in about an hour,3 and, in most cases, teeth will continue towhiten 24­–48 hours after the treatment.

1. Confirm that the syringes are securely
attached. Depress the small clear plunger(A) into the middle small clear syringe (B)to rupture the internal membrane andcombine whitening agent and activator.
Press the plunger of the red syringe into
the larger clear syringe.

2. Press the contents of the clear syringeback into the red syringe. Thoroughly andrapidly mix the contents by pushing backand forth continually a minimum of 50 times(25 times each side).

3. Press all mixed gel into RED syringe andseparate the two syringes.

4. Attach the Black Mini™ tip onto the redsyringe. Verify flow on a cotton gauze or
mixing pad prior to applying it intraorally.
If resistance is met, replace the tip andrecheck the flow.

“Opalescence Boost whitening gives the patient the results they are looking for: having whiterteeth after one hour of sitting in the dental chair. Instant gratification is very important topeople who desire beautiful white teeth. This product achieves the results we’re looking for in
our practice.” —DR. RONALD FISHER – DELRAY BEACH, FL* See IFU for complete instructions. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Bruzell EM, Johnsen B, Aalerud, TN, Dahl JE,
Christensen T. In vitro efficacy and risk for adverse effects of light-assisted tooth bleaching. Photochem Photobiol
Sci. 2009:8(3) 377-85. 3. Polydorou O, Wirsching M, Wokewitz M, Hahn P. Three-month evaluation of vital tooth
bleaching using light units-a randomized clinical study. Oper Dent. 2013;38(1):21–32. doi:10.2341/12-041-C.

170

800.552.5512

WHITEN
PROCEDURE* CONTINUED

Important Note: After mixing, Opalescence™ Boost™ gel isgood for 10 days refrigerated. Before disposing of syringes,
aspirate water into the syringe and express liquid down the drain.
Repeat a couple of times before disposing of the syringe.
Make sure any gauzes used are rinsed with water.
WARNING: Clinician, assistant, and patient must wear
protective eyewear with side shields when mixing
and applying Opalescence Boost in-office whitening gel.

5. Place Ultradent IsoBlock™ bite blockand self-supporting plastic cheek retractors.
Completely rinse and air dry teeth andgingiva.

6. Securely attach recommended tip to an
OpalDam™ resin barrier syringe andcheck flow. Express a continuous beadalong the gingival margin, overlapping
approximately 2–3 mm onto the enamel.
Begin and finish the bead one toothbeyond the most distal tooth that is being
whitened. Express the resin through any
open embrasures.

4750-US - Opalescence Boost 40% Syringe Intro Kit
4 x 1.2 ml (1.489 g) Opalescence Boost/Activator syringes
2 x 1.2 ml (1.34 g) OpalDam Green syringes
2 x Ultradent Luer Vacuum Adapters
2 x Shade guide cards
2 x IsoBlocks
2 x SST tips
20 x Black Mini tips

7. Light cure the OpalDam resin barrierfor 20 seconds per arch using a scanningmotion. Check the resin cure with an
instrument, using caution to not disrupt
the seal.

8. Apply a 0.5–1.0 mm thick layer of the gelto the labial surface of the tooth.
Allow the gel to remain on the teethfor 20 minutes per application.

4751-US - Opalescence Boost 40% Syringe Patient Kit
9. Suction gel from teeth using the
Ultradent™ Luer Vacuum Adapter and SST™
tip or a surgical suction tip. To avoid gel
splatter, do not use water while suctioninggel. When no gel is visible, lightly rinse
and air dry. Use caution not to dislodge theisolation barrier or rubber dam seal.

10. After the final application is complete
and all visible gel is removed, thoroughly
rinse the teeth with an air/water spray andhigh volume suction.

11. Gently slide the tip of a dental
instrument beneath the OpalDam resin
barrier and lift it off. Check for and remove
any interproximal remnants.

12. Evaluate the shade change. If additional
whitening is desired and no sensitivity is
noted, reschedule patient in 3–5 days for
repeat treatment or dispense take-homewhitening treatment.

2 x 1.2 ml (1.489 g) Opalescence Boost/Activator syringes
1 x 1.2 ml (1.34 g) OpalDam Green syringe
1 x Shade guide card
1 x IsoBlock
10 x Black Mini tips

4754-US - Opalescence Boost 40% Syringe 20pk

ultradent.com

1.2 ml (1.489 g) syringes

171

WHITEN

Note: Not intended for use in traumatized teeth, any sign ofcervical resorption, or after multiple previous whitening attempts.

Opalescence™ Endo

MUST BE REFRIGERATEDNON-VITAL “WALKING BLEACH”- 35% HYDROGEN PEROXIDE

1270 - Opalescence Endo Syringe Kit

1

2 x 1.2 ml (1.45 g) Opalescence Endo syringes
20 x Black Mini tips

MUST BE REFRIGERATEDBlack Mini Tip page 138™

• 35% hydrogen peroxide• Easy to place inside pulp chamber• 1–5 day treatment
Opalescence Endo non-vital whitening gel is formulated specificallyto whiten non-vital endodontically treated teeth using the“walking bleach” technique.

Courtesy of Dr. Rich Tuttle.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Before.

1. realityesthetics.com.

out

new

J-Temp™
LIGHT-CUREDTEMPORARY RESINTEMPORARY RESTORATION:
WALKING BLEACH TECHNIQUE

1. Evaluate, prepare, and seal the pulp
chamber according to the IFU.

2. Place the whitening gel in the pulp chamber
leaving 3–5 mm of space for J-Temp temporary
resin (no barrier is needed between whitening
gel and J-Temp temporary resin).

3. Apply J-Temp temporary resin
incrementally in 2–3 mm layers.

4. Light cure between layers.

After.

Courtesy of Dr. Arno Schoeler.

Before.

1.2 ml (1.45 g) syringes

After.

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

Before.

After.

√

1323 - Opalescence Endo Syringe 2pk

Light-Cured Temporary
Resin, 4 indications in 1,
see page 33.
5. J-Temp temporary resin can be removed and replacedfor each additional whitening appointment.
Before.

172

NOTE: Ensure to not displace the whitening gel onto
the margins as this may compromise the temporary seal.

After.

800.552.5512

WHITENSEE THECOLOR
OpalDam Green resin barrier offers effective coverage of oral
tissues, making in-office whitening easier than ever before.

OpalDam™ and OpalDam™ Green
LIGHT-CURED RESIN BARRIERS

324-U - OpalDam Syringe Kit1

4 x 1.2 ml (1.34 g) OpalDam syringes
10 x Black Mini tips
10 x Micro 20 ga tips

Black Mini™ Tip page 138• Protects soft tissue with excellent seal
• Removes easily• Applies directly

325-U - OpalDam Syringe 4pk
326-U - OpalDam Syringe 20pk

OpalDam light-cured resin barrier is a passively adhesive (sealing)methacrylate-based resin barrier used for isolating tissue adjacent
to teeth being whitened. For single-tooth whitening, it may be used
to protect adjacent teeth. OpalDam resin barrier is light reflecting tominimize heat and tissue sensitivity during curing. OpalDam Green
resin barrier ensures a safe, unmistakable barrier every time.

1.2 ml (1.34 g) syringes

PROCEDURE*

1824-U - OpalDam Green Syringe Kit
4 x 1.2 ml (1.34 g) OpalDam Green syringes
10 x Black Mini tips
10 x Micro 20 ga tips

1. Apply OpalDam resin barrier 4–6 mm
wide on gingiva. Seal interproximal spaces.
Overlap resin approximately 2–3 mm onto
dry enamel to seal. Extend resin one toothbeyond last tooth to be whitened. Light cureusing a scanning motion for 20 seconds.

2. Remove cured resin quickly and easily
in one piece or a few large pieces. Check
interproximally for retained resin.
Designed to remove easily fromembrasures and undercuts.

1825-U - OpalDam Green Syringe 4pk
1826-U - OpalDam Green Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.34 g) syringes* See IFU for complete instructions. 1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

173

WHITEN
Opalustre™ and OpalCups™
CHEMICAL AND MECHANICAL ABRASION SLURRY
1

Courtesy of Dr. Bahrat Agrawal.

BEFORE AND AFTER

Courtesy of Dr. Rich Tuttle.

Remove or significantly reduce the appearance of mild fluorosis stains with a few
applications of Opalustre™ slurry. Apply with stiff-bristle cup and 10:1 gear reduction
handpiece with firm pressure.

Enamel decalcification corrected after one application of Opalustre™ slurry using OpalCups
Bristle cup and 10:1 gear reduction handpiece with firm pressure.

OpalCups Finishing• Permanently removes superficial enamel imperfections• Provides minimally invasive, permanent treatment• Can help improve the appearance of mild to moderate
fluorosis stains• Low 6.6% hydrochloric acid concentration aids inremoval of surface imperfections• Silicon carbide microparticles provide gentle
mechanical abrasion• OpalCups cups minimize splatter

Remove or significantly reduce mild to moderate decalcification with a few applications of
Opalustre™ slurry.

Opalustre 6.6% hydrochloric acid slurry contains carbide microparticles
to treat surface imperfections through gentle mechanical abrasion andchemical means. OpalCups Bristle cups are latch-type bristle polishingcups that are used with the Opalustre slurry microabrasion techniqueto facilitate a more aggressive action and minimize splatter. OpalCups
Finishing cups are used with Opalustre slurry for micropolishing the
newly treated enamel surface.
Use Opalustre slurry and OpalCups cups to quickly remove unsightly
enamel decalcification defects that are less than 0.2 mm in depth.
Opalustre is effective in treating mild fluorosis and stains in the
superficial layer of the enamel.2 This treatment can be classified under
ADA insurance code 9970: enamel microabrasion. We recommend
using Opalescence teeth whitening products prior to an Opalustreabrasion slurry treatment, as this procedure can sometimes be avoided.
Additionally, please be aware that because the reactive oxygen needs todissipate from the tooth before bonding, it is necessary to wait 7–10 days
before any bonding procedure3–5 following a teeth whitening treatment.

174

Courtesy of Dr. Renato Herman Sundfeld.

OpalCups Bristle

Courtesy of Dr. Jaleena Jessop.

White Mac™ Tip page 141

Nature’sAprismatic
Surface

Opalustre’s
Aprismatic
Surface

Chemical and mechanical abrasion
produce a natural-looking surface.

Silicon carbide microparticles contained in
Opalustre slurry.

* See IFU for complete instructions. 1. realityesthetics.com. 2. Celik EU, et al. Clinical performance of a combined
approach for the esthetic management of fluorosed teeth: three-year results. Niger J Clin Pract. 2017:20(8);943–951.
3. Da Silva Machado J, Cândido MS, Sundfeld RH, De Alexandre RS, Cardoso JD, Sundefeld ML. The influence of timeinterval between bleaching and enamel bonding. J Esthet Restor Dent. 2007;19(2):111–119. doi:10.1111/j.17088240.2007.00077.x. 4. Spyrides GM, Perdigão J, Pagani C, Araújo MA, Spyrides SM. Effect of whitening agents on
dentin bonding. J Esthet Dent. 2000;12(5):264–270. doi:10.1111/j.1708-8240.2000.tb00233. 5. Unlu N, Cobankara
FK, Ozer F. Effect of elapsed time following bleaching on the shear bond strength of composite resin to enamel. J
Biomed Mater Res B Appl Biomater. 2008 Feb;84(2):363–368.

800.552.5512

WHITEN

Courtesy of Dr. Rich Tuttle.

PROCEDURE* - RUBBER DAM

554 - Opalustre Syringe Kit 4pk

4 x 1.2 ml (1.87 g) Opalustre syringes
10 x Each OpalCups bristle and finishing
20 x White Mac tips
1. Before.

2. After rubber dam placement, apply
Opalustre slurry to discolored enamel using
the syringe.

5554 - Opalustre Syringe Kit 2pk
2 x 1.2 ml (1.87 g) Opalustre syringes
5 x Each OpalCups bristle and finishing
10 x White Mac tips

3. Use OpalCups™ Bristle cup to compress
Opalustre slurry on tooth surface using
medium to heavy pressure. Suction thepaste from the teeth then rinse, evaluate,
and repeat as necessary. Finish treatment bypolishing with OpalCups™ Finishing cup.

4. After enamel microabrasion and 21 daysof using Opalescence™ whitening gel.

555 - Opalustre Syringe 4pk
1.2 ml (1.87 g) syringes

5800 - OpalCups Bristle 20pk

1. Isolate mottled teeth with OpalDam resin
barrier. Apply Opalustre slurry directly out of
the syringe with a White Mac™ tip.

3. Remove Opalustre slurry with an air/water spray. Please pay attention to careful
vacuuming. Check to see if repeating thetreatment is appropriate. Follow with
OpalCups Finishing cup.

2. Press the cup against the surface at aslow speed.

4. Result of the Opalustre slurry treatment.
Upper: before. Lower: after.

√

5799 - OpalCups Finishing 20pk

out

Toothpicks vs. Opalpix cleaners.

Courtesy of Dr. Ted Croll.

PROCEDURE* - OPALDAM• Will not splinter or break• Has a textured surface for better cleaning• Perfect balance between flexibility and rigidity• Massages interproximal tissue while removing
debris and plaque• Personalized stickers available with
100pk upon request

Interproximal Cleaner, page 129.
ultradent.com

175

WHITEN

BEFORE AND AFTER

Results in as little as one week1

Opalescence™
Whitening Toothpaste
ORIGINAL AND SENSITIVITY RELIEF• Results in as little as one week1• Proven to whiten teeth in four weeks1• Contains hydrated silica which is proven to remove staining1• Gentle on gums1• Safe for long-term daily use• Contains sodium fluoride to help prevent cavities andstrengthen enamel2• Exceptional fluoride uptake3• 78 RDA4• Triclosan and TiO2 free
• Vegan - no animal products are used

1.0 ozOriginal
Sensitivity

24pk
402
3472

4.7 ozOriginal
Sensitivity

12pk
401
3470

Opalescence™ whitening is the leader in tooth whitening. Part of that
product family is Opalescence™ Whitening Toothpaste, which wasdeveloped by a dentist. It actively removes surface stains and is gentle
enough to use every day, thanks to its unique silica blend.
· Two kinds of exotic mint are blended into a fresh, clean, cool flavor· Sweetened with xylitol which may reduce the risk of tooth decay· Our Sensitivity Relief formula provides all the whitening benefitsof the Original, with the added benefit of maximum strength
5% potassium nitrate176* Trademark of a company other than Ultradent. 1. Çakmakçioğlu O, Yilmaz P, Topbaşi BF. Clinical evaluationof whitening effect of whitening toothpastes: A pilot study. OHDMBMC. 2009: 8(4);613. 2. Sivapriya E, Sridevi
K, Periasamy R, Lakshminarayanan L, Pradeepkumar AR. Remineralization ability of sodium fluoride on the
microhardness of enamel, dentin, and dentinoenamel junction: An in vitro study. J Conserv Dent. 2017;20(2):100–
104. doi:10.4103/JCD.JCD_353_16. 3. Schemehorn, BR. Enamel Fluoride Uptake 09-107. Data on File. 4. Attin, T.
Assessment of relative dentin abrasion (RDA) of two toothpastes from Ultradent Products, Inc., Universitat Zurich:
Zurich, Switzerland. 2021. Data on file.

800.552.5512

WHITEN
UltraEZ™

KleerView™

DESENSITIZING GEL WITH
POTASSIUM NITRATE AND FLUORIDECHEEK AND LIP RETRACTOR

KleerView cheek and lip retractors are perfect for in-office tooth
whitening, bonding, composites, and clinical photography.

1• Provides immediate results• Treats sensitivity• Non-flavored gel available in syringes or disposable trays
UltraEZ gel is a sustained-release 3% potassium nitrate desensitizing
gel with fluoride (0.25% neutral NaF). This sustained-release formula
quickly treats sensitivity from toothbrush abrasion, thermal andchemical changes, tooth whitening, and root exposure.

1008 - UltraEZ Syringe 4pk
1007 - UltraEZ Econo Syringe 20pk
1.2 ml (1.48 g) syringes

1821 - Kleerview 1pk

Featuring the UltraFit™ tray

IsoBlock™

5743 - UltraEZ Mini Tray Combo 4pk

BITE BLOCK

4 x Each upper/lower trays

1√• Designed to be comfortable for patients• Provides bilateral support with tongue restraint

Featuring the UltraFit™ tray

5721 - UltraEZ Tray Combo 10pk
10 x Each upper/lower trays

These disposable IsoBlock bite blocks relax the lips and cheeks,
allowing full access to facial and buccal surfaces for in-office whitening,
Class V restorations, veneers, cementation, etc.

1. realityesthetics.com.

out
Umbrella™

TONGUE, LIP, AND CHEEK RETRACTOR• Naturally and gently helps the patient hold their mouth open
without pulling or stretching their lips
• A new, innovative tongue-retraction design allows the tongue
to comfortably rest behind the tongue guard, keeping it backand away from the working area
• Designed with anatomically placed/shaped bumpers, so
clinicians can rest a hand on the patient’s mouth withoutcausing discomfort

Tongue, lip, and cheek retractor, page 107.

331 - IsoBlock 10pk

1. realityesthetics.com.

ultradent.com

177

WHITEN
Ultradent™ LC Block-Out Resin“Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin is the original resin block-out product for extraoral use and it’s
still the best.” —REALITY RATINGS

1

Black Mini™ Tip page 138

Also use for periodontal trays.
• Optimal viscosity for proper application• Blue pigment for visibility during application• Great utility resin with multiple uses

Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin provides reservoir space for whitening
trays and is useful for other laboratory procedures such as model anddie repairs. Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin can be rapidly and efficiently
delivered with the Black Mini tip. It must be light cured and is notintended for intraoral use.

4 x 1.2 ml (1.38 g) syringes
20 x Black Mini tips

242 - Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin Syringe Kit 20pk

USES

For reservoir spaces, apply Ultradent LC
Block-Out Resin approximately 0.5 mm
thick onto the labial sur­faces, staying about
1.5 mm from gingival line, and light cure.
Do not extend onto incisal edges andocclusal surfaces.

240 - Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin Syringe Kit 4pk

20 x 1.2 ml (1.38 g) syringes
20 x Black Mini tips

Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin is a hard,strong, no-mix material for blocking out
undercuts on dies and filling in voids.

241 - Ultradent LC Block-Out Resin Syringe 4pk
1.2 ml (1.38 g) syringes

1. realityesthetics.com.

178

800.552.5512

WHITEN
Sof-Tray™ Classic Sheets

Ultradent™ Ultra-Trim
Scalloping Scissors• Use for precise trimming of border around interdental papilla• Spring loaded to minimize finger fatigue• Grips tray material easily• Made of durable stainless steel

Select the 0.035ʺ for most whitening trays, and the 0.060ʺ or the 0.080ʺ
for whitening patients who are bruxers.

605 - Ultradent Ultra-Trim Scalloping Scissors 1pk

Custom Tray Fabrication
Use the vacuum former to heat Sof-Tray™ Classic
tray material until it sags approximately 1/4 to 1/2
inch for the 0.035” sheets, and 1” for the 0.060”
and 0.080” sheets. Adapt plastic over model. Cooland remove model from vacuum former.

Whitening Trays

226 - Sof-Tray Sheets Regular 0.035ʺ 5ʺ x 5ʺ 25pk
0.9 mm - 127 x 127 mm

0.035ʺ thickness

227 - Sof-Tray Sheets Medium 0.060ʺ 5ʺ x 5ʺ 20pk
1.5 mm - 127 x 127 mm

Periodontal Trays

Ultradent’s dental lab is available to professionally fabricate trays andnight guards for all your patients’ needs. If you would likeour lab to fabricate your trays or guards, please follow these steps:
1. Disinfect, wrap, and pad models to prevent breakage.
2. Identify model with patient and doctor name. Make sure Rx contains
office address, phone number, and description of the desired tray.
3. Allow 5 working days after models are received and 2 to 3 days for
return shipping. Shipping labels and Rx pads are available uponrequest. Standard shipping is FedEx Third Day.
Call 800.552.5512 X 4180.

0.060ʺ thickness

941 - Custom Whitening Tray
1031 - Fluoride Tray
284 - Sof-Tray Sheets Heavy 0.080ʺ 5ʺ x 5ʺ 20pk
2.0 mm - 127 x 127 mm

0.080ʺ thickness

ultradent.com

951 - Night Guard Tray - Articulated, Soft179

WHITEN
8

9

10

11

12

1

7

2

Patient Instructions

50pk
80040

Whitening Menu

50pk
68396

Opalescence Frosted Plastic Bag

9” x 14”
Frosted Plastic Bag

10pk
8752

Opalescence Small Organza Bag

4.5” x 12”
Small Organza Bag

10pk
8751

Opalescence Large Organza Bag

9” x 14”Large Organza Bag

10pk
8750

/B

Yell
o

5

n
row

w/

4

Variety Pocket Tray Cases

20pk
707

4

ay
Gr

3

Shade Guide Card

50pk
498

3

5
Br
ow
n

6

2

6

1

7

Before whitening, record your starting shade to track your progress.
Starting Shade:Finishing Shade:

Opalescence Shade Guide Card™

This guide is not suitable for determining toothshades. It is intended to help you visualize where
you are in the whitening process.

Opalescence Pocket Tray Cases™

General Precautions
1. Keep Opalescence whitening systemproducts out of reach of small children.

Welcome to

Opalescence Whitening

2. Do not swallow gel.
3. Some patients experience sensitivity withwhitening. Should this occur, stop treatment
and contact your dentist.
4. Some patients have noticed temporary
discomfort of the gums, lips, throat, or
tongue. Should any of these symptoms
persist more than two days, or if they
progressively worsen, call your dentist. Theseside effects will usually subside within 1–3
days after treatment is discontinued.
5. Coffee, tobacco, and other products canrestain your teeth over time. Should thisoccur, the teeth can be rewhitened within a
few nights with Opalescence whitening gel.
6. Some amalgam or “silver” fillings may leave
a dark purple color in your whitening tray.
This is normal.

Opalescence™ Custom Tray
Patient Instructions
Use these instructions to quickly and easily explain the take-homewhitening process and procedure to your patients.

7. Crowns, bridges, partial dentures, veneers,and composite fillings will not whiten.
8. Store whitening gel out of the sun and heat.
Refrigeration is recommended. Do not freeze.
9. Check expiration date and store according
to instructions.
10. Regular dental checkups and cleanings
are important before and after whitening tomaintain a healthy smile.

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
80040AR10 101819

General Precautions
1. Keep Opalescence whitening systemproducts out of reach of small children.
2. Do not swallow gel.
3. Some patients experience sensitivity withwhitening. Should this occur, stop treatment
and contact your dentist.
4. Some patients have noticed temporary
discomfort of the gums, lips, throat, or
tongue. Should any of these symptoms
persist more than two days, or if they
progressively worsen, call your dentist. Theseside effects will usually subside within 1–3
days after treatment is discontinued.
5. Coffee, tobacco, and other products canrestain your teeth over time. Should thisoccur, the teeth can be rewhitened within a
few nights with Opalescence whitening gel.
6. Some amalgam or “silver” fillings may leave
a dark purple color in your whitening tray.
This is normal.

Welcome to

Opalescence Whitening

Opalescence™ Whitening Menu
Educate patients on the many whitening options available in youroffice and set your offerings apart from the many store-bought
whiteners available.

7. Crowns, bridges, partial dentures, veneers,and composite fillings will not whiten.
8. Store whitening gel out of the sun and heat.
Refrigeration is recommended. Do not freeze.
9. Check expiration date and store according
to instructions.
10. Regular dental checkups and cleanings
are important before and after whitening tomaintain a healthy smile.

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
80040AR10 101819

Note: Gift bags only. Product not included.

™

™

™

180

800.552.5512

MARKETING MATERIALSM E R I S S A V O S N O S - Albion Meadows Trail

Posters Small and Large
Mirror Clings
Ceiling Posters
Opalescence Whitening Menu
Statement Stuffers
Opalescence Custom Tray Patient
Office Flyers
Instructions
Appointment Cards Opalescence Toothpaste Patient Handout
Display Inserts
Enamelast Aftercare Treatment Card
Display Brochures
Opalescence Refill Sleeve
Display Stands
Opalescence Gift Certificate
Opalescence Displays
Opalescence Gift Bags
Window Clings

Get your patients excited with marketing materials designed specifically for your practice.

181

MARKETING MATERIALS
Opalescence™ Small Posters

Opalescence™ Large Posters

16ʺ x 20ʺ 1pk

24ʺ x 36ʺ 1pk

Your new, brightLove yourwhite smilebright newsmile

is waiting

A bright
smileLove yourbright newsmile© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008234AR01© 2018 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008235AR01.01 102019

1008235 - PFYour new, bright

102019A bright
smile

white smile

is always
in style

is waitingis always
in style© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 100236AR01 102019

1008234 - PF

1008236 - PF
© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 1008223AR01 102019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008200AR01

103019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008201AR01

Be confident

1008200 - PF

1008201 - PF

1008223 - PF

#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET

Be confident

in your smile© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008244AR01

102019in your smile

103019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008245AR01

1030191008244 - PF

1008245 - PF

Love yourbright new
smile

Love yourbright new
smile

years ofmillion smiles
30+ experience
100 brightenedawards50+ inindustry
whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

1009698AR01

033121ofsmiles30+ years
100 million
experience
brightenedawards50+ industry
in whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009698 - PF
© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1001008246AR01 103019

1009697 - Go

1009697AR01

years ofmillion smiles
30+ experience
100 brightened© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET
million smiles
brightened50+

industry awards
in whitening#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANETLEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 1009695AR0130+033121100

years ofexperience

million smiles
brightened

Teeth whitening50+

to fit your lifestyle© 2019 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008202AR01 101519© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008226AR01 102019

1008226 - Go

1008202 - PF

industry awards
in whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009695 - PF

1009694AR01

0331211009694 - Go
The OpalescenceTMteeth whitening menu

Teeth whitening
to fit your lifestylecustomized
Opalescence™ PF whitening gel offers professional whitening in
the comfort of your own home. This take-home whitening treatment
is delivered via custom-made trays that are tailored to your smile.
Opalescence PF whitening gel is available a variety of concentrations fordifferent wear times and is available in Mint, Melon, and Regular flavors.

ready-to-go#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET30+

years ofexperience100

million smiles
brightened50+

industry awards
in whitening

Opalescence Go™ whitening comes in prefilled, disposable trays that
comfortably adapt to any smile for professional ready-to-go whitening.
Opalescence Go whitening is effective and easy to use. Its unique
UltraFit™ tray easily conforms to your teeth and provides molar-to-molar
coverage, whitening your entire smile. Opalescence Go whitening isavailable in two concentrations for different wear times and is available in
Mint or Melon flavors.

in-office
Opalescence™ Boost™ whitening is a 40% hydrogen peroxide whitening
gel that offers brighter, whiter teeth after about an hour in the dental
chair. Opalescence Boost whitening is chemically activated and requires
no uncomfortable lights or lasers. It is a safe and effective way to get abrighter, whiter smile.

aftercare
Opalescence™ Whitening Toothpaste is formulated to strengthen enamel
and help prevent cavities while actively removing surface stains for whiterteeth. It is gentle enough to use every day and has a unique Cool Mint
flavor for fresh breath that lasts. It is also available in a Sensitivity Relief
formula, which has all the benefits as the Original formula, plus potassium
nitrate to treat sensitive teeth.

sensitivity
UltraEZ™ desensitizing gel contains PF (potassium nitrate and fluoride)that can quickly treat sensitivity from whitening. It is available in prefilled,
disposable UltraFit™ trays or in syringes for use with custom trays.

Every patient. Any lifestyle. Always Opalescence.

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

1009693AR01

033121© 2018 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1006573.2

072018© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 1008224AR01

102019© 2022 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
68286AR11 050222

1008224 - Boost

1009693 - Boost

182

033121

1008247 - Wedding 2
Share your100

1009696AR01

1009696 - Boost

brightest
smile

years ofexperience

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008247AR01 103019

1008246 - Wedding 1

30+awards50+ inindustry
whitening

033121800.552.5512

68286 - Menu

MARKETING MATERIALS
Opalescence™ Ceiling Posters

Opalescence™ Office Flyers

24ʺ x 24ʺ 1pk

8.5ʺ x 11ʺ 50pk

Customize it! Visit ultradent.com to personalize
these products using our printing template.

Place these on the ceiling above your dental chairs. Patients will seethem and ask for more information about whitening treatments.

Get more

Get moreconfidence

in your smile

in your smile

Brightenyour smile,

Get moreconfidence

confidence

in your smilebrighten yourpossibilities

Get abrighter,whiter smile
today!

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008248AR01

103019© 2017 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 1006563.1 091517© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008249AR01

1008248 - PF

1008249 - PF

#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET30+

years ofexperience100

million smiles
brightened50+

industry awards
in whitening

years ofmillion smiles
30+ experience
100 brightened

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009692AR01

awards50+ inindustry
whitening

Opalescence Go whitening is effective and easy
to use. Wear Opalescence Go trays once a day
for 15–60 minutes, depending on your dentist’s
recommendations, and you’ll see results inabout a week. Offering a professional-strength
formula at an affordable price, Opalescence
Go whitening is easier to use than over-thecounter products, and it’s available in two
concentrations and two delicious flavors.

1009691AR02

Ask your doctor for more information.

Ask your doctor for more information.

1008174 - PF

1008175 - Go

years ofmillion smiles
30+ experience
100 brightened

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

Opalescence Boost whitening is a powerful,chemically activated whitening option that
requires no light or laser to whiten yourteeth. The in-office Opalescence Boost
whitening treatment offers a brighter,
whiter smile in about an hour.

Ask your doctor for more information.

1008176 - Boost#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ONTHE PLANET#1PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ONTHE PLANET© 2022 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

0331211009692 - PF

The Opalescence PF whitening system
is customized entirely for you; it’s
the ideal fit for your smile and yourlifestyle. After taking impressions, wewill create customized trays for yourteeth. Fill these trays with Opalescence
PF whitening gel and wear daily forbest results.

103019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008176AR01 101019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008175AR01 101019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008174AR01 101019

awards50+ inindustry
whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

30+

years ofexperience100

million smiles
brightened50+

industry awards
in whitening#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ONTHE PLANET30+LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

1009691 - Go100

million smiles
brightened50+

industry awards
in whitening

customized entirely for you; it’s the ideal fit

chemically activated whitening option that
requires no light or laser to whiten your teeth.

for your smile and your lifestyle. After taking

Opalescence Go whitening is effective and easy
to use. Wear Opalescence Go trays once a day
for 15–60 minutes, depending on your dentist’s
recommendations, and you’ll see results in abouta week. Offering a professional-strength formulaat an affordable price, Opalescence Go whitening
is easier to use than store-bought products, andit’s available in two concentrations and two
delicious flavors.

The in-office Opalescence Boost whitening
treatment offers a brighter, whiter smile inabout an hour.

impressions, we will create customized
trays for your teeth. Fill these trays with
Opalescence PF whitening gel and wear daily
for best results.

Ask your doctor for more information.
© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009702AR01© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

033121#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET

1009703 - Go

© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009703AR01

033121awards50+ inindustry
whitening

8.5ʺ x 11ʺ 50pk

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM
1009690AR01

0331211009690 - Boost

Perforation guide - do not print

The bright,

The bright,

confident smile

confident smile

you’ve always wanted

Opalescence™ Statement Stuffers

Printed on a perforated sheet with a blankback so you can print a message and youraddress using an inkjet or laser printer.

3.25ʺ x 6ʺ 50pk

ready to go.

Call us to set up a
FREE smile evaluationand learn more about the
Opalescence Tooth Whitening System.

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008168AR01 100919© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008169AR01 100919© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008170AR01 100919

1008170 - Boost© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008171AR01 101019

1009708 - Boost

1009709- Go

confident smile

you’ve always wanted© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01 101019

Perforation guide - do not print

Perforation guide - do not print

The bright,

The bright,

confident smile
confident smile

you’ve always wanted
you’ve always wanted#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING BRAND
ON THE PLANET

1009710 - PF

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008171AR01 101019

perferation guide- do not print

Looking for a more
confident smile
powerful smile?
you’ve always wanted#1#1
PROFESSIONAL
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENINGTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ON BRAND ON
THE PLANETTHE PLANET© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008171AR01 101019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01 101019

The bright,

The bright,

confident smile
confident smile

perferation guide- do not print

you’ve always wanted
you’ve always wanted#1#1
PROFESSIONAL
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENINGTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ON BRAND ON
THE PLANET THE PLANET© 2020 Ultradent© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01
101019 Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008173AR01 101019

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

LEARN MORE AT
LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM OPALESCENCE.COM

LEARN MORE AT
LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009705AR01 033121© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009705AR01© 2021033121
Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009706AR01 033121

2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009707AR01 033121© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009706AR01 ©033121#1
1009705- Boost #1#1
1009706- Go
PROFESSIONAL
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENINGTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ON BRAND ON
THE PLANETTHE PLANETPROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ONTHE PLANET

ultradent.com

1008173 - Boost

The bright,

Looking for a more

#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ONTHE PLANET© 2020 Ultradent© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01
101019 Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008173AR01 101019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008171AR01 101019© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01 101019

1008172 - Go

1008171 - PF
powerful smile?

#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING BRAND
ON THE PLANET

The bright,

The bright,

confident smilethat fits your lifestyleCall us to set up a
FREE smile evaluationand learn more about the
Opalescence Tooth Whitening System.

#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENING BRAND
ON THE PLANET© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01 101019

you’ve always wanted

Looking for a more
confident smile
powerful smile?
you’ve always wanted

powerful smile?

Teeth whitening

Call us to set up a
FREE smile evaluationand learn more about the
Opalescence Tooth Whitening System.

1008169- Go© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01 101019

The bright,

Looking for a more

Bright smiles,

you’ve always wanted© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1008172AR01 101019

Perforation guide - do not print

1008168 - PF

033121

1009704 - PF

Opalescence™ Appointment Cards© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

brightened

1009704AR01

Ask your doctor for more information.

1009702 - Boost

Your smile,

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

The Opalescence PF whitening system is

Opalescence Boost whitening is a powerful,

Ask your doctor for more information.

years ofmillion smiles
30+ experience
100 brightened

years ofexperience

031722#1#11009707- PF
PROFESSIONAL
PROFESSIONALTEETH WHITENINGTEETH WHITENING
BRAND ON BRAND ON
THE PLANET THE PLANET

perferation guide- do not print#1
PROFESSIONATEETH WHITE
BRAND ONTHE PLANET#1PROFESSIONATEETH WHITE
BRAND ONTHE PLANET183

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

LEARN MORE AT
LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM OPALESCENCE.COM

LEARN MORE AT
LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009705AR01 033121© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009705AR01© 2021033121
Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009706AR01 033121

2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009707AR01 033121© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 1009706AR01 ©033121

MARKETING MATERIALS
Opalescence™ Display Inserts

Opalescence™ Display Brochures

8.5ʺ x 11ʺ 1pk

50pk

Get a brighter,more confident

The power of a professionalin your smile

in your smilebright smile

Get a brighter,more confident

Get a brighter,more confident

smile

Get more confidence

Get more confidence

Get more confidence

in your smile

smile

smile

opalescence.com

opalescence.com

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

Your smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.

4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).

If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

80 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT RA DE NT.COM

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.
4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).
5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

80 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT RA DE NT.COM

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.

1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

Your smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.

Your smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.

4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).

If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

80 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT RA DE NT.COM

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.
© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008261AR01 102919© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008259AR01 102919

opalescence.com

1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

opalescence.com

1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

Your smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.
4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).
5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

80 0. 552 . 5512 | U LT R A DE N T.CO M

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008266AR01 102919© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008269AR01 102919

1008259 - PF 1008261 - PF 1008266 - Go 1008269 - Boost© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008271AR01 102819

1008276 - PF

1008274 - Go

Get
Get moremore confidence
confidence

Get more confidence

1008271 - Boost
opalescence.com

Professional in-officeYour smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.

smile

If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

Your smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.

4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).
5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

80 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT RA DE NT.COM#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANETLEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM
8 0 0. 552 . 55 12 | U LT R A D E N T.CO M

100

million smiles
brightened50+

industry awards
in whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1009701AR01 033121

30+
ofsmiles30+ years
100 million
experience
brightenedawards50+ industry
in whitening

years ofexperience

100

50+

million smiles
brightened

1009701 - PF

Si alguna vez ha deseado tener una sonrisa
más brillante y blanca, puede lograrla ahora con
los tratamientos blanqueadores Opalescence.
Líder en blanqueamiento dental por más de 25
años, Opalescence ha cambiado exitosamente
millones de sonrisas, llevándolas de aburridas adeslumbrantes.
Dé un impulso a su sonrisa – y a su confianza– con los tratamientos blanqueadores
Opalescence™.

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM
8 0 0.552 .55 12 | U LTR A D EN T.COM

1 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

2 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1009731AR01 033121

LEARN MORE AT OPALESCENCE.COM

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.
3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.
4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).
5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

80 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT RA DE NT.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1009733AR01 033121

LEARN MORE AT OPALESCENCE.COM

1009732 - Go

1009733 - PF
El poder de una

Obtenga más confianza

sonrisa blanca
profesionalen su sonrisa

opalescence.com
1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

Su sonrisa dice más de usted que cualquier otra
característica física. A menudo es lo primero que
otras personas notan.
Si alguna vez ha deseado tener una sonrisa
más brillante y blanca, puede lograrla ahora con
los tratamientos blanqueadores Opalescence.
Líder en blanqueamiento dental por más de 25
años, Opalescence ha cambiado exitosamente
millones de sonrisas, llevándolas de aburridas adeslumbrantes.
Dé un impulso a su sonrisa – y a su confianza– con los tratamientos blanqueadores
Opalescence™.

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008262AR01 102919

2 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1009732AR01 033121

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

opalescence.com
1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

Su sonrisa dice más de usted que cualquier otra
característica física. A menudo es lo primero que
otras personas notan.

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.
4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).

Si alguna vez ha deseado tener una sonrisa
más brillante y blanca, puede lograrla ahora con
los tratamientos blanqueadores Opalescence.
Líder en blanqueamiento dental por más de 25
años, Opalescence ha cambiado exitosamente
millones de sonrisas, llevándolas de aburridas adeslumbrantes.

5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

80 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT RA DE NT.COM

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.
3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.
4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).
5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

8 00. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LTRA D E NT.CO M

Dé un impulso a su sonrisa – y a su confianza– con los tratamientos blanqueadores
Opalescence™.

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008263AR01 102919

1008262 - PF

The professional
teeth whitening

50+
industry awards
in teeth whitening

Obtenga más confianza

1009699 - Boost

1009700 - Gomillion smiles
brightened

1 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

en su sonrisa

Su sonrisa dice más de usted que cualquier otra
característica física. A menudo es lo primero que
otras personas notan.

100+

8 0 0. 552 . 55 12 | U LT R A D E N T.CO M

1009731 - BoostLEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

years of experience

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

4 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1009699AR01 033121© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1009700AR01 033121

50+

3 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

industry awards
in whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM

million smiles
brightened30+© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008264AR01 102919

1008263 - Gostandard

1008264 - Boost

Get more confidence

in your smile

OrthoWhiter teeth
even withbraces!

Orthoyears ofexperience100+

industry awards
in teeth whitening

1 Hein DK, Ploeger BJ, Hartup JK, Wagstaff RS, Palmer TM, Hansen LD. In-office vital tooth
bleaching—what do lights add? Compend Contin Educ Dent. 2003;24(4A):340-52.

opalescence.com

30+years of experience

2 Kugel G, Papathanasiou A, Williams AJ 3rd, Anderson C, Ferreira S. Clinical evaluationof chemical and light-activated tooth whitening systems. Compend Contin Educ.
2006;27(1)54-62.

LEARN MORE AT OPALESCENCE.COM© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008270AR01 102919

30+

Spanish#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET

8 0 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT R A D E N T.CO M#1
PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET

million smiles
brightenedindustry awards
in teeth whitening

5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.

1008270 - Boost

100+

50+

80 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT RA DE NT.COM

4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).

1008267 - Go

years of experience

1008272 - Boost

If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

5 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake from fluoridated
carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0498, 2006
(www.dentalresarch.org).

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

1008260 - PF30+
© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008275AR01 102819

Your smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.

4 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 0497,
2006 (www.dentalresarch.org).

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008267AR01 102919© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008272AR01 102819

1008275 - Go

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.
© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008260AR01 102919

1008277 - PF

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

3 Al-Quanaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.

© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008277AR01 102819

opalescence.com
1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

2 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

in about an hour

Fast, easy,
effective.

bright smile

opalescence.com

1 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res 85(Spec Iss A): 1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).

teeth whitening

Professional
teeth whitening.

Get a brighter,more confident

The power of a professionalinin your
your smile
smile

in your smile

Spanish© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008274AR01 102819

Spanish© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008276AR01 102819

opalescence.com

1 Jadad E, Montoya J, Arana G, Gordillo LA, Palo RM, Loguercio AD. Spectrophotometricevaluation of color alterations with a new dental bleaching product in patients wearing
orthodontic appliances. Am J Orthod Dentofacial Orthop. 2011;140(1):e43-7.
2 Haywood VB. Orthodontic caries control and bleaching. Inside Dentistry.
2010(Apr):36-48.
3 Browning WD, Myers M, Downey M, Pohjola RM, Brackett WW. Report on low
sensitivity whiteners. J Dent Res. 85(Spec Iss A):1650, 2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).
4 Basting RT, Rodrigues AL Jr, Serra MC. The effects of seven carbamide
peroxide bleaching agents on enamel microhardness over time. J Am Dent Assoc.
2003;134(10):1335-42.

Your smile says more about you than any otherphysical feature. Often, it’s the first thing people
notice about you.
If you’ve ever wished for a brighter, whiter smile,
you can get it now with Opalescence teeth
whitening treatments. As the industry leader for
more than 25 years, Opalescence whitening has
successfully taken millions of smiles from dull todazzling.

5 Al-Qunaian TA. The effect of whitening agents on caries susceptibility of humanenamel. Oper Dent. 2005;30(2):265-70.
6 Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB, Amaechi BT. Influence of fluoridated carbamide
peroxide bleaching gel on enamel demineralization. J Dent Res. 85(Spec Iss A):0497,
2006 (www.dentalresearch.org).
7 Amaechi BT, Clark LM, Barghi N, Summitt JB. Enamel fluoride uptake fromfluoridated carbamide peroxide bleaching gel. J Dent Res. 85(Spec Iss A):0498, 2006
(www.dentalresearch.org).

800.552 .5512 | ULTRADENT.CO M

Give your smile—and your confidence—a boost
today with Opalescence™ whitening treatments.
© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008268AR01 102919© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008278AR01 102819© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008273AR01 102819

1008278 - PF

1008268 - Go

1008273 - Go

THE FACTS ARE…

UltraSeal XT plus
and Enamelast™
Display Brochures™

DON’T
OVERLOOKYOUR
ORAL
HEALTH

1pk

Ask your dental
professional
today about yourrisk factors.

FLUORIDE
VARNISH

benefits teethof all ages!
1

Protectthe smile thatmatters most.

1006917.1

021018protect yourchild’s smile?

© 2015 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

1003984.1

Before Enamelast Varnish

If you think regular tongue twisters are hard,
try saying these three times fast
when your mouth is numb!

1. Weyant, Robert J., et al. „Topical fluoride for caries prevention.” The Journal of the American Dental Association 144.11 (2013): 1279-1291.
© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 1009042AR01 031221

After Applying Enamelast Varnish

1003984

1006918AR02

Though preventable, tooth decay is
the #1 chronic childhood illness andis 5 times more common than asthma.3

Crossword Puzzle

ACROSS
2. Happy people ___ a lot.
4. Your dentist can put ___ on your teeth to help protect
them from cavities.
6. You have to open your ___ wide so the dentist can see
all of your teeth.
7. ___ your teeth at least two times a day.
9. The big teeth in the back of your mouth are called___.

UltraSeal XT plus
Display Brochures

091515© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

184

After applying Enamelast™
fluoride varnish

10090421006917
Prevent andProtect with
Dental Sealants

Tongue Twisters

Connect the ORANGE dots to see what
happens when the robot brushes daily

Tommy tickled his tongue
twice trying to treat
his teeth to a toothbrush.

™

1 in 8 Americans experience
hypersensitivity.2
1. American Dental Hygienists Association. https://www.adha.org/resources-docs/7253_Fluoride_Facts.pdf. Accessed
February 17, 2015. 2. https://www.ada.org/en/press-room/news-releases/2014-archive/february/ada-uses-fluoridetoothpaste 3. ADA Statement Commemorating the 60th Anniversary of Community Water Fluoridation. Fluoride
Facts. 2005:1. 4. National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research https://www.nidcr.nih.gov/DataStatistics/
FindDataByTopic/DentalCaries/DentalCariesChildren2to11.htm. Accessed February 6, 2018. 5. Cigna. https://www.
cigna.com/assets/docs/life-wall-library/Whygooddentalcareisimportant_whitepaper.pdf. Accessed February 6,
2018. 6. Children’s Dental Health Project. https://www.cdhp.org/resources/298-lifetime-costs-of-a-cavity-by-deltadental. Published January 1, 2008. Accessed February 6, 2018. 7. Guideline on Fluoride Therapy. AAPD Reference
Manual. 2014;36(6):171–174. 8. Association of State and Territorial Dental Directors. https://www.astdd.org/docs/
Sept2007FINALFlvarnishpaper.pdf. Updated September 2007. Accessed June 15, 2018.

1. Frequently Asked Questions on Community Water Fluoridation. American Dental Association. https://www.ada.
org/en/public-programs/advocating-for-the-public/fluoride-and-fluoridation?utm_medium=VanityUrl. PublishedFebruary 1, 2017. Accessed January 29, 2021. 2. Cunha-Cruz J, Wataha JC, Heaton LJ, et al. The prevalence of dentin
hypersensitivity in general dental practices in the northwest United States. J Am Dent Assoc. 2013;144(3):288-296.
doi:10.14219/jada.archive.2013.0116. 3. Dental Caries (Tooth Decay) in Adults (Age 20 to 64). National Institute of
Dental and Craniofacial Research. https://www.nidcr.nih.gov/research/data-statistics/dental-caries/adults. Published
July 2018. Accessed January 29, 2021. 4. Noble, J. Fluoride varnish for the teeth. Vital 5, 39 (2008). https://doi.
org/10.1038/vital739. Published March 2008. Accessed January 29, 2021. 5. Clinical insights drive better outcomes.
Cigna. https://dental-dna.cigna.com/clinical-insights-drive-better-outcomes. Published May 2019. Accessed October
14, 2020. 6. Children’s Dental Health Project. https://www.cdhp.org/resources/298-lifetime-costs-of-a-cavity-bydelta-dental. Published January 1, 2008. Accessed February 6, 2018. 7. Weyant, R.J. et al. Topical fluoride for caries
prevention. JADA. https://jada.ada.org/article/S0002-8177(14)60659-0/fulltext?dgcid=PromoSpots_EBDsite_topicalfluoride. Published November 2013.

800.552 .5512 | U LTR ADE NT.COM

8 0 0. 552 . 55 1 2 | U LT R A D E N T.CO M

92%

5x

The lips, the teeth, the tipof the tongue,
the tip of the tongue,
the teeth, the lips.

A bit of brushing bans
bad bugs beautifully,
a bit of beautiful
brushing bans
bad bugs.

50pk™

13. An ___ is a round, red fruit that’s good for you.
15. A hole in your tooth is called a ___.
16. Replace your toothbrush at least every ___ months.

DOWN

1. ___ is a sticky film of bacteria that constantly forms
on your teeth and produces acids that attack tooth
enamel.
3. Drink ___ to help build strong, healthy teeth andbones.
5. A ___ has bristles that help clean your teeth.
8. You only need a pea-sized amount of ___ on yourtoothbrush to help clean your teeth.
10. Toothpaste should have ___ in it to help strengthen
teeth and fight cavities.
11. A well-balanced ___ can keep you healthy.
12. Don’t eat too much ___ because it cancause cavities.
14. Teeth help you ___ your food so you candigest it properly.

ACROSS 2. smile 4. sealants 6. mouth 7. brush 9. molars 13. apple 15. cavity
16. three DOWN 1. plaque 3. milk 5. toothbrush 8.toothpaste 10. fluoride 11. diet12. candy 14. chew

© 2018 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

84094

Connect the dots

HYDROPHILIC PIT AND FISSURE SEALANT

Ask your dental
professional
about fluoride Before Enamelast
varnish today! fluoride varnish=1,000,000

92% of US adults ages 20-65 have haddental caries in their permanent teeth.3© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008240AR01.01 102219

How Does
Fluoride Varnish
Help Me?

Fluoride treatments inthe dental office= extra protection
for your teeth© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
1008770AR01 031221

84093 1003723 1008770
Connect the YELLOW dots to see what
happens when he doesn’t.

How doesTalk
to doesYour Dental
Why
myProfessionalchild need Today
Ask how you can protect your oral health!
Fluoride Varnish?

Over 25% of the U.S. population
does NOT have fluoridated water.1

16 million in the U.S. have dental decay.2

Ask your dental
professional
about fluoride
varnish today!

HYDROPHOBIC PIT AND FISSURE SEALANTFLUORIDE
VARNISHOver 35% of the U.S. population
does NOT have fluoridated water.1

102419CHECKYOUR RISKDON’TOVERLOOK

Prevent and Protect YOURORAL HEALTH
with Dental Sealants

DO YOU:

Drink sugary or acidic beverages, including:
Juice
Soda
Energy drinks
Sports drinks
Sweet coffee or tea
Alcohol
Eat chewy or sticky foods, including:
Chewy candy (licorice, caramel, etc)
Granola or fruit-based bars
Dried fruit
Gummy vitamins
Use tobacco (smoking, chewing, etc.)
Take medication that causes dry mouth
Undergo head or neck radiation therapy
Have an orthodontic applianceHave a removable partial denture
Have exposed root surfaces
Have acid reflux
Skip cleanings at the dentist
Have one or more dental restorations(fillings, crowns, etc.)
Just one check mark means
you’re at risk for oral infection!
Talk to your dental professional
about your risk level.
BFF

8.5ʺ x 11ʺ 1pk

THE FACTS ARE…
Talk to Your
Dental Professional Today
Ask how you can protect your child’s oral health!

E
Z DQ N I
JN NFX
ZH
?
OA
QF
X
TD
T..
.
••
•

UltraSeal XT plus andEnamelast™ Display Inserts™

Talk to Your
Dental Professional Today
Talk to your dental professional about your risk factors
and learn how you can protect your oral health!

FACTS
& FUN
INSIDE!

1. Cavities/tooth decay. Mayo Clinic. http://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/cavities/
symptoms-causes/dxc-20320184. 2. Tooth abscess. Mayo Clinic. http://www.mayoclinic.org/
diseases-conditions/tooth-abscess/symptoms-causes/dxc-20185944. 3. The use described intext may not be cleared wih the FDA. 4. Fluoride treatments in the dental office. The Journal of theAmerican Dental Association. 2007;138(3):420.

© 2018 Ultradent Products, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
1006735.1 111517

1003983

1006918800.552.5512

Improving Oral Health Globally

WHAT DANGERIS YOUR SMILE
HIDING?
TAKE THE QUIZTO CHECK YOUR RISK!

1006735MARKETING MATERIALS
Plastic Display Stands

Opalescence™ Whitening Menu

1pk With Pocket - No Pocket

50pk

Educate patients on the many whitening options available
in your office and set your offerings apart from themany store-bought whiteners available.

PROFESSION AL

TEETH WHITENING
MENU

23920 - Pocket

1006290
Your smile says more about you thanany other physical feature. Help yoursmile be as bright as it can be with
Opalescence Tooth Whitening Systems.

Opalescence Displays™

opalescence.com

Opalescence whitening featuresprofessional, affordable teeth whitening
for every lifestyle, budget, and smile.
A customized approach to a brighter smile.
© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
68396AR12 111019

1pk

68396

Opalescence™
Custom Tray Patient Instructions
50pk

Use to quickly and easily explain the take-homewhitening process and procedure to your patients.
80028

General Precautions

68218

1. Keep Opalescence whitening systemproducts out of reach of small children.

Welcome to

Opalescence Whitening

2. Do not swallow gel.
3. Some patients experience sensitivity withwhitening. Should this occur, stop treatment
and contact your dentist.
4. Some patients have noticed temporary
discomfort of the gums, lips, throat, or
tongue. Should any of these symptoms
persist more than two days, or if they
progressively worsen, call your dentist. Theseside effects will usually subside within 1–3
days after treatment is discontinued.

Opalescence™ Window Clings Small

5. Coffee, tobacco, and other products canrestain your teeth over time. Should thisoccur, the teeth can be rewhitened within a
few nights with Opalescence whitening gel.

3ʺ x 6ʺ 1pk

6. Some amalgam or “silver” fillings may leave
a dark purple color in your whitening tray.
This is normal.
7. Crowns, bridges, partial dentures, veneers,and composite fillings will not whiten.
8. Store whitening gel out of the sun and heat.
Refrigeration is recommended. Do not freeze.

Place these on your windows/mirrors for patients to see
and ask for more information about whitening treatments.

9. Check expiration date and store according
to instructions.

#1 PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET30+

years ofexperience100

million smiles
brightened50+

industry awards
in whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009765AR01

30+

100

80040
50+

million smiles
brightenedindustry awards
in whitening

LEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009766AR01

Opalescence™ Whitening
Toothpaste Handout 25pk

033121

1009766 - Go

#1 PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET30+

years ofexperience© 2020 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
80040AR10 101819

033121

1009765 - PF

years ofexperience

10. Regular dental checkups and cleanings
are important before and after whitening tomaintain a healthy smile.

#1 PROFESSIONALTEETH
WHITENING
BRAND
ON THE
PLANET100

million smiles
brightened

EVERYTHING
YOU NEED IN A
50+

industry awards
in whitening

WHITENING
TOOTHPASTELEARN MORE AT
OPALESCENCE.COM© 2021 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

1009767AR01

033121

1009767 - Boost

Learn more at opalescence.com

1004858
Bright Smiles, Ready to Go
1006233.1

0401171006233 Go

Enamelast™ Aftercare Treatment Card
25pk

Opalescence™ Mirror Cling

Use these instructions to quickly and easily explain theprocess and procedure to your patients.

5 1/2ʺ x 7ʺ 1pk

Mirror mirror
on the wall,

Directions for Enamelast Varnish

Aftercare Treatment

After the application of Enamelast varnish, a certain amount will remain on your teeth.
In order to achieve the maximum benefit of treatment, please adhere to the following
recommendations after you leave our office:• Do not brush or floss for at least 4–6 hours. If possible, wait until the next morning.
• Avoid hot foods or drinks as well as products containing alcohol (e.g., beverages, oral
rinses, etc.) for 4–6 hours• Do not use oral fluoride supplements for 4 days
• For maximum benefit, Enamelast varnish can be reapplied every 3–6 months

Ask about Opalescence Whitening today!

© 2018 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved. 505 West Ultradent Drive, South Jordan, UT 84095

1005909.2

800.552 .55 12 | U LTRA DEN T.COM

1707181002791

1005909 Whiteultradent.com

185

MARKETING MATERIALS

Refill Sleeve

10pk
4845

Opalescence™
Gift Certificate

Gift Certificate

1pk
52

Opalescence™
Frosted Plastic Bag

Frosted Plastic Bag

10pk
8752

Opalescence™
Small Organza Bag

Small Organza Bag

10pk
8751

Large Organza Bag

10pk
8750

Note: Gift bags only. Product not included.

Opalescence™
Refill Sleeve

Opalescence™
Large Organza Bag

186

800.552.5512

INDEX
810 + 980 Diode Laser . . . . . . . . . . . 62–63,64–65
A bsorbent Paper Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Accelerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Accessory Post System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46–47
Acid, Citric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Acid, Hydrofluoric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Acid, Phosphoric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70,102
Acid Etchant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70,76, 102
Acteon Satelec Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Acteon Satelec Wrenches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
AdaptiVe Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Adjusters and Polishers, Ceramic. . . . . . 85,86–87
Adjusters and Polishers, Composite. . . . 82–83,84
Alginate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Alginate Alternative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Aluminum Chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Amelogen Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19–20
Amelogen Plus Singles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Anatomical Indicating Composite. . . . . . . . . . . 45
Anatomical Sectional Matrix. . . . . . .  112,113,114
Anatomical Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Anesthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Antibacterial Slurry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Antibacterial Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30,78,110
Apical Surgery Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Applicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128,146
Appointment Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Astringedent Hemostatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Astringedent Spot Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Astringedent X Hemostatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
B and Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Barrier Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Base and Liner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
BFC3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Bilateral Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Bioceramic Root Canal Sealer. . . . . . . . . . . 40–41
Bis-GMA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–16,19–20
Bite Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108,177
Bite Registration Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93,98
Black Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Black Light Lens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Black Micro FX Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Black Micro Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Black Mini Brush Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Black Mini Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Bleaching, In-Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170–171
Bleaching, Take-Home . . . . . . . 165–167,168–169
Bleaching Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168–169
Block-Out Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Blue Micro Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Blue Mini Dento-Infusor Tips. . . . . . . . . . 139,151
BOND SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69–78
Bonding Adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103,104
Bonding Resins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Bone Graft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132–136
Bottles (480 ml), Irrigants. . . . . . . . . . . . . 28–31
Brochures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Brush Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138,139,140,141
Brushes, Polishing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
C alcium Hydroxide Paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Canal Sealer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42–43
Capillary Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,142
Caps, Luer Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Carbamide Peroxide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165–167
Carbamide vs Hydrogen Peroxide. . . . . . . . . . 163
Caries Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Caulking Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Ceiling Posters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Cement, Temporary (Provisional). . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cement, Temporary (Veneer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cement Resins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
CEMENTS SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–10
Ceramic Bonding Adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Ceramic Finishing System. . . . . . . . . . . . 85,86–87

Cheek Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  107, 177
Chelating Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Chelating and Filing Lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Chemical Abrasion Slurry. . . . . . . . . . . . 174–175
Chemical Cure Cement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
ChlorCid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
ChlorCid Surf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
ChlorCid V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Chlorhexidine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30,78,110
Chromaclone Alginate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chromaclone Ortho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chromaclone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Chromaclone PVS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Citric Acid 20% Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Clamps, Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Classic Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
CleanCut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
ClearTemp LC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cleaners and Disinfectants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28–32,78
Cleaner/Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Cleaning Brush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111,146
Cleaning Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Clear Skini Syringe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,145
Coagulative Hemostatics . . . . . . . . . . . . 152–154
Coated Gutta Percha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Collagen Bone Graft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132–136
Comfort Hub Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Composite, Mosaic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17–18
Composite Gun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,104
Composite Restorative Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–16,17–18,19–20
Composite Sealer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,90
Composite Shade Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,18,20
Composite Singles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,18,20
Composite Polishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82–83,84
Composite Polishing Brushes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Composite Veneers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25
Composite Wetting Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
COMPOSITES SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–26
Consepsis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,78
Consepsis Scrub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Consepsis V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Cord, Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155–157
Cordless LED Curing Light . . . . . . .  55–56,57,100
Cord Packers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Coronal Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Coronal Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Cover, Syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Crossover Action Tweezers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Crown/Bridge Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9
Countertop Brochure Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Countertop Display Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Countertop Display Stands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Cups, Finishing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82–83
Curing Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54–59,100
Custom Tray Fabrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Custom Tray Patient Instructions . . . . . . . 180,185
Custom Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
D ams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,108
Delivery Syringes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,145
Dental Laboratory Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Dentin, Liner and Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Dentin Bonding Agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72–74
Dentin Sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Dento-Infusor Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  139,140,151
DeOx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
DermaDam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,108
DermaDam Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,108
Desensitizing Gel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Diamond Polish Mint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Diamond Strips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Difficult Bleeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Diode Laser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62–63,64–65
Direct Bonding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71–73

ultradent.com

Direct Composite Veneers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25
Disks, Finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81,82–83
Disinfectants and Cleaners . . . . . . . . . 28–32,78,110
Displacement Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155–157
Display Brochures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Display Inserts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Display Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Disposable Anatomical Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Disposable Matrix Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Disposable Prophy Angles . . . . . . . . . . . 126–127
Disposable Retainer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112,113
Double-Cord Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Drills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46–47
Drying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26,90,121
Dual-Cure Resin Sealer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
E DTA Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
EDTA Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Emiluma. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Empty Syringes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Enamel Bonding Agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70,71,72
Enamelast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
ENDODONTICS SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27–48
Endodontic Tips . . . . . . . . . . .  36–37,67,142–143
Endo-Eze Irrigator Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,142
Endo-Eze Luer Vacuum Adapters. . . . .  48,136,146
Endo-Eze MTAFlow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38–39
Endo-Eze Syringe Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,142
EndoREZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42–43
EndoREZ Accelerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
EndoREZ Obturation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42–43
EndoREZ Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Esthetic Restorative Material. . . . . . . . . . . 14–16
Epinephrine Displacement Cord. . . . . . . 155–157
EQUIPMENT SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49–68
ETCH SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69–78
Etchants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70,76,102
ExperTemp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–9
ExperTemp Mixing Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,139
Eyewear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65,68
F abricated Bleaching Trays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Ferric Subsulfate Hemostatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Ferric Sulfate Hemostatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . 152,154
File-Eze EDTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
File Lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Filling/Sealer, Canal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42–43
FINISH SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79–90
Finishing Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Finishing System, Ceramic. . . . . . . . . . . 85,86–87
Finishing System, Composite . . . . . . . . . . . 82–84
Fischer’s Ultrapak Packers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Fissure Sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . 120–121,122–123
Flowable Composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22–23
Fluid Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Fluoride. .  103,122, 165–167, 168–169, 170–171
Fluoride Gel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Fluoride Varnish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Foot Pedal, Gemini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65
Forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
G emini Diode Laser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62–63
Gemini EVO Diode Laser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64–65
Gemini Foot Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65
Gemini PBM Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65
Gemini Protective Eyewear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65
Gift Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180,186
Gift Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Gishy Goo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Glasses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65,68
Glass Ionomer Cement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Goat Hair Brush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Gun, Composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,104
Gun, ExperTemp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Gun, Impression Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Gutta Percha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
H andpiece, Ultrapro Tx Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

187

INDEX
Handpiece, Ultrapro Tx Cordless . . . . . . . . . . 124
Handpiece, Ultrawave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Handpiece Lubricating Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Hemostasis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152–154
Hemostatic Agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152–154
HiShine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Hydrochloric Acid Microabrasion Slurry. . . 174–175
Hydrofluoric Acid Etchant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Hydrogen Peroxide. . . . . .  168–169,170–171,172
Hydrophilic Pit and Fissure Sealant . . . . 122–123
Hydrophilic Polyvinyl Siloxane. . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Hydrophobic Pit and Fissure Sealant. . . . . 120–121
HYGIENE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119–130
Hygiene Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124,125
I DB Silicone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Impression Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Impression Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . 92–93,94,98
Impression Taking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95,150
Impression Tray Adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
IMPRESSIONS SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91–98
In-Office Whitening Gel. . . . . . . . . . . . . 170–171
Indicator, Caries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Indirect Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71,104,149
Inspiral Brush Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Instruments, Packing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Intercoronal Brush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111,146
InterGuard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Interproximal Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Interproximal Lens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
IntraOral Impression Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Intraoral Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Iron Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Irrigation Protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Irrigator Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142,143
IsoBlock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
J iffy Composite Polishing Systems . . . . 82–83,84
Jiffy Composite Polishing Brushes . . . . . . . . . . 88
Jiffy Diamond Strips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Jiffy Extraoral Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85,87
Jiffy Goat Hair Brush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Jiffy HiShine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Jiffy Intraoral Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83,85,87
Jiffy Finishing Cups, Disks, Points. . . . . . . 80,81,83,87
Jiffy One. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Jiffy Proximal Saw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Jiffy Spin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
J-Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
K leerView. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107,177
Knitted Displacement Cord. . . . . . . . . . . 155–157
L aboratory Materials and Services . . . . . . . . 179
Laser, Gemini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62–64
Laser, Gemini EVO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64–65
LC Block-Out Resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
LED Curing Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54–59,100
LED Handpiece (Ultrawave) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Lenses, VALO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Light-Cured Bonding System. . . . . . . . . . . . 72–73
Light-Cured Luting Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Light-Cured Resin Barrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Light Curing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55–59,100
Light Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56,57,58,59,100
Liner Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Lip Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107,177
Lubricating Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Luer Lock Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Luer Vacuum Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . .  48,136,146
Lumaloc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Luting Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
Luting Resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
Machine III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
M ARKETING MATERIALS SECTION . . . . . 181–186
Matrices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112,113,114,115,116
Matrix Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  112,113,114
Matrix Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

188

Matrix System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Mechanical Abrasion Slurry . . . . . . . . . . 174–175
Metal Dento-Infusor Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Metal Opal Seal Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Metal Masking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Methacrylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,42–43,90,173
Microcrystalline Diamonds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Microhybrid Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–16
Micro 20 ga Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Micro Applicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Micro Capillary Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36,140,142
Mirror Clings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Mixing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  139,141,144
Mixing Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Mold Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Mosaic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17–18
Mosaic Singles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mounting Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56–59,100
Mouth Prop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
MTApex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40–41
MTAFlow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38–39
MTAFlow White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38–39
N aviTip 29 ga Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
NaviTip 31 ga Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
NaviTip FX Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
NaviTip Reference Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
NaviTip Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
Non-Stick Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Non-Vital Bleach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Nose Cones, Ultrapro Tx Air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
O bturation Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Office Flyers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Omni-Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Omni-Matrix Original. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Omni-Matrix Sectional. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
OpalCups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174–175
OpalDam Green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
OpalDam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Opalescence 10%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165–167
Opalescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165–167
Opalescence Boost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170–171
Opalescence Endo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Opalescence Gift Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180,186
Opalescence Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168–169
Opalescence PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165–167
Opalescence Pocket Tray Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Opalescence Reference Guide . . . . . . . . 162–163
Opalescence Shade Guide Card . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Opalescence Sensitivity Toothpaste . . . . . 130,176
Opalescence Whitening Menu . . . . . . . . . 180,185
Opalescence Whitening Toothpaste . . . . . 130,176
Opalescence Window Clings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Opalpix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Opalustre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174–175
Opal Band Cement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Opal Bond Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Opal Bond Flow Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Opal Bond Flow Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Opal Bond MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Opal Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Opal Seal Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Opal Etch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
OraSeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Organic Solvent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,90
Organizers, Syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Organzas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180,186
Orthodontic Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
ORTHODONTICS SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 99–104
OsteoGen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132–136
OsteoGen Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132–134
OsteoGen Strips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135–136
Oxygen Barrier Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
P ackers, Fischer’s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Paper Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

800.552.5512

Patient Instructions, Opalescence . . . . . . 180,185
Peak-ZM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73–74
Peak SE Primer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Peak Universal Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Periodontal Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
PermaFlo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22–23
PermaFlo DC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
PermaFlo Pink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
PermaFlo Purple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PermaSeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,90
PermaShade LC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Phosphoric Acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70,102
Photobiomodulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 62–63,64–65
Piezo Ultrasonic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66–67
Pin-Tweezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Pit and Fissure Sealant. . . . . . . 120–121,122–123
Placement Forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Pocket Tray Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
PointCure Lens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Points, Gutta Percha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Points, Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Points, Finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82–83,86–87
Polish, Diamond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Polishing Brushes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Polishing, Ceramic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85,86–87
Polishing, Composite. . . . . . . . . . . . 80,82–83,84
Polycarboxylate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Polysiloxane, Vinyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92–93,98
Polyvinyl Siloxane Elastomer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Porcelain Etch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Porcelain Repair Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Post and Drill System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46–47
Posters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Posters, Ceiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46–47
Potassium Nitrate and Fluoride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165–167,168–169,170–171
Power Bleach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170–171
Powered Impression Gun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
PQ1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Prefilled Whitening Trays. . . . . . . . . . . . 168–169
Preparation Cleansers/Disinfectants . . . . . . . 110
Preparation Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
PREPARE SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105–118
PREVENT SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119–130
PrimaDry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26,90,121
Primers, Bonding/Luting . . . . . . . . . . . 70–72,103
Primers, Metal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Primers, Zirconia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Promotional. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182–186
PropGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Prophylaxis Handpiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Prophy Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126,127
Prophy Angles, Disposable. . . . . . . . . . . . 126,127
Prophy Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Prophy Paste Pure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Protective Eyewear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65,68
ProxiCure Ball Lens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Proximal Saw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Proxitector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Pulp Capping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Putty Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Q uad Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
QuadraSpense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
R epair Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38–39
Resin Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Resin-Reinforced Ionomer Cement. . . . . . . . . . 10
Restoration Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Restorative Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–20
Restorative Resins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7,12–20
Retainer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  112,113,114
Retainer Clamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Retraction Cords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155–157
Ring Placement Forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

INDEX
Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Root Canal Sealer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40–41
Root Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Rubber Dam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,108
Rubber Dam Sealer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Rubber Dam Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,108
S able Seek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Safety Glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65,68
Scaling Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Scalloping Scissors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68,179
Scissors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68,179
Sectional Matrix Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Sectional Matrix System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114,115
Sealant Material. . . . . . . .  103,120–121,122–123
Sealer, Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,90
Sealer/Filler, Canal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42–43
Seek. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Self-Etch Adhesive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71,72
Sensitivity Toothpaste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130,176
Shade Guide Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Sheets, Soft Vinyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Sideport Irrigator Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Silane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Silicone for IDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Single Resin Bonding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Single-Use Polishers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Singles, Composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,18,20
Skini Syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,145
Slide Packers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Smear Layer Remover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sodium Fluoride Varnish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Sodium Hypochlorite Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
SoftEZ Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Sof-Tray Classic Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Spot Remover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Synthetic Rubber Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,108
STARbrush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111,146
Statement Stuffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
SuperCurve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SURGICAL SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131–136
Surgical Suction Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136,141
SST Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136,141
SYRINGES SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Syringe Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Syringe Organizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Syringes, 1.2 ml Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Syringes, 5 ml Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Syringes, Empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Syringes, Skini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,145
T ab-Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Take-Home Whitening . . . . . . . 165–167,168–169
Template, Direct Veneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25
Temporary Crown/Bridge Material. . . . . . . . . 8–9
Temporary Resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Temporary Veneer Cement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Thermo Clone VPS Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Thermo Clone VPS Alginate Alternative . . . . . . 94
Thermo Clone Bite Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Thermo Clone Clear Bite Registration. . . . . . . . 93
Thermo Clone VPS Dispensing Gun. . . . . . . . . . 95
Thermo Clone VPS Impression Material. . . . 92–93
Thermo Clone VPS Mixing Tips. . . . . . . . . . 93,144
Thermo Clone VPS Putty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Tips, Acteon Satelec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tips, Apical Surgery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tips, Black Micro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Tips, Black Micro FX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Tips, Black Mini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Tips, Black Mini Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Tips, Blue Micro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Tips, Blue Mini Dento-Infusor . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Tips, Capillary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,142
Tips, Dento-Infusor . . . . . . . . . . . . .  139,140,151
Tips, Dynamic Mixing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Tips, Endodontic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36–37,142–143
Tips, Endo-Eze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,142
Tips, Endo-Eze Irrigator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36,142
Tips, ExperTemp Mixing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,139
Tips, Gemini Laser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63,65
Tips, Impression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Tips, Inspiral Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Tips, Intraoral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Tips, IntraOral Impression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Tips, Irrigator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142,143
Tips, Metal Dento-Infusor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Tips, Metal Opal Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Tips, Micro 20 ga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Tips, Micro Capillary . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36,140,142
Tips, Mixing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  139,141,144
Tips, NaviTip 29 ga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
Tips, NaviTip 31 ga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
Tips, NaviTip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
Tips, NaviTip FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37,143
Tips, Opal Bond Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Tips, Periodontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tips, Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tips, SoftEZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Tips, SST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136,141
Tips, Surgical Suction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Tips, Ultrawave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tips, White Mac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Tips, White Mini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
TIPS SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137–144
TISSUE MANAGEMENT SECTION . . . . . . . 147–158
Tongue Guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107,177
Toothpaste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130,176
Toothpicks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Tooth Whitening Reference Guide . . . . . 162–163
Topical Anesthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
TransLume Lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Transcend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Transient Root Sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Tray Adhesive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Tray Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Tray Fabrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Tray Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
TriAway Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,146
Triodent AdaptiVe Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Triodent Forceps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Triodent Pin-Tweezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Triodent SuperCurve Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Triodent Tab-Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Triodent V3 Ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Triodent V3 Sectional Matrix Kits. . . . . . . . . . 115
Triodent V3 System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Triodent V3 Tab-Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Triodent ClearMetal Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Triodent Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Triodent V-Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Triodent WedgeGuard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Triodent Wave-Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Tweezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
U ltra-Blend plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
UltraCal XS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Ultracare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
UltraCem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Ultra-Etch Etchant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
UltraEZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
UltraFit Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168–169,177
Ultrapak E Knitted Cord (Epinephrine) . . . . 155–157
Ultrapak Knitted Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155–157
Ultrapak Packers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Ultrapro Tx Air Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Ultrapro Tx Cordless Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Ultrapro Tx Air Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Ultrapro Tx Air Nose Cones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Ultrapro Tx Lubricating Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Ultrapro Tx Prophy Angles . . . . . . . . . . . 126–127

ultradent.com

Ultrapro Tx Prophy Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Ultrapro Tx Prophy Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Ultrapro Tx Prophy Paste Pure . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Ultrapro Tx Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
UltraSeal XT hydro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122–123
UltraSeal XT plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120–121
Ultrasep III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
UltraTect Protective Eyewear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
UltraTemp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
UltraTemp REZ II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ultra-Trim Scalloping Scissors . . . . . . . . . . 68,179
Ultrawave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66–67
Ultrawave Handpiece. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Ultrawave Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Ultrawave Wrenches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Ultrawave XS LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66–67
Ultrawave XS LED Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
UniCore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46–47
Unit-Dose Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,18,20
Universal Bonding Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Universal Ceramic Finishing System. . . . . . . . . 85
Universal Composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,17–18
Universal Dentin Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Universal Lubricating Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Utility Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Uveneer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25
Uveneer Extra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25
V 3 Ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
V3 Tab-Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
V-Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Vacuum Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48,136,146
Vacuum Former, Machine III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
VALO LED Corded Curing Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
VALO LED Cordless Curing Light. . . . . . . . . . . . 57
VALO LED Grand Corded Curing Light. . . . . . . . 58
VALO LED Grand Cordless Curing Light. . . . . . . 56
VALO Lenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
VALO Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . 56–59,100
VALO Ortho LED Cordless Curing Light. . . . . . 100
VALO X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54–55
Varnish, Fluoride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Veneer Cement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Veneer Luting Resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Veneer Template System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25
Vinyl Polysiloxane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Vinyl Polysiloxane Impression Material. . .  92–93,98
ViscoStat Clear Hemostatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
ViscoStat Hemostatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Vit-l-escence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–16
Vit-l-escence Singles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
W aiting Room Brochures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Walking Bleach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Wave-Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
WedgeGuard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Wetting Resin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Wheels, Finishing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84,85,86–87
White Light Lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
White Mac Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
White Mini Tip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
WHITEN SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159–180
Whitening In-Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . 170–171,172
Whitening Menu, Opalescence. . . . . . . . . 180,185
Whitening, Non-Vital Teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Whitening Reference Guide. . . . . . . . . . 162–163
Whitening Take-Home . . . . . . . 165–167,168–169
Whitening Toothpaste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130,176
Whitening Trays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168–169
Window Clings, Opalescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Wrenches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

189

BECOMING AN ULTRADENT ELITE IS EASY.
When you spend $2,000 on Ultradent products within a calendar year, you are immediately a Bronze member
and eligible for the Bronze level benefits. Silver level is available to those who spend $3,000, Gold level is available
to those who spend $6,000, and Platinum level is reserved for those who spend $12,000 in one calendar year.
Once you are eligible for Ultradent Elite benefits, you will enjoy those benefits for the rest of that calendar year
and the following year.

$2,000 - $2,999
level$3,000 - $5,999
level$6,000 - $11,999
level$12,000+
level

20% OFF select consumables and 15% OFF VALOTM curing light at trade shows†

∙

∙

∙

∙

20% OFF Ultradent Summit registrations

∙

∙

∙

∙

Insider emails on overstocks, eligible promotions, and seminars

∙

∙

∙

∙

25% OFF delivery tips*

∙

∙

∙

∙

Discount on select tissue management products

15% OFF

20% OFF

20% OFF

Discount on Enamelast fluoride varnish

15% OFF

20% OFF

20% OFF

Discount on Ultra-EtchTM etchant

15% OFF

20% OFF

20% OFF

Discount on Triodent products

10% OFF

15% OFF

20% OFF

Discount on select new products in calendar year launched

10% OFF

15% OFF

20% OFF

ONE-TIME DISCOUNT†

20% OFF

20% OFF

Exclusive sale days∙∙

Gift during customer appreciation month∙∙Three-month return policy (excluding equipment)

∙

∙

TM

®

15% OFF

Discount on a VALOTM /VALOTM Grand curing light†

ONE-TIME DISCOUNT†

20% OFF equipment†∙

15% OFF Gemini laser tips∙

Paid registration for one doctor to any CE retreat**∙TM

50% OFF shipping
on orders under$285, FREE
shipping onorders over $285

Shipping charge discounts

FREE standard
shipping

Standard Ground shipping charge is $14.95
Ultradent Elite discounts available only on select products.
Discounts are off regular retail price and cannot be combined with any other offer. No quantity price breaks.
† Not valid for VALO ™ X curing light. Not valid for Gemini EVO ™ laser.
*Excludes all NaviTip ™ tips.
** Excludes Summits. Limited to one doctor per practice/account190©2023 Ultradent Products, Inc. All rights reserved.

800.552.5512
800. 552 . 5512
| ULTR ADENT.COM/ELITEFREE standard
shipping and
50% OFF twoday shipping

FREE standard
and two-day
shipping